RIDGEVIEW EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES


Content Loading,
Please Wait



Version 2024.03


Ridgeview Ambulance Protocols

OPERATIONAL
INDEX

Approved : 1 March 2024

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

0100 - ALS vs. BLS: Team Approach


  1. The EMS provider with the highest level of certification is ultimately responsible for the initial assessment of all patients unless the number of patients and/or severity of injuries makes this impossible.

  2. In the event of a non-transport (refusal or non-viability), the EMS provider with the highest level of certification is responsible for the assessment and documentation unless the number of patients and/or severity of injuries makes it impossible.

  3. In a situation where a BLS crew has requested a paramedic (ALS) for assistance and the paramedic feels BLS transport is indicated, the paramedic will continue to assist the BLS crew throughout the transport.

  4. ALS assessment, treatment, and transport is indicated if the patient has one or more of the following conditions:
    • Shortness of breath
    • Chest pain or angina equivalent or chest pain that could be cardiac in nature
    • New onset altered level of consciousness
    • Uncontrollable bleeding (this includes initially uncontrolled bleeding, that is now controlled)
    • Acute onset of fatigue and/or diaphoresis in patients with past cardiac history
    • Unconsciousness
    • Seizures
    • Patients who meet Trauma Alert/Stabilization Room criteria
    • Patients who meet Medical Alert/Stabilization Room criteria
    • Shock signs and/or symptoms (unstable patient)
    • Syncope or near-syncope
    • Any uncertainty about the patient’s status
    • Any transport with physician, PA, NP or NNP attending or accompanying.
    • Anytime the EMS provider(s) believe the patient’s condition warrants ALS assessment, treatment, and transport

  5. Patient care may be delegated from the paramedic to the EMT under the following conditions:
    • The patient is stable and does not meet any of the criteria for ALS transport listed above.
    • The paramedic fully informs the EMT of assessment findings and anticipated patient needs.
    • The EMT is comfortable and accepting responsibility for treatment and transport.
    • The patient has not received any ALS treatment (i.e.-IV therapy, intubation, RX, etc.).
    • The paramedic fully documents assessment findings and treatment up to the point of delegation of patient care to the EMT.

  6. If a BLS crew is able to deliver the patient to an emergency department in less time than it would take for an ALS crew to make contact, the BLS crew should complete the transport. Waiting for ALS to arrive should not cause delays in transporting the patient.

Approved: 14 May 2021

0200 - Radio Report Format


The following formats for presentation of patient reports were developed to provide order and consistency for system ambulance personnel when presenting reports to receiving facilities. The order of information has been developed to attempt to meet the most common communication practices among crews and the needs of medical control physicians and other hospital staff members.

When relaying patient information via radio for a patient report or medical control, ambulance crews will provide the following information in the order given immediately upon departure from the scene:

Radio Report Format

When relaying patient information via face-to-face hand-off of a patient, ambulance crews will provide the following information in the order given:

Verbal Hand-off Report Format

Updated: 9 April 2025

0300 - Service Animals


PURPOSE:

It is the policy of Ridgeview Medical Center (RMC) to comply with the requirements of the American with Disabilities Act, as amended, and the Department of Justice’s implementing regulation Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act 1073, as amended, that broadest access be provided to service animals and that persons using service animals be afforded independent access to the Hospital. Except as specified below, it is anticipated that a person using a service animal shall generally be afforded the same access to the Hospital as that afforded the public in general.

DEFINITIONS:

  • Disability: An “individual with a disability” means a person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially impairs one or major life activities including, but not limited to:
    • walking
    • talking
    • seeing
    • breathing
    • hearing

  • Service Animal: Under the ADA, a service animal is defined as a dog that has been individually trained to do work or perform tasks for an individual with a disability.  The task(s) performed by the dog must be directly related to the person's disability.
    • Specific Action for Disability: The dog must be trained to take a specific action when needed to assist the person with a disability. For example, a person with diabetes may have a dog that is trained to alert him when his blood sugar reaches high or low levels. A person with depression may have a dog that is trained to remind her to take her medication. Or, a person who has epilepsy may have a dog that is trained to detect the onset of a seizure and then help the person remain safe during the seizure.
    • Dog Breed: The ADA does not restrict the type of dog breeds that can be service animals.
    • Physical Identifiers: The ADA does not require service animals to wear a vest, ID tag, or specific harness.
    • Therapy Animals: Are not service animals and are not entitled to the same access that must be given by law to service animals, as they have not been individually trained to perform disability mitigating tasks.

  • Safety/Health: A service animal may not be excluded based on assumptions or stereotypes about the animal's breed or how the animal might behave.  However, if a particular service animal behaves in a way that poses a direct threat to the health or safety of others, has a history of such behavior, or is not under the control of the handler, that animal may be excluded.  If an animal is excluded for such reasons, staff must still offer their goods or services to the person without the animal present.
    • Direct Threat: A significant risk to the health or safety of others that cannot be eliminated or mitigated by a modification of policies, practices, or procedures, or by the provision of auxiliary aids or services. In determining whether a service animal poses a direct threat to the health or safety of others, RMC shall make an individualized assessment, based on reasonable judgment that relies on current medical knowledge or on the best available objective evidence, to ascertain:
      • the nature, duration, and severity of the risk;
      • the probability that a potential injury will actually occur;
      • whether reasonable modifications of policies, practices, or procedures will mitigate risk.
    • Aggression/Threat: Aggression in dogs commonly includes body language or threat displays such as a hard stare, growling, barking, snarling, lunging, snapping, and/or biting.

  • Out of Control Animal: The ADA requires that service animals be under the control of the handler at all times. The ADA does not require covered entities to modify policies, practices, or procedures if it would “fundamentally alter” the nature of the goods, services, programs, or activities provided to the public.  Nor does it overrule legitimate safety requirements.  If admitting service animals would fundamentally alter the nature of a service or program, service animals may be prohibited.  In addition, if a particular service animal is out of control and the handler does not take effective action to control it, or if it is not housebroken, that animal may be excluded.

PROCEDURE:

  1. In situations where it is not obvious that the dog is a service animal, staff may ask only two specific questions:
    • Is the dog a service animal required because of a disability?
    • What work or task has the dog been trained to perform?

  2. Staff are not allowed to:
    • request any documentation for the dog
    • require that the dog demonstrate its task
    • inquire about the nature of the person's disability

  3. Crews must also determine if there is a Direct Threat - significant risk to the health or safety of others?

  4. Documentation: Use of a service animal shall be documented in the patient’s medical record including information regarding areas in which the animal has been restricted.


References:
ADA Service Animal Q&A;
VCA - Aggression in Dogs;
United States Code. Title 42,Code 12101 – American with Disabilities act (ADA) 29 D.F.R. Part 36;
Sehulster, L. “Guideline for Environmental Infection Control in Healthcare Faculties, 2003.”

Created: 5 May 2021

0400 - HELICOPTER USE MAP

    HELICOPTER USE MAP 2022

Revision Date: 8 October 2015

0500 - ECMO Helicopter Landing Zones


    Zone 1 : Montrose or Waverly - cul-de-sac at end of Energy Drive - 5855 Energy Dr, Montrose, MN 55363            Satelite Image

    Zone 2 : Howard Lake-Waverly-Winsted High School - 8700 County Rd 6 SW, Howard Lake, MN 55349            Satelite Image

    Zone 3 : Winsted Airport - 3234 230th St, Winsted, MN 55395            Satelite Image

    Zone 4 : Broadway St E and Adams Ave - Broadway St E & Adams Ave, New Germany, MN 55367            Satelite Image

    Zone 5 : Hamburg Bicentennial Park - 614 Park Ave, Hamburg, MN 55339            Satelite Image

    Zone 6 : Ridgeview Arlington Campus - 601 W Chandler St, Arlington, MN 55307            Satelite Image

    Zone 7 : Ridgeview Le Sueur Campus - 621 S Fourth St, Le Sueur, MN 56058            Satelite Image

    Zone 8 : Belle Plaine Athletic Complex (Parking Lot) - 1101 Commerce Dr W, Belle Plaine, MN 56011            Satelite Image

    Zone 9 : Scott County Fair Grounds - 7151 - 190th St W, Jordan, MN 55352            Satelite Image

    Zone 10 : Delano Emagine Movie Theater (Parking Lot) - 4423 US Highway 12, Delano, MN 55328            Satelite Image

    Zone 11 : Watertown Fire Department (Parking Lot) - 401 Carter St NE, Watertown, MN 55388            Satelite Image

    Zone 12 : Mayer Fire Department (Parking Lot) - 409 Shimmcor St, Mayer, MN 55360            Satelite Image

    Zone 13 : NYA Friendship Park - 316 - 4th Ave, Norwood Young America, MN 55397            Satelite Image

    Zone 14 : Cologne Security Bank & Trust (Parking Lot) - 1110 Village PKWY, Cologne, MN 55322            Satelite Image

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

0600 - Hospital Entry Codes


Revision Date: 21 July 2024

0700 - Clinical Timeout Policy


Policy Purpose: If providers cannot come to an agreement on a clinical intervention and one of the providers believe that the proposed intervention is not appropriate and/or could negatively impact the health or wellbeing of the patient, a "clinical timeout" should be called, immediately ceasing that intervention until medical control is contacted to determine the most appropriate course of care.

Proceedure:

  1. If a provider believes that a proposed intervention is not appropriate and could negatively impact the health or wellbeing of a patient a "clinical timeout" will be called.
  2. After a "clinical timeout" is called, the intervention in question will immediately cease while the crew continues to provide all other appropriate cares.
  3. The attending paramedic will contact medical control to discuss the case, the proposed intervention, and will allow medical control to determine the best course of action.
  4. The crew will follow the recommendation of medical control and will continue care as ordered.

The clinical timeout policy should only be used in cases where it is believed that a given intervention will have a significant negative impact on the patient's health or wellbeing and the difference can't be reconciled by the providers. At no time should the clinical timeout negate or delay any lifesaving intervention i.e. chest compressions, defibrillation, ventillation, etc. Medical control has the final authority to determine the most appropriate course of care which must be followed by the crew. No provider (i.e. paramedic, supervisor, manager, etc.) has the authority to override a clinical timeout, and once requested, must adhear to the outline procedure above.

Revision Date: 23 March 2025

Zone 1 Landing Location


Zone 1 Landing Location

Zone 1 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

Zone 2 Landing Location


Zone 2 Landing Location

Zone 2 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

Zone 3 Landing Location


Zone 3 Landing Location

Zone 3 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

Zone 4 Landing Location


Zone 4 Landing Location

Zone 4 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

Zone 5 Landing Location


Zone 5 Landing Location

Zone 5 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

Zone 6 Landing Location


Zone 6 Landing Location

Zone 6 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

Zone 7 Landing Location


Zone 7 Landing Location

Zone 7 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

Zone 8 Landing Location


Zone 8 Landing Location

Zone 8 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

Zone 9 Landing Location


Zone 9 Landing Location

Zone 9 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 July 2024

Zone 10 Landing Location


Zone 10 Landing Location

Zone 10 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 July 2024

Zone 11 Landing Location


Zone 11 Landing Location

Zone 11 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 July 2024

Zone 12 Landing Location


Zone 12 Landing Location

Zone 12 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 July 2024

Zone 13 Landing Location


Zone 13 Landing Location

Zone 13 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 July 2024

Zone 14 Landing Location


Zone 14 Landing Location

Zone 14 Landing Location

Revision Date: 1 July 2024

Ridgeview Ambulance Protocols

BLS PROTOCOLS
INDEX

Approved : 1 June 2024

Approved : 1 June 2024

1025 - ADOPTION STATEMENT


    The goal of prehospital emergency medical services is to deliver a viable patient to appropriate definitive care as soon as possible. Optimal prehospital care results from a combination of careful patient assessment, essential prehospital emergency medical services and appropriate medical consultation.

    These BLS Patient Care Guidelines were developed to standardize the emergency patient care that EMS providers, through medical consultation, deliver at the scene of illness or injury and while transporting the patient to the closest appropriate hospital. These guidelines will help EMS providers anticipate and be better prepared to give the emergency patient care ordered during the medical consultation.

    As Medical Director for Ridgeview Medical Center Ambulance Service, I approve and adopt these guidelines for use in all patient care encounters.

    Authorizing Signatures

    Signatures of Directors

rev. 2 April 2019

1050 - ROLES and RESPONSIBILITIES of the MEDICAL DIRECTOR


    Definition:

    The Medical Director is a physician who accepts responsibility for the quality of care provided by drivers and attendants of a Basic Life Support transportation service that has been granted a variance to perform a restricted treatment of procedure.

    Requirements:

    Pursuant to Minnesota Statute 144E.265 Subd. 1.
    The Medical Director must meet the following requirements:

    1. be currently licensed as a physician in this state;
    2. have experience in, and knowledge of, emergency care of acutely ill or traumatized patients; and
    3. be familiar with the design and operation of local, regional, and state emergency medical service systems.

    Roles and Responsibilities:

    Pursuant to Minnesota Statute 144E.265 Subd. 2.
    The Medical Director responsibilities include but are not limited to:

    1. Approving standards for training and orientation of personnel that impact patient care.
    2. Approving standards for purchasing equipment and supplies that impact patient care.
    3. Establishing standing orders for prehospital care.
    4. Approving written triage, treatment, and transportation guidelines for adult and pediatric patients.
    5. Participating in the development and operation of continuous quality improvement programs including, but not limited to, case review and resolution of patient complaints.
    6. Establishing procedures for the administration of drugs.
    7. Maintaining the quality of care according to the standards and procedures established under clauses A through F.

    Annual Assessment of EMTs:

    Pursuant to Minnesota Statute144E.265 Subd. 3.
    Annually, the medical director or the medical director's designee shall assess the practical skills of each person on the ambulance service roster and sign a statement verifying the proficiency of each person.

rev. 2 April 2019

1075 - SERVICE RESPONSIBILITIES


    INSERT Service Specific Guideline

rev. 2 April 2019

1100 - SCOPE


    These Patient Care Guidelines apply to BLS ambulance services.

    The following guidelines are to be used as consultative information to strive for the optimal care of patients. The statements contained herein are intended to be informative and represent what is believed to be the current standard of care for any particular circumstance. It is recognized that any specific procedure or recommendation is subject to modification depending on circumstances of a particular case.

    1. Age limits for pediatric and adult medical protocols must be flexible. For ages less than 13 years, pediatric orders should always apply. Between the ages of 13 and 18, judgment should be used, although the pediatric orders will usually apply. Adult guidelines apply to patient’s ages 18 and over. It is recognized that the exact age of a patient is not always known.

    2. Courtesy to the patient, the patient's family, and other emergency care personnel is of utmost importance. Providing quality patient care includes bringing any of the patient’s medication vials along with them when they are transported to a hospital or other facility.

    3. Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 144E.123 PREHOSPITAL CARE DATA. Requires the following: Subdivision 1. Collection and maintenance. A licensee shall collect and provide prehospital care data to the board in a manner prescribed by the board. At a minimum, the data must include items identified by the board that are part of the National Uniform Emergency Medical Services Data Set. A licensee shall maintain prehospital care data for every response. Subdivision 2. Copy to receiving hospital. If a patient is transported to a hospital, a copy of the ambulance report delineating prehospital medical care given shall be provided to the receiving hospital. 

    4. The specific conditions listed for treatment in this document, although frequently stated as medical diagnosis, are merely provider impressions to guide the EMS care provider in initiating appropriate treatment. This document is to be used as consultative material in striving for optimal patient care. It is recognized that specific procedures or treatments may be modified depending on the circumstances of a particular case. A medical control physician should be contacted anytime there is a concern regarding the patient’s status.

rev. 2 April 2019

1125 - CISD AND PEER COUNSELING


    EMS personnel are encouraged to familiarize themselves with the causes and contributing factors of critical incident and cumulative stress, and learn to recognize the normal stress reactions that can develop from providing emergency medical services. An EMS Peer Counseling Program is available to EMS personnel through the Regional EMS Programs. The program consists of mental health professionals, chaplains, and trained peer support personnel who develop stress reduction activities, provide training, conduct debriefings, and assist EMS personnel in locating available resources. The team will provide voluntary and confidential assistance to those wanting to discuss conflicts or feelings concerning their work or how their work affects their personal lives.

    A critical incident is any response that causes EMS personnel to experience unusually strong emotional involvement. A formal or informal debriefing will be provided at the request of medical authorities, ambulance management or EMS personnel directly related to the incident.

    Contact information for Regional EMS Programs is available on the EMSRB website at www.emsrb.state.mn.us or call 612-207-1130 to contact a Metro CISM Team.

rev. 2 April 2019

1150 - DEAD ON ARRIVAL (DOA)


    DOA Criteria Defined:

    A pulseless, apneic patient can be called deceased on arrival if the following signs are present:

    • Rigor mortis (Caution: do not confuse with stiffness due to cold environment.)
    • Dependent lividity.
    • Decomposition.
    • Decapitation.
    • Severe trauma that is not compatible with life.
    • Incineration.

rev. 2 April 2019

1175 - DNR AND LIVING WILLS


    Do Not Resuscitate (DNR, RPOLST) orders are orders issued by a patient’s physician to refrain from initiating resuscitative measures in the event of cardiopulmonary arrest. Patients with DNR orders should receive vigorous medical support, including all interventions specified in the Medical Protocols, up until the point of cardiopulmonary arrest.

    In the nursing home, a DNR order is valid if it is written in the order section of the patient chart (or on a transfer form) and is signed by a physician, registered nurse practitioner, or physician assistant acting under physician authority. Copies of the order are valid. In a private home, the standard DNR or POLST form must be signed by the patient or proxy, the physician, and a witness in order to be valid. No validation stamp or notarization is necessary, and a legible copy is acceptable.

    If possible, the DNR / POLST order or copy should accompany the patient to the hospital. Pertinent documentation should be included on the ambulance report form for the run. In the event of confusion or questions regarding the DNR / POLST order, resuscitation should be initiated and a medical control physician should be consulted.

    Living Wills
    The presence of a living will should not alter your care. The living will cannot be interpreted in the field. Living wills should not be interpreted at the scene but conveyed to the physicians in the receiving Emergency Department.

    DNR (Do Not Resuscitate)

    1. CPR may be withheld if apneic, pulseless (at-home) patient has a Minnesota Medical Association DNR or POLST Form signed by themselves or their guardian, a witness and their physician. MUST be signed by all three.

    2. CPR may be withheld if apneic, pulseless nursing home patient has an order in their medical record signed by their physician. This order (does not need to be the formal DNR Form)

    3. When the patient is NOT apneic and pulseless, standard medical care should be provided regardless of their DNR status.

    The only Valid HOME DNR Order is a Minnesota Medical Association DNR (or POLST) Form or EMSRB DNR Form signed by the patient or their legal guardian, a witness and their physician. All three signatures MUST be present. Copies are valid. No validation stamp or notarization is necessary. A VALID Nursing Home DNR Order is a signed physician order that can be found in the patient’s medical chart.

rev. 2 April 2019

1200 - INFECTION CONTROL PLAN


    Minnesota Statute 144E.125 Operation Procedures, requires that Minnesota Licensed Ambulance Services have a procedure for infection control.

    Ambulance Services are required to comply with OSHA regulation 1910.1030(c)

    Universal precautions (aka - Standard precautions) refers to the practice, in medicine, of avoiding contact with patient’s bodily fluids, by means of the wearing of nonporous articles such as medical gloves, goggles, and face shields. Medical instruments should be handled carefully and disposed of properly in a sharps container. Pathogens fall into two broad categories, blood borne (carried in the body fluids) and airborne. Universal precautions cover both types.

    Universal precautions should be practived in any environment where workers are exposed to body fluids, such as:

    • Blood
    • Sputum
    • Semen
    • Vaginal secretions
    • Synovial fluid
    • Amniotic fluid
    • Cerebrospinal fluid
    • Pleural fluid
    • Peritoneal fluid
    • Pericardial fluid

    Whenever providing care for a patient with a febrile respiratory illness, perform the following:

    1. Wear a mask

    2. Wear eye protection if productive cough present and while performing any procedure which may result in droplet production (nebs)

    What is a “Significant Exposure”?

    • Patient’s blood or body fluids contact an opening in the skin (e.g. cuts, abrasions, dermatitis or blisters) or if there is prolonged contact or an extensive area is exposed.

    • Blood or body fluids sprayed into your eyes, nose or mouth.

    • Puncture wound from a needle, human bites, or other sharp object that has had contact with the patient’s blood or body fluids.

    • Potential exposure or known exposure to airborne transmitted organisms (e.g. Tuberculosis) or droplet transmitted organism (e.g. Meningitis).

    How do I prevent a "Significant Exposure"?

    • Use gloves for patient contact, shielded face masks and/or mask with safety goggles for airway management, shielded masks with gowns for obstetrical deliveries, N-95 masks for potential TB patients or patients coughing bloody sputum and/or experiencing night sweats with weight loss.

    What if a "Significant Exposure" occurs?

    • Wash the exposed skin, blow your nose, irrigate your eyes, and consider gargling as soon as possible.

    • Report the incident immediately to your supervisor.

    • Follow the infectious source (patient) to the hospital for a post exposure evaluation.

    • Report to the ER to initiate Exposure protocol.

    For additional information, see Ridgeview Procedure P10300 - Ambulance Infection Control Procedures

rev. 2 April 2019

1225 - MANDATORY REPORTING ISSUES


    It is mandatory to report certain crimes, failure to report these incidents may be a crime itself. Minnesota offers immunity from liability for people who report incidents in good faith. When required to report these incidents you are exempt from patient confidentiality requirements.

    Minnesota State statute (626.556-67) requires the EMT to report the following:

    • Child Abuse
    • Vulnerable Adult Abuse (elderly, spouse, mentally challenged)

    You must document clearly on the patient care report that your concerns have been reported to the receiving facility.

    Discuss your concerns with the service if you have any question about the requirement to report an incident.

    EMSRB Mandatory Reporting Requirements

    Ambulance Services are mandated to report to the Minnesota EMS Regulatory Board in compliance with the following statutes:

    MINNESOTA STATUTE 144E.305 - REPORTING MISCONDUCT

    Subd. 2. Mandatory reporting. (a) A licensee shall report to the board conduct by an emergency medical responder, EMT, AEMT, or paramedic that they reasonably believe constitutes grounds for disciplinary action under section 144E.27, subdivision 5, or 144E.28, subdivision 5. The licensee shall report to the board within 60 days of obtaining verifiable knowledge of the conduct constituting grounds for disciplinary action.

    (b) A licensee shall report to the board any dismissal from employment of an emergency medical responder, EMT, AEMT, or paramedic. A licensee shall report the resignation of an emergency medical responder, EMT, AEMT, or paramedic before the conclusion of any disciplinary proceeding or before commencement of formal charges but after the emergency medical responder, EMT, AEMT, or paramedic has knowledge that formal charges are contemplated or in preparation. The licensee shall report to the board within 60 days of the resignation or initial determination to dismiss. An individual's exercise of rights under a collective bargaining agreement does not extend the licensee's time period for reporting under this subdivision.

    Copyright © 2018 by the Revisor of Statutes, State of Minnesota. All Rights Reserved.

rev. 2 April 2019

1250 - PATIENT CONFIDENTIALITY


    Purpose
    The purpose of this document is to outline and educate BLS Ambulance Services concerning the policies and procedures needed to comply with the patient privacy rights enacted under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA).

    Policy

    1. The patient has the right to receive a privacy notice in a timely manner. Upon request, the patient may at any time receive a paper copy of the privacy notice, even if he or she earlier agreed to receive the notice electronically.

    2. Requesting restrictions on certain uses and disclosures. The patient has the right to object to, and ask for restrictions on, how his or her health information is used or to whom the information is disclosed, even if the restriction affects the patient’s treatment, payment, or health care operation activities. The patient may want to limit the health information that is included in patient directories, or provided to family or friends involved in his or her care or payment of medical bills. The patient may also want to limit the health information provided to authorities involved with disaster relief efforts. However, we are not required to agree in all circumstances to the patient’s requested restriction.

    3. Receiving confidential communication of health information. The patient has the right to ask that we communicate his or her health information to them in different ways or places. For example, the patient may wish to receive information about their health status in a special, private room or through a written letter sent to a private address. We must accommodate requests that are reasonable in terms of administrative burden. We may not require the patient to give a reason for the request.

    4. Access, inspection and copying of health information. With a few exceptions, patients have the right to inspect and obtain a copy of their health information. However, this right does not apply to psychotherapy notes or information gathered for judicial proceedings, for example. In addition, we may charge the patient a reasonable fee for copies of their health information.

    5. Requesting amendments or corrections to health information. If the patient believes their health information is incomplete or incorrect, they may ask us to correct the information. The patient may be asked to make such requests in writing and to give a reason as to why his or her health information should be changed. However, if we did not create the health information that the patient believes is incorrect, or if we disagree with the patient and believe his or her health information is correct, we may deny the request. We must act on the request within 60 days after we receive it, unless we inform the patient of our need for a one-time 30-day extension.

    6. Receiving an accounting of disclosures of health information. In some limited instances, the patient has the right to ask for a list of the disclosures of their health information that we have made during the previous six years, but the request cannot include dates before April 14, 2003. This list must include the date of each disclosure, who received the disclosed health information, a brief description of the health information disclosed, and why the disclosure was made. We must furnish the patient with a list within 60 days of the request, unless we inform the patient of our need for a one-time 30-day extension, and we may not charge the patient for the list, unless the patient requests such list more than once in a 12 month period. In addition, we will not include in the list disclosures made to the patient, or for purposes of treatment, payment, health care operations, national security, law enforcement/corrections, and certain health oversight activities.

    7. Complaints. Patients have the right to file a complaint with an ambulance service and with the federal Department of Health and Human Services if they believe their privacy rights have been violated. We will not retaliate against the patient for filing such a complaint.

rev. 2 April 2019

1275 - PATIENT CONSENT AND REFUSAL OF CARE


    See RMC Procedure/Guideline #P10048

rev. 2 April 2019

1300 - PHYSICIAN OR MEDICAL PROVIDER ON SCENE


    If a Physician / Registered Nurse / Physician Assistant is present on scene, and wishes to to assume medical direction, the following must occure:

    1. Provider must:
      1. Produce identification and copy of a Valid Minnesota Medical License.
      2. Agree to accompany the patient to the receiving facility.
      3. Agree to sign the patient care report assuming medical responsibility for the patient.

    2. Medical Control must be informed and consent to the provider assuming on scene medical direction.

    3. If the physician does accept the terms above, upon arrival at the hospital obtain a photo copy of the license and attach to the patient care report.

rev. 2 April 2019

1325 - RESPONSE OBLIGATIONS


    Obligated to Assess and Treat
    When you respond to an emergency medical call, you are obligated to assess and treat the patient. Responsibility for the patient continues until a higher medical authority (paramedic, registered nurse, PA, nurse practitioner and/or physician) assumes care.

rev. 2 April 2019

1400 - RESTRAINT USE


    To provide guidance and criteria for the use of physical restraint of patients during care and transport.

    Any mechanism used to physically confine a patient. This includes, but is not limited to: soft composite dressing, tape, leathers or hand cuffs wrapped and secured at the wrist and/or ankles and/or chest or lower extremities.

    1. If EMS personnel judge it necessary to restrain a patient to protect him/her self from injury, or to protect others (bystanders or EMS personnel) from injury:

      1. Document the events leading up to the need for restraint use in the patient record.
      2. Document the method of restraint and the position of restraint in the patient record.
      3. Document the reason for restraining the patient.
      4. In the event that the patient spits, the rescuer may place over the patient’s mouth and nose a surgical mask or an oxygen mask that is connected to high flow oxygen.

    2. Inform patient of the reason for restraint.

    3. Restrain patients in a manner that does not impair circulation or cause choking or aspiration. DO NOT restrain patients in the prone position (face down). Prone restraint has the potential to impair the patient’s ability to breathe adequately. Police officers are trained in restraining violent individuals safely. Utilize the police on the scene in deciding the appropriate restraint technique to maximize the safety of the rescuers and the patient.

    4. As soon as possible, attempt to remove any potentially dangerous items (belts, shoes, sharp objects, weapons) prior to restraint. Any weapons or contraband (drugs, drug paraphernalia) shall be turned over to a Law Enforcement Officer.

    5. Assess the patient’s circulation (checking pulses in the feet and wrists) every 15 minutes while the patient is restrained. If circulation is impaired, adjust or loosen restraints as needed. Document the presence of pulses in each extremity and the patient’s ability to breathe after restraint is accomplished. Be prepared to turn the patient to facilitate clearance of the airway while also having suction devices readily available.

    6. Inform hospital personnel who assume responsibility for the patient’s care at the hospital of the reason for restraining the patient.

    7. The EMT at his discretion may request that law enforcement accompany and or follow the patient to the hospital. Any patient restrained in handcuffs shall have law enforcement accompany the patient in the patient compartment or follow the ambulance .

rev. 29 August 2022

1510 - GENERAL PATIENT CARE GUIDELINE


    BLS General Patient Guidelines

    BLS General Patient Guidelines

    Pediatric Considerations
    For complete Pediatric patient care guidelines refer to the EMSC Pediatric BLS Guidelines. (NOTICE)

    1. Airway and breathing problems are the most common cause of cardiac arrest in children.
    2. Do not hyperextend the neck when opening the airway in newborns or infants.
    3. Use a Bag-Valve-Mask (BVM) or mouth to mask with one-way valve with supplemental oxygen to ventilate a child.
      1. 0 yr. to 5 yr. - 400cc BVM (infant size)
      2. 5 yr. to 90lbs. – 1000cc BVM (child size)
    4. Newborns and infants are more prone to becoming hypothermic (cold). Prevent heat loss.

    VITALS Sign Reference

    VITALS Sign Reference

    Trauma Considerations

    1. AIRWAY
    2. Airway remains the top priority while maintaining spinal precautions:

      1. Establish and maintain an open airway using the modified jaw thrust.
      2. All unconscious patients require an oral or nasal airway.
      3. Begin oxygen therapy as soon as possible.
      4. If the patient vomits or has fluids in airway: MAINTAIN SPINAL STABILIZATION AND LOG ROLL PATIENT TO SIDE AS A UNIT to clear out or suction the airway.

    3. SPINAL PRECAUTIONS (manual head stabilization and rigid cervical collar. Use spine board only if needed for extrication or movement)
    4. Take spinal precautions whenever a trauma patient has:

      1. Experienced a mechanism of injury that could cause an injury to the spine.
      2. Loss of consciousness or altered level of consciousness.
      3. Any complaint of numbness, tingling or inability to move extremities.
      4. Complaints of pain in the head, neck, or back.
      5. Evidence of intoxication or under the influence of drugs.
      6. Head and/or facial trauma.
      7. Penetrating injury to the head, neck or trunk.
      8. Ambulatory patients with normal mental status and no neck/back pain or spine tenderness, do not require immobilization.

      NOTE: If in doubt immobilize.

rev. 2 April 2019

2020 - ANAPHYLAXIS


    Care Goals:

    • Provide timely therapy for potentially life-threatening reactions to known or suspected allergens

    Assessment:

    1. Assess airway, check for swelling or redness in oropharynx
    2. Assess respiratory effort, auscultate lungs for wheezing or crackles
    3. Assess perfusion: Skin signs, cap refill, mental status
    4. Assess for Anaphylaxis
      1. Severe, rapid symptom onset involving skin and/or mucosa with respiratory compromise and/or hypotension in a patient after exposure to a known allergen.

      2. OR

      3. Two or more of the following occurring rapidly after exposure to a likely allergen:
        1. Skin and/or mucosal involvement (hives, itching, swollen tongue/lips) CAUTION: Skin involvement may be ABSENT in up to 40% of cases
        2. Respiratory compromise (dyspnea, wheezing, stridor, hypoxemia)
        3. Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms (vomiting, abdominal pain, diarrhea)
        4. Hypotension or associated symptoms (syncope, weakness, chest tightness, incontinence)

    Management:

    1. Follow appropriate pathway based on findings and criteria above:


      Mild, Non-Anaphylactic Allergic Reactions


      1. Begin transport
        1. Consider ALS intercept
        2. If transportation to destination would be quicker than ALS intercept, or destination is in opposite direction than ALS intercept, crew can forgo ALS intercept



      Anaphylaxis (criteria are above)


      1. Administer 1 Adult EpiPen IM.
        1. May repeat as needed every five to ten minutes.
        2. If supply of adult EpiPens is exhausted, may substitute pediatric EpiPen.

      2. Manage airway as appropriate

      3. Begin emergent transport
        1. Consider ALS intercept
        2. If transportation to destination would be quicker than ALS intercept, or destination is in opposite direction than ALS intercept, crew can forgo ALS intercept

      4. If varianced, establish IV during transport

      5. If bronchospasm and/or wheezing exists after administration of Epinephrine:
        1. Nebulized medications (may nebulize continuously without improvement):
          • albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083% 2.5 mg

Approved: 1 June 2024

2025 - ALTERED MENTAL STATUS


    Care Goals:

    • Systematically assess for and identify treatable causes
    • Perform appropriate assessment and diagnostics (e.g., oxygen saturation, glucose check, stroke assessment)
    • Protect patient from complications of altered mental status (e.g., respiratory failure, shock, cardiopulmonary arrest)

    Care Goals:

    1. Look for treatable causes of altered mental status (AMS):
      1. Airway: Make sure airway remains patent; reposition patient as needed
      2. Breathing: Look for respiratory depression. Check SPO2 and CO detector readings if applicable
      3. Circulation: Look for signs of poor perfusion
      4. Glasgow Coma Score and/or AVPU
      5. Pupils
      6. Head and neck: Evaluate for signs of trauma
      7. Neck: Rigidity or pain with range of motion
      8. Stroke assessment tool including focal neurologic findings
      9. Blood glucose level
      10. Breath odor: Alcohol, Acidosis, Ammonia
      11. Chest/Abdominal: Intra-thoracic hardware, assist devices, abdominal pain or distention, signs of trauma
      12. Extremities/skin: Track marks, hydration, edema, dialysis shunt, temperature to touch (or if able, use a thermometer), signs of trauma
      13. Signs of infection: Fever, Cough, skin changes, dysuria
      14. Environment: Survey for pills, paraphernalia, substance use, medication patches, medical devices, ambient temperature, social indicators of neglect, carbon monoxide exposures, multiple casualties with same complaint

    Management:

    1. With depressed mental status, initial focus is on airway protection, oxygenation, ventilation, and perfusion
    2. The violent patient may need pharmacologic and/or physical management to ensure proper assessment and treatment
    3. Intoxicated, hypoglycemic and/or hypoxic patients can be irritable and violent [See 2100 - Behavioral or Psychiatric Emergencies]
    4. If a suspected cause of AMS is found, refer to the appropriate protocol for that condition
      1. Consider 2275 - Diabetic Emergencies
      2. Consider 2425 - Poisoning - Drug Ingestion
      3. Consider 2250 - CVA / Stroke

rev. 1 June 2024

2050 - ASTHMA


    Care Goals:

    • Assure adequate oxygenation and ventilation
    • Recognize impending respiratory failure
    • Promptly identify and intervene for patients who require escalation of therapy
    • Deliver appropriate therapy by differentiating likely cause of respiratory distress
    • Alleviate respiratory distress

    Assessment:

    1. History
      1. Onset (acute or gradual)
      2. Concurrent symptoms, allergen/infectious exposure (e.g., fever, cough, rhinorrhea, tongue/lip swelling, rash, labored breathing, foreign body)
      3. Usual triggers (e.g.. Cigarette smoke, weather change, respiratory infections, exercise)
      4. Treatments prior to EMS: Oxygen, inhaler, nebs, chronic or recent steroid therapy
      5. Hospitalizations: Number of ED visits in past year, number of admissions in the past year, number of ICU admissions or intubations ever
      6. Family history of asthma, eczema, or allergies

    2. Physical Exam
      1. Full vitals, including neuro and temperature assessment
      2. Air entry (normal vs. diminished, prolonged expiratory phase)
      3. Breath sounds (wheezes, crackles, rales, rhonchi, diminished, clear)
      4. Skin color (pallor, cyanosis mottling, normal) and temperature
      5. Mental status (alert, tired, lethargic, unresponsive)
      6. Signs of distress
      7. Apprehension, anxiety, combativeness
      8. Hypoxia (less than 90% SpO2
      9. Intercostal/subcostal/supraclavicular retractions, accessory muscle use, nasal flaring
      10. Inability to speak full sentences
      11. Cyanosis

    Management:

    1. Maintain Airway
    2. Supplemental oxygen for dyspnea to a target 96% SpO2
    3. For suspected bronchospasm, asthma


      Patient is NOT breathing


      1. Insert nasal or oral airway with positive pressure ventilation.
        1. Ventilate using short inspiration, long exhalation at a rate of 8-10

      2. Perform manual exhalation

      3. Administer medications as indicated:
        1. Using inline nebulizer connected to BVM, nebulize continuously:
          1. albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083% 2.5 mg

      4. Begin emergent transport
        1. If varianced, establish IV during transport
        2. Consider ALS intercept
        3. If transportation to destination would be quicker than ALS intercept, or destination is in opposite direction than ALS intercept, crew can forgo ALS intercept



      Patient IS breathing


      1. Severe
        1. Consider manual exhalation
        2. Administer medications as indicated:
          1. Nebulized medications (may repeat continuously without improvement):
            • albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083% 2.5 mg
        3. Ongoing management as indicated:
          1. Begin emergent transport
            • If varianced, establish IV during transport
            • Consider ALS intercept
            • If transportation to destination would be quicker than ALS intercept, or destination is in opposite direction than ALS intercept, crew can forgo ALS intercept

      2. Mild to Moderate
        1. Consider manual exhalation
        2. Administer medications as indicated:
          1. Nebulized medications (may repeat continuously without improvement):
            • albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083% 2.5 mg
        3. Ongoing management as indicated:
          1. Begin transport
            • If varianced, establish IV during transport
            • Consider ALS intercept
            • If transportation to destination would be quicker than ALS intercept, or destination is in opposite direction than ALS intercept, crew can forgo ALS intercept

rev. 1 June 2024

2100 - BEHAVIORAL OR PHYCHIATRIC EMERGENCIES


    Ensuring the safety of EMS personnel is of paramount importance. Always summon law enforcement to secure the scene and patient before attempting to provide medical care. Be aware of items at the scene or medical equipment that may become a weapon.

    Care Goals:

    • Provision of emergency medical care to the agitated, violent, or uncooperative patient
    • Maximizing and maintaining safety for EMS personnel, patient, and others

    Assessment:

    1. Obtain history from family, friends, witnesses, or patient if possible
    2. Conduct as thorough a physical examination as can be done under the circumstances
    3. Note medications/substances on scene that may contribute or be relevant to the agitation
    4. Note respiratory rate and effort – if possible, monitor pulse oximetry
    5. Assess circulatory status
    6. Assess for evidence of traumatic injuries
    7. Assess mental status
    8. Assess for hyperthermia (tactile temp)
    9. Check blood sugar and temperature if safe to do so

    Management:

    1. Guidelines for the Management of Uncooperative, Agitated, Violent, or Potentially Violent Patients Secondary to a Medical Disorder
      1. Assure appropriate police agency has been notified.
      2. Follow 2025 - Altered Level of Consciousness protocol.
      3. Identify yourself to the patient.
      4. Obtain history from family, friends, witnesses or patient if possible.
      5. Conduct as thorough a physical examination as can be done under the circumstances.
      6. Keep calm. Do not get angry with the patient. Talk slowly and clearly; do not shout or threaten. Constantly reassure the patient and constantly keep the patient informed of what you are doing and why.
      7. If the patient becomes violent, or his actions present a threat to his safety or that of others, immediate restraint may be necessary.

    2. Guidelines for the Management of an Obviously Mentally Ill Person Who Is Violent or Considered to be Potentially Violent (Primary Mental Heatlh Concern):
      1. If physical violence has occurred or there is likelihood that the patient has access to a weapon, do not intervene. Take precautions for your own safety and that of others at the scene. Call for police assistance and await their arrival.
      2. If no violence has occurred and the patient does not have access to weapons and can be approached with minimal danger to EMS personnel:
        1. Attempt to calm the patient.
        2. Do not shout or threaten.
        3. Identify yourself. Speak slowly, clearly and remain in control of your emotions.
        4. Explain why you are there and that you would like to help him/her.
        5. If patient continues to present a risk of violence, becomes increasingly agitated and uncooperative, do not force the issue. Withdraw and wait for law enforcement personnel.

rev. 1 June 2024

2125 - CARDIAC ARREST


    Care Goals:

    • Return of spontaneous circulation (ROSC)
    • Preservation of neurologic function
    • High-quality chest compressions/CPR with minimal interruption from recognition of cardiac arrest until confirmation of ROSC or field termination of care

    Assessment:

    1. The patient in cardiac arrest requires a prompt balance of treatment and assessment
    2. In cases of cardiac arrest, assessments should be focused and limited to obtaining enough information to reveal the patient is pulseless
    3. Once pulselessness is discovered, treatment should be initiated immediately, and any further history must be obtained by bystanders while treatment is ongoing

    Management:

    1. Immediately start Basic Life Support (BLS):
      1. Begin CPR using 30:2 Compression:Ventilation Ratio at a rate of 100-120 compressions/min
      2. Attach AED and follow prompts for pulse checks and defibrillation
        1. If defibrillation indicated, deliver shock
        2. Immediately resume CPR
      3. Attach Impedance Threshold Device (ITD, ResQPod) to BVM
        1. Apply to patient within 30 seconds. You must maintain a tight, continuous, 2-handed face mask seal for the ITD to function properly
      4. Place patient in Lucas Device when able

    2. After patient receives defibrillation x1 without ROSC, activate Refractory V-fib/ Mobile ECMO if patient meets criteria (see below item 5 below) and expedite transport
      1. Destinations include:
        1. ALS intercept
        2. Helicopter LZ for ecmo candidates
        3. Closest hospital.

    3. Place an advanced airway (iGel or other BLS advanced airway) - while continuing compressions with inline ETCO2
      1. Once advanced airway has been placed, ventilate at 10 breaths/min timed on compression upstroke
      2. If poor ETCO2 waveform, decreasing SpO2 or poor chest rise consider switching back to 30:2

    4. Obtain IV/IO access while providing CPR (if authorized).

    5. If patient has received at least 3 defibrillations and the above interventions have been unsuccessful in achieving ROSC, perform vector-change defibrillation, using the following guidelines:
      1. If pad position for initial defibrillation attempts was Anterior-Lateral, position a new set of pads in Anterior-Posterior positioning.
      2. If pad position for initial defibrillation attempts was Anterior-Posterior, position a new set of pads in Anterior-Lateral positioning

    Refractory V-Fib/ Mobile ECMO Activation (BLS only Tier 2 locations):

    For patients who have received 1 defibrillation attempt (including from AED prior to EMS arrival) without ROSC and who meet inclusion criteria below – contact W-MRCC as soon as possible (which may be prior to EMS arrival) to activate mobile ECMO, ensure Life Link III is started and expedite transport to designated landing zone

    Inclusion criteria (if not met, continue to provide cardiac arrest care per protocol above):

    • Age 18-75
    • Shock Indicated by AED on first rhythm check
    • Total CPR time expected to be < 60 minutes prior to ECMO flow
    • Chest size able to fit in LUCAS CPR device
    • Independently living
    • Arrest is presumed to be of cardiac etiology

    1. Ensure Life Link III helicopter has been started
    2. Provide EARLY communication to destination with patient info (age, gender, pertinent clinical findings/ medical history, ETA)
      1. For ecmo candidates use Verbiage “Red patient, Mobile ECMO activation” when hailing W-MRCC
      2. Standby by tac channel assignment and communication with ECMO physician as needed.

    If inclusion criteria are met, prioritize limiting scene time/ loading and transporting as quickly/ safely as possible:

    • Ensure First Responder help (two) and extra batteries for transport
    • Continue cardiac arrest management
    • Place patient on LUCAS CPR device
    • Place iGel
    • Obtain IV/IO access (if authorized)
    • Changes in condition (e.g. ROSC, PEA, asystole, etc.) should not change destination once activated
    • Contact W-MRCC or call 612-638-4901 if you wish to speak directly with a mobile ECMO physician

rev. 1 June 2024

2150 - CARE OF THE NEWBORN


    Care Goals:

    • Plan for resources based on number of anticipated patients (e.g., mother and newborn or multiple births)
    • Provide routine care to the newly born infant
    • Perform a neonatal assessment
    • Rapidly identify newly born infants requiring resuscitative efforts
    • Provide appropriate interventions to minimize distress in the newly born infant
    • Recognize the need for additional resources based on patient conditions and/or environmental factors

    Assessment and Early Management:

    1. In all situations including during assessment, minimize the newborn’s heat loss:
      1. Dry the newborn well.
      2. Increase environmental temperature

    2. Suction the newborn only if needed to clear secretions

    3. Assess for apnea, gasping, or heart rate less than 100:
      1. If apneic, gasping, or heart rate less than 100, initiate positive pressure ventilation, monitor SpO2.
      2. If labored breathing or persistent cyanosis, reposition airway and administer oxygen (less than 30% FiO2).

    4. Reassess heart rate:
      1. If less than 100: correct ventilation or increase oxygen.
      2. If less than 60: start chest compressions, increase oxygen to 100%, and place iGel

    5. Continue to reassess heart rate

    6. Gather history:
      1. Date and time of birth
      2. Onset of labor
      3. Prenatal history (prenatal care, substance abuse, multiple gestation, maternal illness)
      4. Birth history (maternal fever, presence of meconium, maternal bleeding, difficult delivery (e.g., shoulder dystocia, prolapsed or nuchal cord, breech))
      5. Estimated gestational age (may be based on last menstrual period)

    7. Physical examination:
      1. Respiratory rate and effort (strong, weak, absent, or irregular)
      2. Signs of respiratory distress (grunting, nasal flaring, retractions, gasping, apnea)
      3. Heart rate
      4. Direct palpation of chest wall, umbilical stump, or brachial pulse may be used (chest auscultation is preferable due to its accuracy)
      5. Muscle tone
      6. Color/appearance (central cyanosis, distal cyanosis, pallor)
      7. APGAR

    APGAR Score

    2150 - APGAR Score

    Management:

    1. If immediate resuscitation is required and the newborn is still attached to the mother, clamp the cord in two places and cut between the clamps 8-10 inches from infant. If no resuscitation is required, warm/dry/stimulate the newborn, and then cut/clamp the cord after 60 seconds or the cord stops pulsating

    2. After performing the above assessments and interventions (if indicated):
      1. If no need for immediate resuscitation, wait 30-60 seconds then double clamp and cut the umbilical cord approximately 8-10 inches from the infant.
      2. Term infants (> 37weeks) who are crying (good respiratory effort) and have good muscle tone can be given to the mother to nurse with continued warming efforts and re- assessment.

    3. Transport; do not wait for nor attempt delivery of the placenta.
      1. Closely observe the infant for signs and symptoms of distress and monitor the mother for excessive postpartum bleeding.

    Considerations:

    1. Approximately 10% of newly born infants require some assistance to begin breathing at birth and 1% require resuscitation to support perfusion

    2. Most newborns require only drying, warming, and stimulating to help them transition from fetal respiration to newborn respiration.

    3. The resuscitation sequence can be remembered as Dry, Warm, and Stimulate – Ventilate – Evaluate – and Resuscitate.

    4. Deliveries complicated by maternal bleeding (placenta previa, vas previa, or placental abruption) place the infant at risk for hypovolemia secondary to blood loss

    5. Low birth weight infants are at high-risk for hypothermia due to heat loss and a higher surface area to volume ratio.

    6. Measuring the pulse oximetry on the right hand provides the most accurate oxygen saturation (SpO2) in infants that are transitioning from fetal to normal circulation.
      1. At 60 seconds, 60% is the target with an increase of 5% every minute until 5 minutes of life when pulse oximetry is 80–85%

    7. Both hypoxia and excess oxygen administration can result in harm to the infant. If prolonged oxygen use is required, titrate to maintain an SpO2 of 85–95%

    8. While not ideal, a larger facemask than indicated for patient size may be used to provide BVM ventilation if an appropriately sized mask is not available.
      1. Avoid pressure over the eyes as this may result in bradycardia

    9. A multiple gestation delivery may require additional resources and/or clinicians.

rev. 1 June 2024

2200 - CHEST PAIN/DISCOMFORT (SUSPECTED MI)


    Care Goals:

    • Identify Acute Coronary Syndrome quickly
    • Determine time of symptom onset
    • Activate hospital-based systems of care
    • Monitor vital signs and be prepared to provide CPR and defibrillation if needed
    • Administer appropriate medications
    • Transport to appropriate facility

    Assessment:

    1. Assess respiratory status, especially dyspnea, hypoxia, or signs of heart failure including pulmonary edema, JVD, pedal edema.

    2. Assess for signs and symptoms of Acute Coronary Syndrome:
      1. Chest pain or discomfort in other areas of the body (e.g., arm, jaw, epigastrium) of suspected cardiac origin
      2. Shortness of breath, associated or unexplained sweating, nausea, vomiting, or dizziness.
      3. Atypical or unusual symptoms are more common in women, the elderly, and diabetic patients.
      4. May also present with CHF, syncope, and/or shock
      5. Patients with a history of MI should be asked to compare their current complaint to their prior MI(s)
      6. Chest pain associated sympathomimetic use (e.g., cocaine, methamphetamine)
      7. Some patients will present with likely non-cardiac chest pain and otherwise have a low likelihood of ACS (e.g., blunt trauma to the chest of a child). For these patients, defer the administration of aspirin (ASA) and nitrates

    3. If available, perform 12 lead and evaluate heart rate

    Management:

    1. Administer supplemental oxygen only if SpO2 < 93%
      1. If the patient is severely dyspneic, hypoxemic, or has obvious signs of heart failure, EMS clinicians should administer oxygen as appropriate with a target of achieving 94–98% saturation

    2. Place AED Pads on patients who present with or develop signs of clinical deterioration:
      1. Worsening chest pain, shortness of breath, decreased level of consciousness/syncope, or other signs of shock/hypotension

    3. Administer aspirin (ASA) - 324mg by mouth if the patient has no history of allergy.

    4. Administer nitroglycerin lingual spray - 0.4 mg metered dose spray if the patient's systolic BP is greater than or equal to 100.
      1. Consult with medical control physician if systolic BP is less than 100.
        1. Check the BP immediately prior to and after administration of nitro. Care should always be taken when giving nitroglycerin when the patient’s blood pressure is marginal. 
      2. Repeat every 5 min for continued pain
      3. The use of nitrates should be avoided in any patient who has used a phosphodiesterase inhibitor within the past 48 hours. CAUTION: In addition to their use for erectile dysfunction, these medications may be used for pulmonary hypertension, including in females. Examples include:
        1. sildenafil (Viagra®, Revatio®)
        2. vardenafil (Levitra®, Staxyn®)
        3. tadalafil (Cialis®, Adcirca®)
        4. Also avoid use in patients receiving intravenous epoprostenol (Flolan®) or treporstenil (Remodulin®) which are used for pulmonary hypertension

    5. Obtain IV access (if authorized)

    6. Obtain 12-lead ECG (if authorized)

    7. Transport and destination decisions should be based on local resources and system of care

    8. A complete medication list should be obtained from each patient. It is especially important for the treating physician and healthcare providers to be informed if the patient is taking beta-blockers, calcium channel blockers, clonidine, digoxin, blood thinners (anticoagulants), and medications for the treatment of erectile dysfunction or pulmonary hypertension

rev. 1 June 2024

2225 - CHF/PULMONARY EDEMA


    Care Goals:

    • Assure adequate oxygen and ventilation
    • Recognize impending respiratory failure
    • Promptly identfiy and intervene for patients who require escalation of therapy
    • Deliver appropriate therapy by differentiating likely cause of respiratory distress
    • Alleviate respiratory distress

    Assessment:

    1. History:
      1. Onset (acute or gradual)
      2. Concurrent symptoms, allergen/infectious exposure (e.g., fever, cough, rhinorrhea, tongue/lip swelling, rash, labored breathing, foreign body)
      3. Usual triggers (e.g.. Cigarette smoke, weather change, respiratory infections, exercise)
      4. Treatments prior to EMS: Oxygen, inhaler, nebs, chronic or recent steroid therapy
      5. Hospitalizations: Number of ED visits in past year, number of admissions in the past year, number of ICU admissions or intubations ever
      6. Family history of asthma, eczema, or allergies

    2. Physical Exam:
      1. Full vitals, including neuro and temperature assessment
      2. Air entry (normal vs. diminished, prolonged expiratory phase)
      3. Breath sounds (wheezes, crackles, rales, rhonchi, diminished, clear)
      4. Skin color (pallor, cyanosis mottling, normal) and temperature
      5. Mental status (alert, tired, lethargic, unresponsive)
      6. Signs of distress
        1. Apprehension, anxiety, combativeness
        2. Hypoxia (less than 90% SpO2)
        3. Intercostal/subcostal/supraclavicular retractions, accessory muscle use, nasal flaring
        4. Inability to speak full sentences
        5. Cyanosis

    Management:

    1. Keep the patient’s head elevated, raise head on stretcher fully

    2. Begin oxygen therapy:
      1. Supplemental oxygen for dyspnea to a target 94-98% SpO2
      2. If the patient’s respiratory distress is severe, consider positive pressure ventilatory assistance if the patient is able to tolerate.

    3. Give nitroglycerin lingual spray - 0.4 mg metered dose spray SL x 2 if the patient’s systolic BP is 140 or greater.
      1. Two minutes after the initial nitro dose, repeat nitroglycerin 0.4 mg metered dose spray SL x 1 if the patient still has signs of pulmonary edema AND the systolic BP remains 140 or greater.
      2. Five minutes after the second dose, repeat nitroglycerin 0.4 mg metered dose spray SL x 1 if the patient still has signs of pulmonary edema and the systolic BP is 140 or greater.
      3. The use of nitrates should be avoided in any patient who has used a phosphodiesterase inhibitor within the past 48 hours. CAUTION: In addition to their use for erectile dysfunction, these medications may be used for pulmonary hypertension, including in females. This is especially true of patients presenting with pulmonary edema, since it can be caused by pulmonary hypertension. Examples include:
        1. sildenafil (Viagra®, Revatio®)
        2. vardenafil (Levitra®, Staxyn®)
        3. tadalafil (Cialis®, Adcirca®)
        4. Also avoid use in patients receiving intravenous epoprostenol (Flolan®) or treporstenil (Remodulin®) which are used for pulmonary hypertension

    4. Give aspirin (ASA) -324mg by mouth if the patient has no history of allergy.

    5. If the patient has no relief and their systolic BP remains 140 or greater:
      1. Repeat nitroglycerin every three to five minutes as necessary. Recheck the patient’s BP before and after administration

    6. Consider CPAP if two or more of the following are present:
      1. Retractions or accessory muscle use.
      2. Pulmonary edema.
      3. Respiratory rate greater than 25/min.
      4. SpO2 less than 92%.

    7. If indicated, Administer CPAP (CPAP MODE) to achieve 11 - 12 cm H2O (15 LPM).
      1. CAUTION: CPAP can cause rapid hypotension. Set monitor to take pressures every 5 minutes.
        1. Assess the patient’s response. If the patient’s condition worsens, (e.g. the patient becomes hypotensive, decreased SpO2) discontinue CPAP.
      2. If CPAP is initiated, continue to treat with medications as normal.

rev. 1 June 2024

2250 - CVA/STROKE


    Care Goals:

    • Detect neurological deficits
    • Identify candidates for Stroke Alert
    • Determine eligibility for transport to a stroke center
    • Facilitate appropriate downstream care for neurological emergencies

    Assessment and Early Management:

    1. Assess ABCs and vital signs

    2. Administer supplemental oxygen ONLY if SpO2 < 94%

    3. Check blood glucose level
      1. If <60mg/dL, refer to 2275 - Diabetic Emergencies for treatment

    4. Perform B.E.F.A.S.T Stroke Scale (includes: Balance, Eyes/vision, Facial droop, Arm drift, Speech and Time)
      1. Balance: sudden loss of balance or coordination, SUSTAINED vertigo or vertigo with other focal symptoms.
      2. Eye: Bilateral visual field cut or double vision
      3. Facial droop or weakness
      4. Arm pronator drift or leg weakness
      5. Speech difficulties, slurred speech, or aphasia (unable to repeat, name or follow simple commands)
      6. Thunderclap headache

    5. Determine possible LVO (Large Vessel Occlusion)
      1. Arm drift PLUS
        1. Visual field cut OR
        2. Aphasia OR
        3. Neglect (forced lateral gaze or ignoring one side)

    6. If B.E.F.A.S.T Stroke Scale is positive (abnormal findings)
      1. If within 24 hours of symptom onset OR last known well:
        1. Expedite Transport
        2. Use “STROKE CODE” in radio report, and
        3. Give time of symptom onset OR last known well in clock time (e.g. 2:30pm)
      2. If positive but known to be more than 24 since symptom onset:
        1. Don’t use “STROKE CODE” in radio report, but do state time of symptom onset in radio report
      3. If time of symptom onset is unknown (e.g. patient is unable to communicate), then:
        1. Expedite Transport
        2. Use “STROKE CODE” in radio report, and state “unknown symptom onset time” in radio report

    7. Document last known well time on your PCR

    8. Assess for other related factors:
      1. History of Atrial Fibrillation
      2. Taking warfarin or any anticoagulant medication
      3. History of recent
        1. Trauma
        2. Travel
        3. Seizure
        4. Surgery
        5. Hemorrhage (e.g., GI bleed)

    9. Evaluate for the presence of stroke mimics including:
      1. Hypoglycemia
      2. Seizure
      3. Sepsis
      4. Migraine
      5. Intoxication

    Management:

    1. If a “STROKE CODE” is indicated by the above criteria, the main priority is getting the patient safely to an appropriate facility in a timely fashion
      1. Prevent aspiration – elevate head of stretcher 15–30 degrees if systolic BP greater than 100 mmHg
      2. Maintain head and neck in neutral alignment, without flexing the neck
      3. Protect paralyzed limbs from injury
      4. Avoid multiple IV attempts, and do not attempt IV on scene

    2. If applicable, bring a family member or other witness or person familiar with the patient’s normal mental status.

    3. Monitor closely for new or worsening neurological exam findings during transport such as:
      1. Facial droop
      2. Localized Weakness
      3. Ataxic or uncoordinated movements
      4. Slurred speech
      5. Altered Mentation
      6. Sudden onset of dizziness/vertigo
      7. Hemiparesis or hemiplegia
      8. Dysconjugate, forced, or crossed gaze
      9. Severe headache, neck pain/stiffness, difficulty seeing

    4. Be aware that an outwardly stable stroke patient may rapidly decline in your care.
    5. Transport to facility of pt choice unless:
      1. Possible LVO: Direct to Comprehensive (Abbott, HCMC, U of MN, North, Methodist, Regions, United) or Primary -Thrombectomy capable (Southdale, Mercy) Stroke center.
      2. Closer hospital if patient requested hospital (or LVO destination) adds more than 30 minutes or the total transport time would be more than 45 min.
      3. Closest hospital if approaching 4 hrs since onset or last known well to stay within the 4.5 hr cut off for possible thrombolytic therapy (including LVO patients).

rev. 1 June 2024

2275 - DIABETIC EMERGENCIES


    Care Goals:

    • Limit morbidity and mortality from abnormal blood glucose levels
    • Treat symptomatic hypoglycemia
    • Tailor patient education and disposition to prevent recurrence

    Assessment:

    1. Assess ABCs and vitals

    2. Check blood glucose level
      1. If the patient is altered with normal blood sugar, return to 2025 - Altered Level of Consciousness Protocol
      2. Perform secondary survey related to abnormal glucose level:

    3. Check for presence of insulin pump
      1. CAUTION: Insulin pumps are not always on the abdomen, patients are taught they can place a pump anywhere they can “pinch an inch” of fatty tissue

    4. Check for additional diabetes medications in the patient’s refrigerator

    5. Assess for incontinence or oral trauma from seizures

    Management:

    1. If blood glucose level is less than 60 mg/dL and the patient is symptomatic:
      1. If the patient is conscious give sugar:
        1. 50% Dextrose 50mL PO.

          OR

          oral glucose (Glutose) - 30g PO (Typically 2 tubes of Glutose)

      2. If the patient is unable to take oral fluids due to an altered level of consciousness:
        1. Glucagon -1 mg IM

    2. For patients with an insulin pump who are hypoglycemic with altered mental status:
      1. Stop the pump, disconnect, or remove at insertion site if patient cannot ingest oral glucose or ALS is not available

    3. For adult patients who have experienced a hypoglycemic event and refuse medical transportation, see 3020 - Diabetic Hypoglycemic Patient Refusal of Transport.

    4. If above treatment does not achieve normal blood sugar and mental status:
      1. Initiate transport
      2. Evaluate for alternative causes of mental status, evaluate per 2250 - CVA / Stroke
      3. Continue ongoing treatment as feasible

    AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS:

    1. In general, EMS should transport all patients on oral hypoglycemic agents or long-acting insulin.

    2. All hypoglycemic patients who had a seizure should be transported to the hospital regardless of their mental status and response to therapy

    3. If symptoms resolve after treatment, release without transport is should only be considered if ALL of the following are true:
      1. Repeat glucose greater than 80 mg/dL
      2. Patient takes insulin or metformin to control diabetes and does not take long-acting oral sulphonylurea agents
      3. Patient returns to normal mental status, with no focal neurologic signs/symptoms after receiving glucose/dextrose
      4. Patient can promptly obtain and will eat a carbohydrate meal
      5. Patient or legal guardian refuses transport and EMS clinicians agree transport not indicated
      6. A reliable adult will be staying with patient
      7. No major co-morbid symptoms exist such as chest pain, shortness of breath, seizures, intoxication
      8. A clear cause of the hypoglycemia is identified (e.g., missed meal)

    Considerations
    There are several classes of medications used for diabetes. Patients may be on one or several different medications for their diabetes. In general, insulin and sulfonylurea medications are the highest risk for causing hypoglycemia on their own. However, the effects of all these medications can be additive, meaning a lower risk drug can still cause ongoing or rebound hypoglycemia. Consider these factors when treating or determining a disposition for a hypoglycemic patient.

    1. Insulins: Injectable medications, act directly to allow glucose uptake by cells. HIGH RISK OF CAUSING HYPOGLYCEMIA
      1. Long Acting Insulin, 24 hour duration. Usually, but not always found as a pen
        1. Lantus (Insulin Glargine)
        2. Detemire (Insulin Levemire)
      2. Intermediate Acting Insulin, Peak at 4-10 hours. Usually found in a vial
        1. Humulin R, Novolin R (Insulin NPH)
      3. Short Acting Insulin, Peak at 2-4 hours. Usually found in a vial
        1. Humulin N, Novolin N (Regular Insulin)
      4. Rapid Acting Insulin. Peak at 1-2 hours. May be found as a pen or in a vial
        1. Humalog (Insulin Lispro)
        2. Novolog (Insulin Aspart)
        3. Apidra (Insulin Glulisine)

    2. Metformin (Glucophage): Oral medications. Reduces glucose output from liver, decreases insulin resistance. When used alone, Metformin has a lower risk of hypoglycemia, however it is HIGH RISK when combined with other medications, especially insulin and sulfonylureas

    3. Incretin Mimetics “Tides”: Injectable medications. Increase insulin output from pancreas, decrease glucose output from liver, slows sugar uptake from digestion, decreases appetite, increases effect of insulin. considered lower risk on its own, can become HIGH RISK when combined with other medications, especially insulin and sulfonylureas
      1. Exenatide (Byetta)
      2. Exenatide LAR (Bydureon)
      3. Liraglutide (Victoza)
      4. Dulaglutide (Trulicity)
      5. Semaglutide (Ozempic)
      6. Albiglutide (Tanzeum)

    4. Flozins: Oral medications. Increases sugar output in the urine, up to 450 calories per day in glucose. Associated with genital infections. Generally considered lower risk on its own, can become HIGH RISK when combined with other medications, especially insulin and sulfonylureas
      1. Canagliflozin (Invokana)
      2. Dapagliflozin (Farxiga)
      3. Empagliflozin (Jardiance)
      4. Ertugliflozin (Stelgatro)

    5. Gliptins: Oral medications. Increase insulin output from pancreas, decrease glucose output from liver. Generally considered lower risk on their own, can become HIGH RISK when combined with other medications, especially insulin and sulfonylureas
      1. Alogliptin (Nesina)
      2. Linagliptin (Tradjenta)
      3. Sitagliptin (Januvia)
      4. Saxagliptin (Onglyza)
      5. Vildagliptin (Galvus)

    6. Sulfonylureas: Oral medications. Long half-lives ranging from 12-60 hours. These patients are at especially HIGH RISK for recurrent hypoglycemia and frequently require admission
      1. Clorpropamide (Diabinese)
      2. Glimeperide (Amaryl)
      3. Glipizide (Glucotrol, Glucotrol XL)
      4. Glyburide (Diabeta, Glynase)
      5. Tolazamide (Tolinase)

rev. 1 June 2024

2300 - HYPERTHERMIA


    Care Goals:

    • Cooling and rehydration
    • Assess severity of heat-related illness
    • Mitigate risk for decompensation
    • Mitigate risk for agitation and uncooperative behavior

    Assessment:

    1. Assess ABCs and vital signs

    2. Assess severity of heat-related illness
      1. Heat Cramps:
        1. Muscle cramps usually in legs and abdominal wall. Temperature is normal
        2. Typically sweaty skin signs
      2. Heat Exhaustion:
        1. Prolonged process of salt and water depletion usually of a gradual onset.
        2. As it progresses tachycardia, hypotension, elevated temperature, and very painful cramps occur.
        3. Symptoms of headache, nausea, and vomiting occur.
          • Vomiting creates a feedback loop that worsens the patient’s salt and water depletion, which can rapidly lead to heat stroke
      3. Heat Stroke:
        1. Occurs when the cooling mechanism of the body ceases due to temperature overload and/or electrolyte imbalances.
        2. Patient core temperature is usually greater than 104°F.
        3. When no thermometer is available, it is distinguished from heat exhaustion by altered level of consciousness, seizures, or coma
        4. May be characterized by dry skin signs, however this is not always true, especially in humid conditions

    3. Perform heat illness-related survey:
      1. Ambient temperature and humidity
      2. Oral intake
      3. Exertion level
      4. Length of exposure
      5. Clothing
      6. Availability of water/cooling areas
      7. Signs of alcohol or recreational substance use
      8. Nature of environment (hot warehouse, confined space work, direct sunlight, etc.)

    4. Assess for medical causes of AMS with hyperthermia:
      1. Fever from infectious or inflammatory conditions
      2. History of thyroid disease (especially Grave’s Disease, assess for goiters and/or bulging, staring eyes with limited blinking)
      3. Malignant hyperthermia
      4. Serotonin syndrome
      5. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome
      6. Stimulant drug abuse
      7. Delirium with agitated behavior, especially with prolonged exertion such as running or fighting

    Management:

    1. Be mindful of factors that lead to heat emergency – DON’T BECOME A PATIENT

    2. Move patient to a cool area, shield from sun and other heat sources
      1. Pavement temperature can be over 50 degrees higher than air temperatures and conducts heat better than air, causing rapid core heating and skin burns to both patients and providers

    3. Remove as much clothing as is practical and loosen any restrictive garments.

    4. If alert and oriented AND no suspected medical cause of hyperthermia, give small sips of cool liquids

    5. If altered, check blood glucose

    6. If core temperature is greater than 104o F or if AMS is present:
      1. Expose the patient
      2. Set patient care compartment to maximum AC and fan speed
      3. Place ice packs in the groin, axilla, and behind the neck
      4. Truncal ice packs may be used, but can interfere with and are less effective than evaporation
      5. Continually mist exposed skin with water while fanning victim
        1. If misting is not available, periodically apply and then remove water-soaked towels from exposed skin
          • DO NOT leave water-soaked linens. This inhibits evaporation and delays cooling.
      6. Begin lights and sirens transport

    Additional Considerations:

    1. Patients at elevated risk for heat emergencies include neonates, infants, and patients with mental illness or cognitive impairment

    2. Contributory risk factors may come from:
      1. Prescription and over-the-counter herbal supplements
      2. Cold medications
      3. Heart medications
      4. Diuretics
      5. Psychiatric medications
      6. Drug abuse
      7. Accidental or intentional drug overdose

    3. Heat exposure can occur either due to increased environmental temperatures or prolonged exercise or a combination of both
      1. Environments with temperature greater than 90°F and humidity greater than 60% present the most risk

    4. Heat stroke is associated with cardiac arrhythmias independent of drug ingestion/overdose

    5. Heat stroke has also been associated with cerebral edema

    6. For patients with signs and symptoms of heat stroke, rapid cooling takes priority over other interventions (e.g., cardiac monitoring, IV access)

    7. Shivering may occur while treating heat stroke. It is uncertain how harmful shivering is to heat stroke patients.

rev. 1 June 2024

2325 - HYPOTHERMIA


    Care Goals:

    • Maintain hemodynamic stability
    • Determine severity of hypothermia
    • Appropriate management of hypothermia induced cardiac arrest
    • Prevent further heat loss
    • Rewarm the patient in a safe manner
    • Prevent tissue loss

    Assessment:

    1. Assess ABCs and vital signs
      1. Patients suffering from moderate or severe hypothermia may have severe alterations to their vital signs including weak and extremely slow pulses, profound hypotension, and decreased respirations
      2. The rescuer may need to evaluate the hypothermic patient for a pulse for longer than the normothermic patient (up to 60 seconds)

    2. Assess severity of hypothermia. It is not necessary to confirm the temperature, the symptoms describe the severity.
      1. Mild: 32.1°–35°C/89.8°–95°F, vital signs not depressed; normal mental status; shivering is preserved; body maintains the ability to attempt to control temperature
      2. Moderate: 28.1°–32°C/82.5°–89.7°F, progressive bradycardia, hypotension, and decreased respirations, alterations in mental status with eventual coma, shivering will be lost in moderate hypothermia (generally between 30°–31°C (86°-87.8°F), and general slowing of bodily functions
      3. Severe: 24°–28°C/75.2°–82.4°F, progression of above symptoms, body loses ability to regulate temperature.

    3. Assess for frostbite
      1. Patients with frostbite will develop numbness involving the affected body part along with a "clumsy" feeling along with areas of blanched skin.
      2. Later findings include a "woody" sensation, decreased or loss of sensation, bruising or blister formation, or a white and waxy appearance to affected tissue

    4. History: along with standard SAMPLE history, additional patient history should include:
      1. Associated injury or illness
      2. Duration of cold exposure
      3. Ambient temperature
      4. Treatments initiated before EMS arrival

    Management (Moderate, Severe, Profound):

    1. Maintain patient and rescuer safety

    2. Prevent further heat loss:
      1. Remove the patient from the environment
      2. Remove wet clothes. Clothing should always be cut off. Move the patient’s limbs and body as little as possible.
      3. Dry skin
      4. Insulate from the ground, shelter the patient from wind and wet conditions, and insulate the patient with dry clothing or a hypothermia wrap/blanket.

    3. If patient is unconscious, apply defibrillator pads

    4. Cover the patient with a vapor barrier (space blanket)

    5. Maintain patient in horizontal position, minimize movement
      1. CAUTION: Motion of the extremities can cause return of significantly colder blood to the heart. Move the patient only when necessary, such as initial heat loss prevention

    6. Assess responsiveness, breathing, and pulse
      1. Do a pulse check for 60 seconds (clinical signs of death such as dilated pupils are not reliable in the hypothermic patient)
      2. Pulse and breathing absent:
        1. Generally, CPR should not be initiated if the patient:
          1. Is known to have been submerged (head under water) in cold water for more than 90 minutes.
          2. Has obvious signs of death (e.g. decapitation, slippage of skin, animal predation).
          3. Frozen core or airway (e.g. ice formation in the airway).
          4. Has a chest wall that is so stiff that compressions are impossible.
        2. For "Shock Indicated”, defibrillate ONCE
          1. Withhold further shocks and transport immediately.
          2. Obtain IV/IO access.
          3. Warm packs should not be used.
        3. For “No Shock Indicated”,
          1. Obtain IV/IO access
          2. Warm packs should not be used

    7. For patients with a pulse and spontaneous respirations:
      1. Begin oxygen therapy.
      2. Begin transport immediately.

    8. Rewarming according to severity:
      • Mild hypothermia (temperature greater than or equal to 92o F or if the patient is shivering) - Passive rewarming, active external rewarming.
      • Moderate hypothermia (temperature greater than or equal to 86o F to less than 92o F, or if patient is shivering) - Passive rewarming, active external rewarming to truncal areas only (neck, armpits, groin).
      • Severe hypothermia (temperature less than 86o F) - Transport for active internal rewarming.

    9. In patients suffering from moderate to severe hypothermia, it is critical to not allow these patients to stand or exercise as this may cause circulatory collapse

    10. Frostbite care:
      1. If the patient has evidence of frostbite, and ambulation/travel is necessary for evacuation or safety, avoid rewarming of extremities until definitive treatment is possible. Additive injury occurs when the area of frostbite is rewarmed then inadvertently refrozen. Only initiate rewarming if refreezing is absolutely preventable
      2. Rewarm frostbitten parts by contact with nonaffected body surfaces. Do not rub or cause physical trauma.
      3. After rewarming, cover injured parts with loose sterile dressing. Do not allow injury to refreeze.
      4. Transport to a BURN CENTER

    Considerations:

    1. Shivering rapidly converts calories to body heat. If patient’s mental status is declining, check blood glucose and treat as indicated (treat per Hypoglycemia Guideline or Hyperglycemia Guideline) and assess for other causes of alterations of mentation.

    2. Monitor frequently — if temperature or level of consciousness decreases, refer to severe hypothermia

    3. Rectal temperatures are the most accurate prehospital temperature, but take with caution to avoid worsening the hypothermia by undressing the patient. The insertion may cause the patient to vagal, worsening bradycardia

    4. If supporting respirations, care must be taken not to hyperventilate the patient as hypocarbia may reduce the threshold for ventricular fibrillation in the cold patient. If possible, use EtCO2 with a target of 35-45.

rev. 1 June 2024

2350 - HYPOVOLEMIA/SHOCK


    Care Goals:

    • Rapidly recognize shock and perform BLS interventions maintain/restore adequate perfusion to vital organs
    • Differentiate between possible underlying causes of shock to promptly initiate additional therapy

    Assessment:

    1. Assess ABCs and vital signs

    2. If concerned for shock, assess for signs of poor perfusion (due to a medical cause) such as one or more of the following:
      1. Altered mental status
      2. Delayed capillary refill (> 3 seconds)
      3. Flash capillary refill (> 1 second) may be seen in early septic shock
      4. Decreased urine output
      5. Respiratory rate greater than 20 per minute in adults
      6. Assess potential etiologies of shock:
      7. Hypovolemic (hemorrhagic or non-hemorrhagic, such as severe dehydration, vomiting or diarrhea)
      8. Distributive (sepsis, anaphylaxis, neurogenic, overdose, endocrine)
      9. Cardiogenic (cardiomyopathy, dysrhythmia, valve disorder)
      10. Obstructive (pulmonary embolism (PE), tension pneumothorax, cardiac tamponade)

    Management:

    1. Check vital signs

    2. Administer oxygen as appropriate with a target of achieving 94–98% saturation

    3. Pulse oximetry and EtCO2 (reading of less than 25 mmHg may be sign of poor perfusion)

    4. Check blood sugar, and correct if less than 60 mg/dL

    5. Transport

    Considerations:

    1. Patients predisposed to shock:

    2. Immunocompromised (patients undergoing chemotherapy or with a primary or acquired immunodeficiency)

    3. Adrenal insufficiency (Addison's disease, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, chronic or recent steroid use)

    4. Patients with adrenal insufficiency may have an emergency dose of hydrocortisone available that can be administered IV or IM

    5. History of a solid organ or bone marrow transplant

    6. Infants

    7. Elderly

    8. In most adults, tachycardia is the first sign of compensated shock, and may persist for hours. Tachycardia can be a late sign of shock in children and a tachycardic child may be close to cardiovascular collapse

    9. Hypotension indicates uncompensated shock, which may progress to cardiopulmonary failure within minutes. Hypotension is a late and ominous sign in pediatric uncompensated shock

rev. 1 June 2024

2400 - OB PREGNANCY/LABOR/DELIVERY


    Care Goals:

    • Obtain necessary history to plan for birth and resuscitation of the newborn
    • Recognize imminent birth
    • Plan for resources based on number of anticipated patients (e.g., mother and child or multiple births)
    • Assist with uncomplicated delivery of term newborn
    • Recognize complicated delivery situations (e.g., nuchal or prolapsed umbilical cord, breech delivery, shoulder dystocia) and plan for management and appropriate transport destination
    • Apply appropriate techniques when an obstetric complication exists

    Assessment:

    1. Assess for signs of imminent delivery:
      1. Crowning or other presentation in vaginal opening
      2. Urge to push
      3. Urge to move bowels
      4. Mother’s sense of imminent delivery

    2. Assess for signs of active labor:
      1. Contractions
      2. Membrane rupture
      3. Bloody show

    Management:

    1. If patient is imminently delivering, prepare to provide delivery care

    2. Delivery should be controlled to allow a slow controlled delivery of infant – This will prevent injury to mother

    3. Support the infant’s head as needed and apply gentle counterpressure to help prevent the head from suddenly popping out

    4. Check for nuchal cord (i.e., around the baby’s neck)
      1. If present, slip it over the head
        1. If unable to free the cord from the neck, double clamp the cord and cut between the clamps

    5. Do not routinely suction the infant’s airway (even with a bulb syringe) during delivery

    6. Grasping the head with hand over the ears, gently guide head down to allow delivery of the anterior shoulder

    7. Gently guide the head up to allow delivery of the posterior shoulder

    8. Slowly deliver the remainder of the infant

    9. After 1 minute, clamp cord about 5–6 inches from the abdomen with two clamps; cut the cord between the clamps
      1. If resuscitation is needed, the baby can still benefit from a 1-minute delay in cord clamping. Start resuscitation immediately after birth and then clamp and cut the cord at 1 minute
      2. While cord is attached, take care to ensure the baby is not significantly higher positioned than the mother to prevent blood from flowing backwards from baby to placenta

    10. Dry, warm, and stimulate infant wrap in towel and place on maternal chest unless resuscitation needed
      1. Resuscitation takes priority over recording APGAR scores. Record APGAR scores at 1 and 5 minutes once neonate is stabilized

    11. After delivery of infant, suctioning (including suctioning with a bulb syringe) should be reserved for infants who have obvious obstruction to the airway or require positive pressure ventilation (follow Neonatal Resuscitation Guideline for further care of the infant)

    12. The placenta will deliver spontaneously, often within 5–15 minutes after the infant is delivered
      1. Do not force the placenta to deliver; do not pull on the umbilical cord

    13. Contain all tissue in plastic bag and transport

    14. After delivery, massaging the uterus (should be located at about the umbilicus) and allowing the infant to nurse will promote uterine contraction and help control bleeding

    15. Keep infant warm during transport

    16. Most deliveries proceed without complications – if complications can’t be resolved in the field
      1. Apply high flow oxygen to mother and expedite transport to the appropriate receiving facility

    Considerations:
    The following are recommendations for specific complications:

    1. Shoulder dystocia – if delivery fails to progress after head delivers, quickly attempt the following:
      1. Hyperflex mother’s hips to severe supine knee-chest position (i.e., McRoberts’ maneuver)
      2. Attempt to angle baby’s head as posteriorly as possible but NEVER pull
      3. Continue with delivery as normal once the anterior shoulder is delivered

    2. Prolapsed umbilical cord
      1. Placed gloved hand into vagina and gently lift head/body off the cord
      2. Assess for pulsations in cord, if no pulses are felt, lift the presenting part off the cord
      3. Wrap the prolapsed cord in moist sterile gauze
      4. Maintain until relieved by hospital staff
      5. If previous techniques are not successful, mother should be placed in prone kneechest position or extreme Trendelenburg with hips elevated

    3. Breech birth
      1. Place mother supine, allow the buttocks, feet, and trunk to deliver spontaneously, then support the body while the head is delivered
      2. If needed, put the mother in a kneeling position which may assist in the delivery of the newborn
      3. Assess for presence of prolapsed cord and treat as above
      4. If head fails to deliver, place gloved hand into vagina with fingers between infant’s face and uterine wall to create an open airway. Place your index and ring fingers on the baby’s cheeks forming a “V” taking care not to block the mouth and allowing the chin to be tilted toward the chest flexing the neck
      5. When delivering breech, you may need to rotate the baby’s trunk clockwise; or sweep the legs from the vagina
      6. Once the legs are delivered support the body to avoid hyperextension of the head; keep the fetus elevated off the umbilical cord
      7. NEVER pull on the body, especially a preterm or previable baby – just support the baby’s body while mother pushes when she feels the urge to
      8. The presentation of an arm or leg through the vagina is an indication for immediate transport to hospital

    4. Nuchal Cord
      1. After the head has been delivered, palpate the neck for a nuchal cord, if present, slip over the head
      2. If the loop is too tight to slip over the head, attempt to slip the cord over the shoulders and deliver the body through the loop
      3. The cord can be doubly clamped and cut between the clamps; the newborn should be delivered promptly

    5. Maternal Cardiac Arrest
      1. Apply manual pressure to displace uterus from midline
      2. Treat per the Cardiac Arrest Guideline (VF/VT/Asystole/PEA) for resuscitation care (defibrillation and medications should be given for same indications and doses as if non-pregnant patient)
      3. Transport as soon as possible if infant is estimated to be over 24 weeks gestation (perimortem Cesarean section (also known as resuscitative hysterotomy) at receiving facility is most successful if started within 5 minutes of maternal cardiac arrest)

rev. 1 June 2024

2425 - POISONING/DRUG INGESTION


    Care Goals:

    • Rapid recognition and intervention of a clinically significant opioid poisoning or overdose
    • Differentiation of opioid intoxication from other medical emergencies, such as head injuries, strokes, hypoglycemia, or other toxidromes
    • Prevention of respiratory and/or cardiac arrest

    Assessment:

    1. Refer to 2025 - Altered Level of Consciousness Protocol for guidance on assessment

    Treatment:

    1. Begin oxygen therapy.
      1. All altered patients requiring respiratory support should be ventilated with high flow O2 via bag-valve-mask device.

    2. For any patient with a respiratory rate less than eight, or a patient history of or physical findings consistent with opioid overdose

    3. Maintaining the patients airway and respiratory status takes priority over medications Consider naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan) -0.4 mg up to 2 mg IM/IN.
      1. NOTE: For all IN doses that are ≤ 0.9 mL, add 0.1 mL to ensure full dose of medication is given.
      2. Due to the relatively short half-life of naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan), patients that respondglutose favorably to naloxone (Narcan) administration should still be considered under the influence and transported on a peace/health officer hold (aka transport hold) regardless of their mental status and/or refusal of care.

    AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS:

    1. Consider additional naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan) -
      • Not to exceed total maximum cumulative dose of 10 mg IV/IO/IM.

rev. 1 June 2024

2450 - RESPIRATORY DISTRESS


    Care Goals:

    • Assure adequate oxygen and ventilation
    • Recognize impending respiratory failure
    • Promptly identify and intervene for patients who require escalation of therapy
    • Deliver appropriate therapy by differentiating likely cause of respiratory distress
    • Alleviate respiratory distress

    Assessment:

    1. History
      1. Onset (acute or gradual)
      2. Concurrent symptoms, allergen/infectious exposure (e.g., fever, cough, rhinorrhea, tongue/lip swelling, rash, labored breathing, foreign body)
      3. Usual triggers (e.g.. Cigarette smoke, weather change, respiratory infections, exercise)
      4. Treatments prior to EMS: Oxygen, inhaler, nebs, chronic or recent steroid therapy
      5. Hospitalizations: Number of ED visits in past year, number of admissions in the past year, number of ICU admissions or intubations ever
      6. Family history of asthma, eczema, or allergies

    2. Physical Exam
      1. Full vitals, including neuro and temperature assessment
      2. Air entry (normal vs. diminished, prolonged expiratory phase)
      3. Breath sounds (wheezes, crackles, rales, rhonchi, diminished, clear)
      4. Skin color (pallor, cyanosis mottling, normal) and temperature
      5. Mental status (alert, tired, lethargic, unresponsive)
      6. Signs of distress
      7. Apprehension, anxiety, combativeness
      8. Hypoxia (less than 90% SpO2)
      9. Intercostal/subcostal/supraclavicular retractions, accessory muscle use, nasal flaring
      10. Inability to speak full sentences
      11. Cyanosis

    Management:

    1. Maintain Airway

    2. If the patient has a history of COPD and is symptomatic (presence of wheezing alone does not indicate COPD), en route to hospital, the following may be administered:
      1. Use a nasal cannula at 2 – 3 liters per minute initially. Oxygen may need to be increased if the patient’s oxygenation status worsens.
      2. When a patient is already on oxygen, EMS oxygen therapy flow rate should not start at a lower rate than the patient’s current rate.
      3. Oxygen flow should be titrated to a target SpO2 of 90%.

    3. Supplemental oxygen for non-COPD related dyspnea to a target 94-98% SpO2

    4. For suspected bronchospasm, asthma, COPD
      1. Nebulized medications (may nebulize continuously without improvement):
        1. albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083% 2.5 mg.

    5. Consider CPAP if two or more of the following are present:
      1. Retractions or accessory muscle use.
      2. Pulmonary edema.
      3. Respiratory rate greater than 25/min.
      4. SpO2 less than 92%.
        1. Administer BiLevel CPAP to achieve 11 - 12 cm H2O IPAP (16 LPM) with EPAP set to lowest possible pressure. If oxygenation status doesn't improve, increase EPAP to achieve desired SpO2.
        2. Assess the patient’s response. If the patient’s condition worsens, (e.g. the patient becomes hypotensive, decreased SpO2) discontinue CPAP.
        3. If CPAP is initiated, continue to treat with medications as normal.

rev. 1 June 2024

2500 - SEIZURES


    Care Goals:

    • Prompt cessation of seizures in the prehospital setting
    • Minimizing adverse events in the treatment of seizures in the prehospital setting
    • Identifying treatable causes of seizure
    • Minimizing seizure recurrence during transport

    Assessment:

    1. History:
      1. Duration of current seizure
      2. Prior history of seizures, diabetes, alcohol or medication abuse.
      3. Typical appearance of seizures
      4. Baseline seizure frequency and duration
      5. Focality of onset, direction of eye deviation
      6. Concurrent symptoms of apnea, cyanoisis, vomiting, bowwel/bladder incontience, or fever
      7. Bystander administration of medications to stop the seizure
      8. Current medications, includijng anticonvulstants
      9. Recent dose cahnges or non-complinace with anticonvulstants
      10. History of trauma, pregnancy, heat exposure, or toxin exposure

    2. Exam:
      1. Airway Patency
      2. Respiratory rate and effectiveness of patient’s breathing
      3. Signs of perfusion
      4. Neurologic status
        1. GCS
        2. Nystagmus
        3. Pupil size
        4. Focal deficits such as paralyzed limbs or other evidence of stroke

    Management:

    1. If signs of airway obstruction are present and chin-lift, jaw thrust, position, and/or suctioning do not accomplish a patent airway, place an OPA or NPA (if gag present)

    2. Monitor SpO2
      1. Administer oxygen as appropriate with a target of achieving 94-98%
      2. Use BVM if patient’s respirations are ineffective

    3. Check blood sugar. If <60mg/dL, treat per 2275 - Diabetic Emergencies protocol

    4. If seizure activity is suspected from eclampisa (>20 weeks gestation with hypertension or up to 7 days postpartum
      1. Begin immediate transport and notify receiving facility of suspected eclamptic seizure

    Considerations:

    1. For reported first time seizures or seizures that are refractory to medication, consider other potential causes:
      1. Head Trauma
      2. Hypoglycemia
      3. Stroke
      4. Electrolyte problems
      5. Toxins
      6. Pregnancy with eclampsia
      7. Hyperthermia

    2. Consider syncope versus seizure in a first-time seizure patient. Due to the frightening appearance of some syncopal episodes, bystanders may describe seizure-like activity that occurs during syncope.

    3. The presence of fever with seizure in children less than 6 months old and greater than 6 years old is not consistent with a simple febrile seziure and should prompt concern for meningitis, encephalitis, or other pathology

rev. 1 June 2024

2625 - CHEMICAL BURNS


    Care Goals:

    • Rapid recognition of topical chemical burns
    • Initiation of emergent and appropriate intervention and transport

    Assessment:

    1. Before attempting any assessment or care, don the appropriate PPE

    2. Remove patient’s clothing if necessary
      1. Contaminated clothing should preferably be placed in double bags

    3. Information about the chemical should be gathered while on scene including materials safety data sheet if available
      1. Communicate all data regarding the chemical to the receiving facility
      2. Clinical effects and severity of a topical chemical burn is dependent upon:
      3. Class of agent (alkali injury or acid injury)
      4. Concentration of the chemical (the higher the concentration, the greater the risk of injury)
      5. pH of the chemical
        1. Alkali-increased risk with pH greater than or equal to 11
        2. Acid-increased risk with pH less than or equal to 3

    4. Pay special attention to assessment of ocular or oropharyngeal exposure
      1. Evaluate for hoarseness, complaints of sore throat, coughing, or other symptoms associated with inhalation or ccontact injuries
      2. Monitor for laryngospasm (stridor) and bronchospasm (wheezing)

    Management:

    1. Do not attempt to neutralize acids or bases. These reactions release energy in the form of heat, potentially causing thermal burns.

    2. If dry chemical contamination, carefully brush off solid chemical prior to flushing the site as the irrigating solution may activate a chemical reaction

    3. If wet chemical contamination, flush the patient’s skin (and eyes, if involved) with copious amounts of water or normal saline

    4. Take measures to minimize hypothermia

    5. If the suspected chemical is Hydroflouric Acid (HF),
      1. HF is a highly corrosive substance used for automotive cleaning products, rust removal, porcelain cleaners, etching glass, cleaning cement or brick.
      2. HF readily penetrates intact skin and causes underlying tissue injury with few or no outward signs. Higher concentrations cause more obvious signs, but low concentrations can still cause severe injury
      3. For all patients in whom a hydrofluoric acid exposure is confirmed or suspected:
        1. Vigorously irrigate all affected areas with water or normal saline for a minimum of 15 minutes
        2. Apply AED pads for oral or large dermal exposures significant HF exposures

    6. Since the severity of topical chemical burns is largely dependent upon the type, concentration, and pH of the chemical involved as well as the body site and surface area involved, it is imperative to obtain as much information as possible while on scene about the chemical ubstance by which the patient was exposed. The information gathering process will often include:
      1. Transport of the original or a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) of the substance to the receiving facility
      2. Contacting the reference agency to identify the chemical agent and assist in management (e.g., CHEMTREC®)
      3. Inhalation of HF should be considered in any dermal exposure involving the face and neck or if clothing is soaked in the product
      4. Decontamination is critical for both acid and alkali agents to reduce injury — removal of chemicals with a low pH (acids) is more easily accomplished than chemicals with a high pH (alkalis) because alkalis tend to penetrate and bind to deeper tissues

rev. 1 June 2024

2640 - THERMAL BURNS


    Care Goals:

    • Ensure crew safety
    • Minimize tissue damage and morbidity from thermal burns
    • Prevent infection
    • Minimize pain

    Assessment:

    1. Circumstances of event – Consider:
      1. Trauma in addition to burns
      2. Inhalation exposures such as carbon monoxide (CO) and cyanide (CN)
      3. Pediatric or elder abuse

    2. Consider spinal precautions for those that qualify per the 5250 - Selective Spine Precautions Guideline

    3. Airway – stridor, hoarse voice
      1. Mouth and nares – patients with redness, blisters, soot, singed hairs have presumptive airway involvement

    4. Breathing – rapid, shallow, wheezes, rales

    5. Skin – Estimate Total Burn Surface Area (TBSA) and depth (partial vs. full thickness)
      1. Superficial burns are not included in TBSA

    6. Associated trauma – blast, fall, assault

    Management:

    1. Wait until trained responders have verified:
      1. PPE Requirements
      2. Electrical lines secure
      3. Gas off
      4. No secondary devices
      5. Hazmat determinations made

    2. Stop the burning
      1. Remove wet clothing (if not stuck to the patient)
      2. Remove jewelry
      3. Leave blisters intact
      4. If burns are tar-related, do not apply water to hot tar. Apply dish soap to outside of tar, then wrap in moist dressing

    3. Minimize burn wound contamination
      1. Cover burns with dry dressing or clean sheet
      2. Do not apply gels or ointments

    4. Monitor Vitals
      1. Regardless of the SPO2 and EtCO2, high flow supplemental oxygen for all burn patients rescued from an enclosed space, including any indoor fire
      2. CAUTION: Shock and hypotension from burns can take up to an hour to occur. If the patient has a fresh burn and is in shock or unconcious, be highly concerned for a different cause, such as toxins (cyanide, CO), dysrhythmia, trauma, or hypoxia.

    5. Consider direct transport to a burn center for major burns (2100 - Patient Disposition - Major Burns). Hospitals in the Twin Cities Metro area with a burn unit include:
      1. Hennepin County Medical Center
      2. Regions Medical Center

    6. Major burn criteria includes:
      1. Partial-thickness burns greater than 10% of total body surface area.
      2. Partial-thickness or third degree burns that involve the face, hands, feet, genitalia, perineum, or major joint.
      3. Third degree burns in any age group.
      4. Lightning injury and other electrical burns.
      5. Chemical burns.
      6. Inhalation injury.
      7. Burn in any patients with preexisting medical disorders that could complicate management, prolong recovery, or affect mortality.

    7. For any significant burn:
      1. Begin oxygen therapy. Use positive pressure ventilatory assist as needed.
        1. Patients with burns that encircle the torso are at risk for ventilatory compromise, monitor closely for declining breathing.
        2. Treat wheezing per 2050 - Asthma protocol
      2. If varianced, obtain IV access.
      3. If less than 20% of the body surface is burned:
        1. Apply sterile dressings and saturate with cool water (leave Gel-pack(s) in place if applied by first responders).
        2. Do not allow any burn patient to become chilled and begin shivering.
      4. If more than 20% of the body surface is burned:
        1. Burns that involve significant sloughing or loss of skin can result in uncontrolled heat loss. These patients should be monitored closely for the development of hypothermia and appropriate preventative measures should be taken
        2. Remove any non-adherent burned clothing and cover the patient with a sterile sheet.
        3. Do not cool down with water.
        4. Begin rapid transport.
        5. Consider direct transport to a burn center for major burns.
      5. Apply AED pads after any electrical burn including a lightning strike.

    Considerations:

    1. Have a high index of suspicion for cyanide poisoning in a patient with depressed GCS, respiratory difficulty, and cardiovascular collapse in the setting of an enclosed-space fire.
      1. These patients likely require hyperbaric therapy and should be transported to HCMC or Regions
      2. Particularly in enclosed-space fires, carbon monoxide toxicity is a consideration and pulse oximetry may not be accurate [See 3430 - Carbon Monoxide (CO) Poisoning]

    2. Onset of stridor and change in voice are sentinel signs of potentially significant airway burns, which may rapidly lead to airway obstruction or respiratory failure.

    Burn Scale

    2640 - Burns Sale

rev. 1 June 2024

2675 - ELECTROCUTION


    Care Goals:

    • Prevent additional harm to patient
    • Identify life threatening issues such as dysrhythmias and cardiac arrest
    • Identify characteristics of electrical source to communicate to receiving facility (voltage, amperage, alternating current [AC] versus direct current [DC])

    Assessment:

    1. Verify scene is secure.
      1. The electrical source must be disabled prior to assessment

    2. Perform primary survey with specific focus on dysrhythmias or cardiac arrest—apply AED as soon as feasible

    3. Identify all sites of burn injury. If the patient became part of the circuit, there will be an additional site near the contact with ground. Electrical burns are often full thickness and involve significant deep tissue damage, and there may be multiple burn sites

    4. Assess for potential associated trauma and note if the patient was thrown from contact point. If patient has altered mental status, assume trauma was involved and treat accordingly

    5. Determine characteristics of source if possible (AC or DC, voltage, amperage, time of injury)

    Management:

    1. Identify dysrhythmias or cardiac arrest — even patients who appear dead (particularly dilated pupils) may have good outcomes with prompt intervention [see appropriate guideline for additional information and patient assessment/treatment]

    2. Apply spinal motion restriction if associated trauma suspected [See 5250 - Selective Spine Precautions]

    3. Apply dry dressing to any wounds

    4. Remove constricting clothing and jewelry since additional swelling is possible

    5. Consider direct transport to a burn center for major burns. Hospitals in the Twin Cities Metro area with a burn unit include:
      1. Hennepin County Medical Center
      2. Regions Medical Center

    Considerations:

    1. Electrical current causes injury through three main mechanisms:
      1. Direct tissue damage, altering cell membrane resting potential, and eliciting tetany in skeletal and/or cardiac muscles
      2. Conversion of electrical energy into thermal energy, causing massive tissue destruction and coagulative necrosis
      3. Mechanical injury with direct trauma resulting from falls or violent muscle contraction

    2. Anticipate cardiac arrest

    3. The mortality related to electrical injuries is impacted by several factors:
      1. Path through the body- electricity crossing the heart has higher mortality
      2. Type of current (AC vs. DC)
        1. AC is more likely to cause cardiac dysrhythmias while DC is more likely to cause deep tissue burns however either type of current can cause any injury
        2. DC typically causes one muscle contraction while AC can cause repeated contractions
        3. Both types of current can cause involuntary muscle contractions that do not allow the victim to let go of the electrical source
        4. AC is more likely to cause ventricular fibrillation while DC is more likely to cause asystole
        5. The amount of current impacts mortality more than the voltage

rev. 1 June 2024

2700 - SPINAL INJURIES


    Care Goals:

    • Select patients for whom spinal motion restriction (SMR) is indicated
    • Minimize secondary injury to spine in patients who have, or may have, an unstable spinal injury
    • Minimize patient morbidity from the unnecessary use of immobilization devices

    Assessment:

    1. Assess the scene to determine the mechanism of injury
      1. Mechanism alone should not determine if a patient requires spinal motion restriction – however, mechanisms that have been associated with a higher risk of injury are:
        1. Motor vehicle crashes (including automobiles, all-terrain vehicles, and snowmobiles)
        2. Axial loading injuries to the spine
        3. Falls greater than 10 feet

    2. Assess the patient in the position found for findings associated with spine injury:
      1. Mental status
      2. Neurologic deficits
      3. Spinal pain or tenderness
      4. Any evidence of intoxication
      5. Other severe injuries, particularly associated torso injuries

    Management:

    1. Place patient in cervical collar and initiate spinal motion restriction in adults if there are any of the following:
      1. Patient complains of midline neck or spine pain
      2. Any midline neck or spinal tenderness with palpation
      3. Any abnormal mental status (including extreme agitation)
      4. Focal or neurologic deficit
      5. Any evidence of alcohol or drug intoxication
      6. Another severe or painful distracting injury
      7. A communication barrier that prevents accurate assessment
      8. If none of the above apply, patient may be managed without a cervical collar

    2. Patients with penetrating injury to the neck should not be placed in a cervical collar or other spinal precautions regardless of whether they are exhibiting neurologic symptoms or not. Doing so can lead to delayed identification of injury or airway compromise and has been associated with increased mortality

    3. If extrication is required:
      1. From a vehicle: After placing a cervical collar, if indicated, children in a booster seat and adults should be allowed to self-extricate. For infants and toddlers already strapped in a car seat with a built-in harness, extricate the child while strapped in his/her car seat
      2. Other situations requiring extrication: A, preferably padded, long board may be used for extrication, using the lift and slide (rather than a logroll) technique

    4. Helmet removal
      1. If a football helmet needs to be removed, it is recommended to remove the face mask followed by manual removal (rather than the use of automated devices) of the helmet while keeping the neck manually immobilized — occipital and shoulder padding should be applied, as needed, with the patient in a supine position to maintain neutral cervical spine positioning
      2. Evidence is lacking to provide guidance about other types of helmet removal

    5. Do not transport patients on rigid long boards unless the clinical situation warrants long board use. An example of this may be facilitation of immobilization of multiple extremity injuries or an unstable patient where removal of a board will delay transport and/or other treatment priorities.

    6. Patients should be transported to the nearest appropriate facility, in accordance with the American College of Surgeons Committee on Trauma (ACS COT) 2022 National Guideline for the Field Triage of Injured Patients

    7. Patients with severe kyphosis or ankylosing spondylitis may not tolerate a cervical collar. These patients should be immobilized in a position of comfort using towel rolls. Ideally, take an additional first responder to assist.

    Considerations:

    1. Safety concerns associated with immobilization:
      1. Be aware of potential airway compromise or aspiration in immobilized patient with nausea/vomiting or with facial/oral bleeding
      2. Excessively tight immobilization straps can limit chest excursion and cause hypoventilation
      3. Prolonged immobilization on spine board can lead to ischemic pressure injuries to skin
      4. Prolonged immobilization on spine board can be very uncomfortable for patient
      5. Children are abdominal breathers therefore immobilization straps should go across chest and pelvis and not across the abdomen
      6. Children have disproportionately larger heads. When securing pediatric patients to a spine board, the board should have a recess for the head or the body should be elevated approximately 1–2 cm to accommodate the larger head size and avoid neck flexion when immobilized
      7. In an uncooperative patient, avoid interventions that may promote increased spinal movement
      8. The preferred position for all patients with spine management is flat and supine. There are three circumstances under which raising the head of the bed to 30 degrees may be considered:
        1. Respiratory distress
        2. Suspected severe head trauma
        3. Promotion of patient compliance

    2. Pediatric considerations:
      1. Age alone should not be a factor in decision-making for prehospital spine care, yet the patient’s ability to reliably be assessed at the extremes of age should be considered. Communication barriers with infants/toddlers or elderly patients with dementia may prevent the clinician from accurately assessing the patient
      2. Because of variation in head size to body ratio, consider additional padding under the shoulders to avoid excessive cervical spine flexion

    3. Ambulatory patients may be safely immobilized on gurney with cervical collar and straps and will not generally require a spine board.
      1. The role for standing take downs is extremely limited, e.g., extrication of a patient with a high likelihood of a spinal cord injury from a large body of water.

    4. Ambulatory patients may have a collar applied and walked to the EMS gurney

    5. Reserve long spine board use for the movement of patients whose injuries limit ambulation and who meet criteria for the use of spinal precautions. Remove from the long board as soon as is practical.

rev. 1 June 2024

2725 - INHALATION INJURY (Toxic Gas)


    Inhalation Injury (Toxic Gas)

    2725 - Inhalation Injury (Toxic Gas)

rev. 2 April 2019

2775 - TRAUMATIC INJURY - FRACTURES, DISLOCATIONS & SPRAINS


    Fractures, Dislocations & Sprains

    2775 - Fractures, Dislocations & Sprains

rev. 2 April 2019

2800 - TRAUMATIC INJURIES - WOUND CARE


    Wound Care

    2800 - Wound Care

rev. 2 April 2019

3025 - ASPIRIN


    Medication Name:

    • Aspirin, ASA, Ecotrin, Acetylsalicylic acid

    Actions:

    • Impedes clotting by blocking prostaglandin synthesis, which prevents formation of the platelet-aggregating substance thromboxane A2

    Indications:

    • Provider Impression Chest Pain/ Discomfort of suspected Cardiac origin.

    Contraindications:(do NOT give if)

    • Hypersensitivity (allergy) to drug.

    • Patients with active ulcer disease.

    Dose:

    • Give 324 mg of chewable ASA give within minutes of arrival.

    Side Effects:

    • Use with caution in patients with GI lesions, impaired renal function, hypoprothrombinemia (anticoagulation therapy), vitamin K deficiency, thrombocytopenia, or severe hepatic impairment.

rev. 2 April 2019

3050 - BENADRYL


    Medication Name:

    • Benedryl

    Actions:

    • Antihistamine

    Indications:

    • Provider Impression of Anaphylaxis / Allergic Reaction.

    Contraindications: (do NOT give if)

    1. Hypersensitivity to diphenhydramine.

    2. Newborns or premature infants.

    3. Nursing mothers.

    Precautions:

    1. May cause drowsiness, especially in the elderly.

    2. Use with caution in patients with glaucoma.

    3. May potentiate the effects of other sedative and psychiatric agents, especially the MAO inhibitors, with which it should not be used.

    Dose:

    • Adult Dose: 25-50 mg ORALLY
    • Note: Liquid preparation is preferred over tablets.

    Side Effects:

    • Common
      1. Dizziness

      2. Dryness of mouth, nose, or throat.

      3. Sedation, sleepiness.

      4. Thickening of bronchial secretions

    • Serious
      1. Anaphylaxis

    Administration:

    1. In adult patients presenting signs and symptoms of anaphylaxis and under the direction of medical control, administer 25 mg of Benadryl ORALLY.

    2. In pediatric patients presenting signs and symptoms of anaphylaxis and under the direction of medical control, administer 1mg/kg (1 kg = 2.2 lbs) of Benadryl ORALLY.
    • If service is unable to contact medical control and signs and symptoms of anaphylaxis are severe, give 25 mg ORALLY (adult) or 1mg/kg (1 kg = 2.2 lbs) ORALLY (pediatric age 1-12, if under age 1 contact medical control for direction). Continue to attempt contact with medical direction.

    • Consider ALS intercept.

rev. 2 April 2019

3125 - BETA-AGONIST MEDICATION
METERED DOSE INHALER

(OPTIONAL) Requires EMSRB Variance Approval per Minnesota Rules 4690.8300 SPECIFIC VARIANCES Subpart7


    Medication Name:

    • Albuterol

    Actions:

    • Dilates bronchioles

    Indications:

    Provider Impression:

    • Asthma
    • Respiratory Distress - COPD
    • Allergic Reaction
    • CHF/Pulmonary Edema

    Contraindications:

    • Patient is unable to use the device (not alert or unable to be coached).

    Dose:

    • 1 or 2 inhalations every 10 minutes. Contact medical control if not improved after 2nd dose.

    Metered Dose Inhaler Administration:

    1. Check right medication, expiration date.
    2. Use a spacer.
    3. Assure the inhaler is at room temperature.
    4. Shake canister vigorously.
    5. Ask patient to exhale deeply and place lips around inhaler opening.
    6. Ask patient to inhale slowly and deeply as they depress the canister.
    7. Have the patient hold their breath for as long as comfortably possible.
    8. Resume oxygen administration.
    9. Repeat second inhalation as needed in approximately one minute.

    Side Effects:

    • increases pulse rate, causes tremors or nervousness

    Ongoing Assessment:

    • Continue to assess and monitor airway, breathing, circulation and level of consciousness.
    • Continue high-flow oxygen.
    • Take frequent vital signs (pulse, respirations, and blood pressure).
    • Observe for deterioration and assist patient with additional puffs of inhaler and/or be prepared to assist ventilations.

rev. 2 April 2019

3140 - BETA-AGONIST MEDICATION
NEBULIZER

(OPTIONAL) Requires EMSRB Variance Approval per Minnesota Rules 4690.8300 SPECIFIC VARIANCES Subpart7


    Medication Name:

    • Albuterol, Proventil, Ventolin

    Actions:

    • Dilates bronchioles

    Indications:

    Provider Impression:

    • Asthma
    • Respiratory Distress - COPD
    • Allergic Reaction
    • CHF/Pulmonary Edema with wheezing

    Contraindications:

    • Patient is unable to use the device (not alert or unable to be coached).
    • Hypersensitivity to Albuterol.

    Dose:
    Ages 1 and up - 1 unit dose every 10 minutes from the completion of previous dose as needed. CONTACT MEDICAL CONTROL if not improved after second administration.

    Using A Nebulizer:

    • Put the liquid medication in the chamber.
    • Attach oxygen tubing to the chamber and set the flow rate at 6 – 8 lpm.
    • Observe the medication mist coming from the device.
    • Have the patient seal their lips around the mouthpiece and breathe deeply or attach the face mask to the chamber and administer via the mask.
    • Instruct the patient to hold their breath for a few seconds after breathing if possible.
    • Continue until the medication is gone from the chamber.
    • Reassess the patient’s level of distress and vital signs.
    • Document the patient’s response to the medication.

    Pediatric Considerations:

    • May be administered via Blow By method if child is too young to hold in mouth.
    • For ages less than 1 year of age, Contact Medical Control.

    Ongoing Assessment:

    • Continue to assess and monitor airway, breathing, circulation and level of consciousness. Continue high-flow oxygen.
    • Take frequent vital signs (pulse, respirations, and blood pressure).
    • Observe for deterioration and assist patient with additional puffs of inhaler and/or be prepared to assist ventilations.
    • Monitor the patients level on consciousness closely as decreasing level of consciousness is often the first sign of impending respiratory failure.

rev. 2 April 2019

3175 - DEXTROSE - ORAL


    Medication Name:

    • Dextrose – Oral, D50W, Glutose, Glucosa – Oral, Insta-Glucose

    Indications:

    • Provider Impression Hypoglycemia.
    • Provider Impression Altered Level of Consciousness (Blood Glucose Level not obtainable)

    Contraindications: (do NOT give if)

    • Any patient who cannot control their own airway.

    Dose:

    • Give 25 grams orally.

    Precaution:

    1. Airway must be carefully maintained.

    Administration:

    1. Perform blood glucose measurement.
    2. Administer 1 tube (Dextrose (D50W)/Glutose = 25gm per tube) by mouth.
    3. DO NOT ADMINISTER IF THE PATIENT CANNOT SWALLOW ON THEIR OWN!
    4. Repeat blood glucose measurement.
    5. Notify medical control that oral glucose has been given.

    Pediatric Considerations:

    1. The initial dosage is usually one half of the adult dose.

rev. 2 April 2019

3200 - EPINEPHRINE AUTO INJECTOR

(OPTIONAL) Requires EMSRB Variance Approval per Minnesota Rules 4690.8300 SPECIFIC VARIANCES Subpart 7


    Medication Name:

    • Epinephrine, Adrenaline, EpiPen or EpiPen Jr.

    Actions:

    • Dilates the bronchioles and constricts blood vessels.

    Indications:

    • Provider Impression Anaphylaxis.

    Contraindications:

    • None when used in life threatening situation.

    Dose:

    • Adult (or Child > 60 lbs) - One auto-injector (0.3 mg) repeat in 10 minutes if not improved.

    • Infant & Children (< 60 lbs) - One Junior auto-injector (0.15 mg) repeat in 10 minutes if not improved.

    Epi-Pen Administration:

    • Remove one red cap from epi kit.
    • For children, Clean injection port on epi vial, and the injection site on the patient with alcohol or chloraprep; using 0.3 ml syringe, draw 0.3 ml of fluid from the vial: without contaminating the needle plunge the needle into the injection site, inject the fluid, withdraw the syringe and place into a sharps container immediately; massage the injection site.
    • For adults, Clean injection port on epi vial, and the injection site on the patient with alcohol or chloraprep; using 0.5 ml syringe, draw 0.5 ml of fluid from the vial: follow the remaining directions as for child above.

    Side Effects:

    • Increased heart rate, pallor, dizziness, chest pain, headache, nausea, vomiting, excitability, and/or anxiety.

    Ongoing Assessment:

    • Continue to assess and monitor airway, breathing and circulation. Continue high-flow oxygen; take frequent vital signs (pulse, respirations, blood pressure). Treat for shock as needed and be prepared to provide life support (BVM, CPR, and AED).

rev. 2 April 2019

3225 - GLUCAGON, IM

(OPTIONAL) Requires EMSRB Variance Approval per Minnesota Rules 4690.8300 SPECIFIC VARIANCES Subpart 7


    Medication Name:

    • Glucagon, GlucaGen

    Actions:

    • Induces liver glycogen breakdown, releasing glucose into the bloodstream.

    Indications:

    Provider Impression:

    • Diabetic Hypoglycemia
      • Blood Glucose Level of 60 mg/dL with symptoms

    • Altered Level of Consciousness
      • Suspected Hypoglycemia in the absence of a blood glucose reading.

    Contraindications:

    • Known hypersensitivity to drug, and in patients with pheochromocytoma or with insulinoma (tumor of pancreas).

    Dosage:

    • 1 mg IM for patients over 22 lbs (11 kg).

    Glucagon Administration:

    1. Dissolve the powdered glucagon with the accompanying liquid.
    2. Glucagon should not be used at concentrations greater than 1 mg/mL (1 unit / mL).
    3. Glucagon solutions should not be used unless they are clear and of a water-like consistency.
    4. For Adults and children weighting more than 22 lbs give 1 mg (1 unit) by Intra-muscular injection.

    Side Effects:

    • Hyperglycemia (excessive dosage), nausea and vomiting hypersensitivity reactions (anaphylaxis, dyspnea, hypotension, rash), increased blood pressure, and pulse; this may be greater in patients taking beta-blocker medications.

    Precautions:

    • Give with caution to patients that have low levels of releasable glucose (e.g., adrenal insufficiency, chronic hypoglycemia, and prolonged fasting).

rev. 2 April 2019

3260 - NALOXONE (NARCAN)


    Medication Name:

    • Naloxone, Narcan

    Actions:

    • Naloxone displaces the opioid from the opioid receptor in the nervous system and blocks the actions of the opioid.
    • A single dose’s effects can last as short as 30 minutes.

    Indications:

    • Known opioid overdose; including Codeine, Fentanyl, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, methadone, morphine, oxycodone, lorcet, Lortab, norco, vicoden, Percocet, Percodan, opium and heroin.
    • Patients that have been prescribed an opioid and show symptoms of toxicity including; Miosis (pinpoint pupils) Respiratory depression Decreased mental status.

    Contraindications:

    • Known allergy or hypersensitivity to naloxone.

    Precautions:

    • The administration of naloxone may results in the rapid onset of the signs and symptoms of opioid withdrawal: Agitation, tachycardia, pulmonary edema, nausea, vomiting and possibly seizures.
    • Prior to the administration of naloxone all patients should receive the appropriate medical treatment to provide support of their airway, breathing and circulation (ABC’s).
    • Prior to the administration of naloxone all patients should be assessed for other causes of altered mental status and/or respiratory depression such as hypoxia, hypoglycemia, head injury, shock and stroke.
    • The adverse effects following naloxone administration, especially in chronic opioid users may place the patient, bystanders and EMS personnel at risk of injury.
    • Due to the potential adverse effects of naloxone administration, you may consider limiting its use to patients with known or suspected opioid overdoses with impending cardiopulmonary arrest, severe respiratory depression and shock.

    Administration: (Intranasal)

    • Assemble plastic syringe and glass vial (if applicable)
    • Attach nasal atomizing device (if applicable)
    • Insert in nostril at about 45 degree angle
      • If nasal airway in place, temporarily remove for medication administration.
    • Briskly inject 1ml (1mg) of naloxone in each nostril – Total Dose: 2 mg IN (or per delivery device specifications, total dose 2-4mg).
    • Continue ventilatory assistance, supplemental oxygen and suction as needed.

rev. 2 April 2019

3275 - NITROGLYCERIN

(OPTIONAL) Requires EMSRB Variance Approval per Minnesota Rules 4690.8300 SPECIFIC VARIANCES Subpart 7


    Medication Name:

    • Nitroglycerin, Nitrostat, Nitrolingual, Nitrodur

    Actions:

    • Relaxes or dilates blood vessels and decrease the workload of the heart.

    Indications:

    Provider Impression:

    • Chest Pain/Discomfort of Suspected Cardiac Origin
    • CHF/ Pulmonary Edema

    Contraindications:

    • Patient’s systolic blood pressure is less than 100.
    • The patient has taken medications for Erectile Dysfunction within the past 48 hours.
    • Hypersensitivity to Nitroglycerin.

    Dosage: (Ages 18 and over)

    • One tablet sublingual or spray lingual every 5 minutes until symptoms relieved.
    • Stop if systolic blood pressure drops below 100mm/Hg.

    NOTE: Contact Medical Control if not improved after 3 doses.

    Nitroglycerin Administration:

    1. Make sure Nitroglycerin is indicated and the patient has no contraindications.
    2. Take blood pressure.
    3. Ask patient to lift tongue and place one tablet or spray dose under tongue (while wearing gloves) or have patient place tablet or spray under tongue.
    4. Have patient keep mouth closed with tablet under tongue (ask them not to swallow) until the tablet or spray is dissolved.
    5. Repeat a blood pressure and reassess the patient’s symptoms.

    Side Effects:

    • Hypotension (low blood pressure), headache, pulse rate change.

    Ongoing Assessment:

    • Continue to assess and monitor airway, breathing, and circulation. Maintain adequate SpO2; take frequent vital signs (pulse, respirations, and blood pressure).

rev. 1 June 2024

3300 - OXYGEN


    Action:

    • Increases arterial oxygen tension (SaO2) and hemoglobin saturation.

    Indications:

    • Low Flow (1-6 L/min per nasal cannula):
      1. Patients with SpO2s < 96% and respiratory symptoms.
      2. COPD with SpO2 < 90%
      3. Suspected MI (heart attack) with SpO2 < 92%
      4. Suspected CVA with SpO2 < 94%

    • High Concentration (60 - 100%)
      1. Smoke, carbon monoxide, or toxic gas inhalation.
      2. Hypoxia, (pulse oximetry readings of 96%) from any cause not responding to low flow administration.
      3. Severe respiratory distress, poor capilary refill or other indications of poor oxygenation.
      4. Unresponsive patient.
      5. Obstetric patients with known or suspected complications.
      6. CPAP administration.

    Contraindications:

    1. None (unless specifically instructed by a physician.)

    Precautions:

    1. This guideline refers to spontaneously breathing and adequately ventilating patients only.
    2. High concentration Oxygen in some cases (emphysema) may depress the respiratory drive; be prepared to assist ventilations, but don’t allow patients to become severely hypoxic for fear of respiratory arrest.
    3. Many studies have shown worse outcome with excess oxygen administration (COPD, MI, CVA, resuscitated cardiac arrest and newborns).
    4. Agitation or restlessness can be a sign of hypoxia.
    5. Do not use in the presence of open flames.
    6. In the treatment for anxiety; hyperventilation should be treated with reassurance and coaching to slow breathing. If the possibility of another underlying cause exists (i.e. pulmonary embolus, asthma, heart attack) then the patient should be treated with oxygen. DO NOT treat any patient by having them breathe into a paper bag or Oxygen mask that is not supplied with Oxygen.

    Adverse Reactions / Side Effects:

    1. Non-humidified oxygen can dry mucous membranes.

    Administration:

    1. Deliver low concentrations via nasal cannula @ 1-6 L/min.
    2. Deliver high concentrations via non-rebreather mask or BVM @ 10-15 L/min.
    3. Obtain and document pulse oximetry readings before and during oxygen therapy.
    4. Titrate flow rate DOWN to minimum flow rate necessary to achieve protocol specific target level and DISCONTINUE if able once target SpO2 achieved. (Except Carbon Monoxide poisoning, maintain high flow).

    SPECIAL NOTES: Always treat your patient based on signs and symptoms. Do not rely on the pulse Oximetry reading to determine appropriate care. If Oximetry is unavailable, patients should receive high concentration oxygen based on assessment indications.

rev. 2 April 2019

4025 - BAG VALVE MASK (BVM)


    Bag-Valve-Mask (BVM)-consists of a self-inflating bag, one-way valve, face mask, and oxygen reservoir. The most difficult part of delivering BVM ventilation’s is obtaining an adequate face mask seal. Therefore it is strongly recommended that BVM artificial ventilation be performed by two rescuers.

    Perform BVM Ventialation as per below -

    1. Open the patient’s airway using the HEAD-TILT, CHIN-LIFT TECHNIQUE. Suction and insert an airway adjunct (oral or nasal).
    2. Select the correct bag size.
    3. Kneel at the patient’s head. Position thumbs over the top half of the mask, index and middle fingers over the bottom half.
    4. Place the apex or top of the triangular mask over the bridge of the patient’s nose, then lower the mask over the mouth and upper chin. If the mask has a large, round cuff surrounding a ventilation port, center the port over the patient’s mouth.
    5. Use ring and little fingers to bring the patient’s jaw up to the mask and maintain the head-tilt, chin-lift.
    6. The second rescuer should connect bag to mask, if not already done. While you maintain the mask seal, the second rescuer should squeeze the bag with one hand JUST UNTIL THE PATIENT’S CHEST RISES. If using a BVM with manometer do not exceed 30 cmH20 of pressure.
    7. The second rescuer should release pressure on the bag and let the patient exhale passively. While this occurs the bag is refilling from the oxygen source.

    1. Open the patient’s airway USING THE JAW-THRUST TECHNIQUE. Suction and insert an oral airway. (May utilize the Head-Tilt Chin-lift if the airway cannot be opened by the jaw-thrust technique.)
    2. Select the correct BVM size.
    3. Kneel at the patient’s head. Place thumbs over the nose portion of the mask and place your index and middle fingers over the portion of the mask that covers the mouth.
    4. Use your ring and little fingers to bring the jaw upward, toward the mask, WITHOUT TILTING THE HEAD OR NECK.
    5. The second rescuer should squeeze the bag to ventilate the patient as described above for the No Trauma patient.

      NOTE: If the airway cannot be opened by the JAW-THRUST TECHNIQUE, revert to the HEAD-TILT, CHIN-LIFT TECHNIQUE as a last resort.

    1. Position yourself at the patient’s head and establish an open airway. Suction and insert an airway adjunct as necessary.
    2. Select the correct BVM size. Position the mask on the face as described above.
    3. Form a “C” around the ventilation port with thumb and index fingers. Use the middle, ring and little fingers under the patient’s jaw to hold the jaw to the mask.
    4. With your other hand, squeeze the bag JUST UNTIL THE PATIENT’S CHEST RISES. If using a BVM with manometer do not exceed 30 cmH20 of pressure.
    5. Release pressure on the bag and let the patient exhale passively. While this occurs the bag is refilling from the oxygen source.

    If the chest does not rise and fall with BVM Ventilations:

    1. Reposition the head.
    2. Check for escape of air around the mask and reposition fingers and mask.
    3. Check for airway obstruction or obstruction in the BVM system.
    4. Re-suction the patient if necessary. Insert an airway adjunct if not already done.
    5. If none of the above methods work, use a pocket mask with a one-way valve.
    6. When ventilating squeeze slowly and gently until you get chest rise.

    Artificial ventilation of a stoma breather:

    1. Clear any mucous plugs or secretions from the stoma.
    2. Leave the head and neck in a neutral position, as it is unnecessary to position the airway prior to ventilation’s in a stoma breather.
    3. Use a pediatric size mask to establish a seal around the stoma.
    4. Ventilate at the appropriate rate for the patient’s age.
    5. If unable to artificially ventilate through the stoma, consider sealing the stoma and attempting artificial ventilation through the mouth and nose.

rev. 2 April 2019

4075 - CPR-AED


    CPR-AED Flow Chart

    4075 - CPR-AED

    1. CPR comes first. Determine unresponsiveness, open airway and begin CPR.
    2. Chest compressions at a rate of 100 - 120/minute, allowing complete chest recoil by not resting any weight of the rescuer on the patients chest.
    3. Do not interrupt CPR except when absolutely necessary.
    4. OPA / NPA or iGel airway required during BVM ventilation.
    5. Ventilate at no more than 10 breaths per minute.
    6. Compressions should be delivered continuously with ventilations interspersed every 6 seconds.
    7. Attach ResQpod to mask or Supraglottic Airway (iGel). If applied to mask, a 2-hand seal MUST BE CONTIUOUSLY MAINTAINED!
    8. A pulse check may be taken during rhythm analysis as long as it does not interfere with the analysis.
    9. All contact with patient must be avoided during delivery of shock(s).
    10. Automated external defibrillation using a device with Pediatric pads and cables is preferred for children less than 8 years old.
    11. Preferred placement of AED pads is right upper chest and left lower chest wall.
    12. Call for ALS backup immediately.
    13. Preparation for transport of patient should begin staffing allows.
    14. Assuming no onscene ALS, the patient should be transported by the time one of the following occurs:
      1. The patient regains a pulse.
      2. Three shocks are delivered.
      3. The machine gives three consecutive messages (separated by two minute of CPR) that no shock is advised.
    15. If automated external defibrillators can not analyze rhythm properly when emergency vehicle is in motion, stop vehicle.

    OPERATIONAL STEPS -

    1. Stop CPR if in progress.
    2. Verify pulselessness and apnea.
    3. Resume CPR while preparing for AED use as soon as possible.
    4. Turn on defibrillator power and attach device.
    5. Stop CPR.
    6. Clear patient.
    7. Initiate analysis of rhythm. If AED advises shock:
      1. Deliver shock.
      2. Perform 2 minutes of CPR.
      3. Insert Supraglottic Airway (iGel) and attach ResQPOD if not already in place.
      4. Check Pulse and Analyze Rhythm.
      5. If machine advises shock, deliver second shock.
      6. If no pulse perform 2 minutes of CPR.
      7. Check Pulse and Analyze Rhythm.
      8. If machine advises shock, deliver third shock.
      9. Perform 2 minutes of CPR.
      10. Check pulse and Analyze Rhythm.
    8. If pulse returns, check breathing and ensure adequate ventilation and remove ResQPod.
    9. If no pulse:
      1. Resume CPR for two minutes.
      2. Repeat steps 6 - 8.
    10. If, after any rhythm analysis, the machine advises no shock, check pulse.
      1. If pulse is present, check breathing, and ensure adequate ventilation.
      2. If no pulse, resume CPR for two minutes and repeat rhythm analysis. If AED advises shock, repeat steps 6 - 8.
      3. If no shock continues to be advised, resume CPR for additional 2 minutes and analyze rhythm again.
      4. If no shock continues to be advised, resume CPR and transport.

    1. Verify pulselessness and apnea.
    2. Turn on defibrillator power and attach device while beginning narrative.
    3. Clear patient.
    4. Initiate analysis of rhythm. If AED advises shock:
      1. Deliver shock.
      2. Perform 2 minutes of CPR
        • Hands-Only (compression only) CPR is acceptable if airway equipment or face mask are not available.
      3. Check pulse and Analyze Rhythm.
      4. If machine advises shock, deliver second shock.
      5. Perform 2 minutes of CPR.
      6. Check Pulse and Analyze Rhythm.
      7. If machine advises shock, deliver third shock.
      8. Perform 2 minutes of CPR.
      9. Check pulse and Analyze Rhythm.
    5. If pulse returns, check breathing and ensure adequate ventilation.
    6. If no pulse returns continue CPR until ALS arrives.
    7. If, after any rhythm analysis, the machine advises no shock, check pulse.
      1. If pulse is present, check breathing, and ensure adequate ventilation.
      2. If no pulse, resume CPR for two minutes and repeat rhythm analysis. If AED advises shock, repeat steps 4 and 5.
      3. If no shock continues to be advised, resume CPR for additional 2 minute and analyze rhythm again.
      4. If no shock continues to be advised, resume CPR until help arrives.

    In the event that return of spontaneous circulation occurs the initial objectives of post-resuscitation care are to:

    • Transport the victim of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest hospital to the nearest emergency department (ED).
    • Try to identify the precipitating causes of the arrest (Hs and Ts).
    • Externally cool the patient by placing chemical cold packs in the patient’s arm pits, groin and on the neck (carotid arteries).

    Airway:

    • Ensure Supraglottic Airway is properly secured and patient is easy to ventilate.
    • Assess pulse Oximetry continuously.
    • Maintain end-tidal CO2 between 30-40 mmHg. If less than 30 slow ventilation rate. If greater than 40 increase ventilation rate.

    Circulation:

    • Assess presence of pulses and attempt to obtain blood pressure.
    • If hypertensive monitor frequently.

    Neurological:

    • Assess AVPU.

    Metabolic:

    • Obtain blood glucose and administer Glucagon if less than 70.

    Temperature Control:

    • Do not attempt to warm patient unless hypothermia is the suspected cause of the arrest.
    • Apply Ice Packs to axila, groin, and neck.

rev. 2 April 2019

4100 - CONTINUOUS POSITIVE AIRWAY PRESSURE (CPAP)


    Continuous Positive Airway Pressure has been shown to rapidly improve vital signs, gas exchange, and the work of breathing, decrease the sense of dyspnea, and decrease the need for endotracheal intubation in patients who suffer respiratory distress from asthma, COPD, pulmonary edema, CHF, and pneumonia. In patients with CHF, CPAP improves hemodynamics by reducing preload and afterload.

    Any patient who is complaining of shortness of breath for reasons other than trauma and:

    • Is awake and able to follow commands.
    • Is over 12 years old and is able to fit the CPAP mask.
    • Has the ability to maintain an open airway.
    • A respiratory rate greater than 25 breaths per minute.
    • Has a systolic blood pressure above 100mmHg.
    • Uses accessory muscles during respirations.
    • Sign and Symptoms consistent with COPD, pulmonary edema/CHF.

    • Patient is in respiratory or cardiac arrest.
    • Patients suspected of having a pneumothorax (unequal breath sounds).
    • Patients at risk for vomiting.
    • Patient has a tracheostomy.

    • Use care if patient:
      • Has impaired mental status and is not able to cooperate with the procedure.
      • Has failed at past attempts at noninvasive ventilation.
      • Has active upper GI bleeding or history of recent gastric surgery.
      • Complains of nausea or vomiting.
      • Has inadequate respiratory effort.
      • Has excessive secretions.
      • Has a facial deformity that prevents the use of CPAP.

    • If utilizing CPAP with a portable O2 tank, pay particular attention to oxygen levels as small tanks can deplete quickly. When in the ambulance it is preferable to utilize the on-board oxygen.

    1. EXPLAIN THE PROCEDURE TO THE PATIENT.
    2. Ensure adequate oxygen supply to ventilation device (100%).
    3. Place the patient on continuous pulse Oximetry.
    4. Place the delivery device over the mouth and nose.
    5. Secure the mask with provided straps or other provided devices.
    6. Use in CPAP MODE only at 11 - 12 cm H2O (15 LPM).
    7. Check for air leaks.
    8. Monitor and document the patient’s respiratory response to treatment.
    9. Monitor vital signs at least every 5 minutes. CPAP can cause BP to drop.
    10. Monitor LOC closely. Worsening LOC indicates impending respiratory arrest. Be prepared to discontinue CPAP and assist ventilations.
    11. Monitor and document the patient’s respiratory response to treatment.
    12. Continue to coach patient to keep mask in place and readjust as needed.
    13. If respiratory status deteriorates, remove device and assist ventilations as needed.

    1. CPAP therapy needs to be continuous and should not be removed unless the patient can not tolerate the mask or experiences continued or worsening respiratory failure.
    2. Consider assisting ventilations manually if the patient is removed from CPAP therapy.
    3. CPAP may be discontinued if patient improves dramatically but be prepared to reinstitute CPAP is needed.

    • CPAP should not be used in children under 12 years of age.

    • Bronchodilator nebulization may be placed in-line with CPAP circuit.
    • Do not remove CPAP until hospital therapy is ready to be placed on patient.
    • Most patients will improve in 5-10 minutes. If no improvement within this time, consider assisting ventilations manually.
    • Watch patient for gastric distention. Be prepared for vomiting.
    • CPAP does not violate DNR Order.
    • Request ALS intercept if patient condition does not improve.

rev. 2 April 2019

4140 - GLUCOMETER


    Blood glucose determination is essential in managing a patient with a suspected diabetic problem. If the patient’s blood sugar is below “normal” and are showing signs and symptoms of a hypoglycemic reaction, RMC EMTs may be able to administer medication to provide relief of the symptoms.

    All glucometers MUST be tested and documented by approved laboratory methods with each “rig” check (but at least once per week).

    When confronted with a patient presenting with S&S of hypoglycemia, the EMT should:

    1. Assure ALS has been started to the scene.
    2. Follow RMC BLS protocol 1510 - General Patient Care Guideline.
    3. Obtain a complete set of Vital Signs; include O2 saturation if available.
    4. Check Blood Glucose and place lancet in an approved sharps container.
    5. If Blood Glucose is greater than 70 mg/dL and the patient has an altered mental status, confirm ALS is enroute and monitor the A, B, C’s.
    6. If hypoglycemic (< 70 mg/dL) and awake (A or V on AVPU) with the ability to maintain their airway; administer oral glucose consistent with RMC BLS Protocol. Repeat Vital Signs and AVPU after 5 minutes (including a repeat glucose check).
    7. If completely alert and oriented, request MEDICAL CONTROL approval to cancel ALS.
    8. Continue on going assessment consistent with current RMC BLS Protocols.

rev. 2 April 2019

4170 - PERIPHERAL INTRAVENOUS ACCESS

(OPTIONAL) Requires EMSRB Variance Approval per Minnesota Rules 4690.8300 SPECIFIC VARIANCES Subpart 7


    Assess indications and explain procedure to patient/family.

    Indications:

    • Administration of medication, fluids or nutrition.

    Contraindications:

    1. Thrombosis (blood clot in extremity be accessed).
    2. Phlebitis (vein infection) or skin infection in extremity.
    3. Arm on side of mastectomy, dialysis shunt or distal to area of trauma.

    Equipment:

    1. Alcohol swab.
    2. Tourniquet.
    3. Appropriate size catheter.
    4. Tape or occlusive dressing.
    5. IV fluids and IV tubing or saline lock.

    1. Site selection will depend on many factors including: Patient comfort, accessibility, urgency of IV access, intended use and patient age. In general, more distal sites should be selected first. This allows use of a more proximal site if initial attempt is unsuccessful. Acceptable sites include: dorsal hand, forearm, antecubital (higher likelihood of position related flow obstruction), foot, lower leg and scalp in children.
    2. Apply a tourniquet proximal under tension.
    3. Consider venous dilation; active or passive pumping of an extremity, or gravity.
    4. Clean skin with alcohol swab.
    5. Stabilize skin by taught traction distally with the non-dominant hand.
    6. Puncture skin at a 30o angle, bevel up, just over or parallel to the vein. Once blood is seen in the flash chamber, the catheter is advanced over the needle.
    7. Remove needle, dispose of in sharps container.
    8. Connect IV tubing or saline lock.
    9. Open IV flow to ensure that IV is patent and that no infiltration has occurred.
    10. Adjust flow rate as appropriate.
    11. Apply tape or dressing. Additional dressing or tape may be used to prevent accidental removal.

    Prevention and Management

    Seizures

    4170 - IV Access

rev. 2 April 2019

4200.10 - i-gel AIRWAY


Indications :

  • Patient is unconscious and unable to protect own airway.
  • No apparent gag reflex.

Contraindications :

  • Patient with an intact gag reflex.
  • Ingestion of caustic substance(s).

  1. Don protective eyewear, mask and gloves.
  2. Ventilate patient with oral/nasal airways and BVM with 100% supplemental oxygen during preparation of i-gel.
  3. Select appropriate size (Sized by ideal body weight):
    • #1 – for patients 2 kg - 5 kg (4 lbs - 11 lbs)
    • #1.5 – for patients 5 kg - 12 kg (11 lbs - 26 lbs)
    • #2 – for patients 10 kg - 25 kg (22 lbs - 55 lbs)
    • #2.5 - for patients 25 kg - 35 kg (55 lbs - 77 lbs)
    • #3 - for patients 30 kg - 60 kg (60 lbs - 132 lbs)
    • #4 – for patients 50 kg - 90 kg (110 lbs - 198 lbs)
    • #5 – for patients 90+ kg (198+ lbs.)
  4. Open the i-gel package and on flat surface take out the protective cradle containing the device.
  5. Remove the i-gel and transfer to the palm of the same hand that is holding the protective cradle, supporting the device between the thumb and index finger.
  6. Place a small bolus of a water based lubricant, such as K-Y Jelly, onto the middle of the smooth surface of the protective cradle in preparation for lubrication.
  7. Grasp the i-gel with the opposite (free) hand along the integral bite block and lubricate the back, sides and front of the cuff with a thin layer of lubricant.
  8. Grasp the lubricated i-gel firmly along the integral bite block. Position the device so that the i-gel cuff outlet is facing towards the chin of the patient. The patient should be in the "sniffing" postion with head extended and neck flexed unless you suspect c-spine injury, then place in a neutral in-line position. The chin should be gently pressed down before proceeding.
  9. Introduce the leading soft tip into the mouth of the patient in a direction towards the hard palate.
  10. Glide the device downwards and backwards along the hard palate with a continuous but gentle push until a definitive resistance is felt.
  11. The tip of the airway should be located into the upper esophageal opening and the cuff should be located against the laryngeal framework. The incisors should be resting on the integral bite-block.
  12. Attach the manual resuscitator bag to the i-gel Airway device.
  13. Confirm correct placement by listening for breath sounds, observing the chest rise and fall.
  14. Secure the i-gel Airway device with tape or with the supplied head strap. Consider use of C-collar to restrict head movement.
  15. If using i-gel Airway device, consider decompressing the stomach by inserting a nasogastric tube through the gastric outlet on the airway.

  1. Removal of the airway is indicated -
    • IF the patient has a return of gag reflex AND ability to protect own airway,
    • OR

    • If ventilation is inadequate.

  2. Don protective eyewear, mask and gloves.
  3. Vomiting is likely, have suction ready with Yankauer tip.
  4. If not contraindicated by suspected spinal injury, turn the patient to the side.
  5. Carefully remove the i-gel Airway device staying alert for vomiting.
  6. Oxygenate and ventilate as needed.

  1. Sometimes a feel of "give-way" is felt before the end point resistance is met. This is due to the passage of the bowl of the i-gel through the faucial pillars. It is important to continue to insert the device until a definitive resistance is felt. Once definitive resistance is met and the teeth are located on the integral bite-block, do not repeatedly push i-gel down or apply excessive force during insertion.
  2. If there is early resistance during insertion -
    • A "jaw-thrust" (above) or "Insertion with Deep Rotation" (right) is recommended.

  3. It is not necessary to insert fingers or thumbs into the patients mouth during the process of inserting the device.
  4. No more than three attempts in one patient should be attempted.

i-gel Airway Chart

from "IS6.3_igel_UK_issue_11_web.pdf"

rev. 2 April 2019

4275 - PULSE OXIMETRY


  1. Respiratory distress / complaints.
  2. Cardiac problems.
  3. Multiple system trauma.
  4. Poor color.
  5. Patients requiring use of airway adjuncts and / or assisted ventilation’s.
  6. Suspected shock.
  7. Altered level of consciousness.

NOTE: Never withhold Oxygen from a symptomatic patient regardless of the pulse Oximetry reading.

  1. Patients with hemoglobin disorders suchas CO poisoning, anemia, and methemoglobinemia may give artificially high saO2 readings. Readings in such patients should be interpreted with extreme caution.
  2. Pulse Oximetry readings may be difficult to obtain in states of low perfusion.

PROCEDURE FOR PATIENTS WITH SaO2 < 90% OR FALLING SaO2:

  1. Check airway and manage as indicated.
  2. Increase oxygen delivery (increase liter flow) and / or assist ventilation.
  3. Check pulse Oximetry device placement. Possible causes of inaccurate readings include:
    • Excessive movement, ambient light or temperature.
    • Moisture in the sensor or sensor not at heart level.
    • Cold, blue fingertips (do NOT use thumbs).
    • Sensor placed on same arm blood pressure is being obtained on.
    • Improperly attached sensor (look for consistent flashing green light).
    • Incorrect sensor for patient (do NOT use on neonates or infants).
    • Poor patient perfusion (light should blink green and heart rate digital reading should be the same as the patients radial pulse when taken).
    • Anemia, low or misleading hemoglobin concentrations (CO poisoning, ingested fingernail polish).

  1. Special probes may be required to obtain readings in pediatric patients.

  1. Best probe site in adults is usually the middle finger tip with nail polish removed.
  2. Attempt to obtain and document pulse Oximetry readings before and during oxygen therapy.
  3. The use of pulse Oximetry as a vital sign is encouraged, as the oximeter may be helpful in detecting hypoxia not evidenced by signs or symptoms.
  4. Sensor sites (fingertips) must be checked periodically to determine sensor positioning, skin sensitivity and circulation (pink, warm, warm, capillary refill less than 2 seconds).
  5. Clean Oximeter with disinfectant.

rev. 2 April 2019

4300 - ResQPOD


    The ResQPOD Circulatory Enhancer provides a small but important amount of resistance when the patient inhales through the device. This resistance increases blood flow back to the heart which increases the preload of the heart.

    Indications:

    • Cardiac Arrest (ResQPOD)

    Contraindications:

    • Do not use in patient < 12 y/o or under 100 lbs.

    Procedure:

    1. Select airway adjunct (OPA/NPA, King Airway, iGel).
    2. Turn timing lights on. The timing lights indicate when a ventilation should be administered.
    3. Continue CPR allowing complete chest re-coil after each compression.
    4. Assure proper ventilation rates of 8-10/min.
    5. Place ResQPOD between adjunct and bag-valve mask with supplemental Oxygen and ensure the mask has a continuous tight seal.
    6. Ensure King Airway or iGel is properly placed and secured with a mechanical tube holder.

      Use caution so additional weight of ResQPOD does not move the King Airway or iGel.

    7. Document time ResQPOD is placed in circuit and any changes in skin color.
    8. If ResQPOD fills with blood / emesis / fluid, remove and shake the fluid out. Re-apply and continue ventilations
    9. Remove if Return of Spontaneous Circulation (ROSC) if achieved.

rev. 2 April 2019

4325 - "COMBAT-TYPE" TOURNIQUET USE


    Background

    • Conventional methods for controlling severe hemorrhage include direct pressure, pressure dressings and elevation. These techniques tend to require constant pressure using both hands, thus consuming one care provider. Recent military data have demonstrated excellent bleeding control with acceptable limb salvage rates using combat application tourniquets (CAT). These devices also allow for continued care of other injuries and patients. Obvious exsanguinating hemorrhage should be rapidly control prior to any other emergent interventions.

    Indications

    • Failure to stop bleeding with direct pressure or pressure dressing.
    • Injury does not allow for hemorrhage control with pressure.
    • Significant extremity hemorrhage in the face of any or all:
      • Need for airway management
      • Need for ventilator support
      • Circulatory shock
      • Need for other emergent interventions or assessment
      • Bleeding from multiple locations

    • Impaled foreign body with ongoing extremity bleeding.
    • Under fire or other dangerous situation for responding caregivers.
    • Total darkness or other adverse environmental factors.
    • Mass casualty, number of casualties exceeds ability to provide optimal care.

    Protocol

    1. For severe bleeding associated with limb amputation or signs of shock with other exsanguinating hemorrhage, skip to D (apply tourniquet)
    2. Attempt to control bleeding with direct pressure or application of pressure dressing.
    3. If profuse bleeding persists after 5 min or unable to maintain pressure due to other patient care needs, apply tourniquet.
    4. Apply to appropriate above bleeding site on humerus or femur area per manufacturer’s instructions.
      • Tighten windlass until bleeding stops and loss of distal pulse.
      • Secure windlass and tighten safety screw (if applicable).
    5. Write time of application on strap time tag (or on skin above tourniquet if no tag).
      • Notify dispatch at the time of application for back-up record of time.
      • Specify site and patient ID if multiple patients or sites.
    6. Do not cover tourniquet unless risk of cold or environmental injury.
    7. At 30 min of tourniquet time, reassess for removal:
      • If shock, clinically unstable, limited personnel / resources or amputated extremity, DO NOT remove, otherwise;
      • Apply pressure dressing and loosen tourniquet (leave in place).
    8. If re-bleeding occurs tighten to stop bleeding.
    9. If bleeding site is not amenable to tourniquet placement (e.g axilla or groin) may apply deep wound packing with hemostatic or standard gauze packing.

rev. 2 April 2019

5050 - ACCEPTABLE ABBREVIATIONS


Abbreviations 1 Abbreviations 2
Abbreviations 3 Abbreviations 4
Abbreviations 5 Abbreviations 6

rev. 2 April 2019

5170 - CINCINNATI STROKE SCALE


Stroke Scale

5170 - Cincinnati Stroke Scale

rev. 2 April 2019

5200 - GLASCOW COMA SCALE


    Coma Scale

    5200 - Glascow Coma Scale

rev. 2 April 2019

5250 - SELECTIVE SPINE PRECAUTIONS


    Stage 1 Selective Spinal Precautions

    Stage 2 Selective Spinal Precautions

rev. 2 April 2019

5325 - DO NOT RESUSCITATE


    DNR Form

    5325 - Do Not Resuscitate

rev. 2 April 2019

5350 - DNR FORM


    DNR Form

    5350 - DNR Form

    DNR Form

    5350 - DNR Form

rev. 2 April 2019

Medical Director Skill Assessment Verification


    Skills Verification Form

rev. 2 April 2019

Medical Director Variance Medication Annual Skill Verification


    Skills Verification Form

rev. 2 April 2019

Annual Medical Director Approval of Specific Procedures for Basic Life Support Services


    Skills Verification Form

rev. 2 April 2019

Medical Director Skill Assessment Verification - Designee


    Skills Verification Form

rev. 2 April 2019

Medical Director Statement


    MD Statement

rev. 2 April 2019

Ridgeview Ambulance Protocols

ALS PROTOCOLS
INDEX

Approved : 24 February 2022

1 March 2024

1000 - INTRODUCTION and OVERVIEW


    The Hennepin County Emergency Medical Services (EMS) system refers to a dedicated group of professionals working together to provide emergency medical services to patients and communities within Hennepin County. The EMS system is a dynamic mix of private and public providers including:

    • Ambulance Services
    • First Responders (Public Safety and Fire Services)
    • Dispatchers
    • Medical Control Hospital Physicians
    • Acute and Tertiary Care Emergency Facilities
    • County Public Health Staff

    The Hennepin County Board of Commissioners makes general policy decisions affecting the EMS system in response to recommendations from the Emergency Medical Services Advisory Council. The Hennepin County EMS Planning and Regulatory Unit (EMS Unit) is a division of the Human Services and Public Health Department and provides planning support and regulatory oversight for the county’s EMS system and assures coordinated emergency response to 911 calls.

    The Emergency Medical Services Council was established in 1976 to recommend to the Hennepin County Board of Commissioners and other appropriate authorities activities and processes necessary for the coordination and improvement of prehospital emergency services within Hennepin County. Committees of the council include:

    • Executive Committee
    • Operations Committee
    • Quality Committee
    • Medical Standards Committee
    • Ambulance Medical Directors Subcommittee
    • Ambulance Service Personnel Subcommittee

    Five Advanced Life Support (ALS) ambulance services provide emergency medical care to Hennepin County residents. The Minnesota Emergency Medical Services Regulatory Board (EMSRB) designates Primary Service Areas (PSAs) for ambulance services operation within the state of Minnesota. The five services which are authorized by the EMSRB to operate within Hennepin County are:

    • Allina Health EMS
    • Edina Fire Department
    • Hennepin EMS
    • North Memorial Ambulance Service
    • Ridgeview Ambulance Service

    ALS protocols and guidelines for Hennepin County’s EMS system are reviewed and re-issued on an on-going basis. New protocol proposals and/or protocol revision proposals are reviewed by the Ambulance Service Personnel Subcommittee, the Ambulance Medical Directors Subcommittee and the Medical Standards Committee. The Emergency Medical Services Advisory Council is the final reviewing authority for protocol changes.

    Individuals interested in developing new ALS protocols and/or guidelines or interested in revising current ALS protocols and/or guidelines may request a Protocol Revision Form from the public health EMS Unit at chd.ems@hennepin.us, by calling 612-348-6001, or by visiting our website at www.hennepin.us/ems.

    AUTHORITY

    Each of the ambulance services operating a Primary Service Area (PSA) within Hennepin County has an ambulance service medical director. Per MN Statute 144E.265, Subd. 2, "Responsibilities of the medical director shall include, but are not limited to:

    1. Approving standards for education and orientation of personnel that impact patient care;
    2. Approving standards for purchasing equipment and supplies that impact patient care;
    3. Establishing standing orders for prehospital care;
    4. Approving written triage, treatment and transportation guidelines for adult adn pediatric patients;
    5. Participating in the development and operation of continuous quality improvement programs including, but not limited to:
      • Case Review
      • Resolution of Patient Complaints
    6. Establishing procedures for the administration of drugs;
    7. Maintaining the quality of care according to the standards and procedures established under clauses (1) to (6)."

    The policies and protocols in this document represent the collective medical expertise and authority of the medical directors for the five ALS ambulance services operating PSAs within Hennepin County. If any conflict exists between a service specific policy or protocol and a system policy or protocol, paramedics shall follow their service policy.

Created Date: Unknown

2001 - GUIDELINES


    1. These medical protocols are intended for use while working under the license of an Ambulance Medical Director for an ambulance service with a Primary Service Area (PSA) in Hennepin County.

    2. Remember: courtesy to the patient, the patient's family and other emergency care personnel is of utmost importance.

    3. A Patient Care Report (PCR) form must be completed on all patients and a copy left with the patient at the hospital. See www.hennepin.us/ems for the Required Documentation Policy. Specific prehospital care information must also be recorded on all patientccontacts as part of the MNStar requirements and Hennepin County System Data Collection Program.

    4. All equipment appropriate to the nature of the call for assistance, treatment and transport should be taken to the site of the patient at the time of the initial patient contact.

    5. In all circumstances, physicians have latitude in the care they give and may deviate from these Medical Protocols if it is felt such deviation is in the best interest of the patient. Nothing in these protocols shall be interpreted as to limit the range of treatment modalities available to meical control physicians to utilize, other than the modalities and the medications used must be consistent with the paramedic's training.

    6. The specific conditions listed for treatment in this document, although frequently stated as medical diagnoses, are operational diagnoses to guide the paramedic in initiating appropriate treatment. This document is to be used as consultive material in striving for optimal patient care. It is recognized that specific procedures and/or treatments may be modified depending on the circumstances of a particular case. Also, a medical control physician when consulted will either concur or further evaluate the paramedic's clinical findings and suggest an alternate diagnosis and treatment.

Revision Date: 7 June 2012

2010 - CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS DEBRIEFING (CISD)


    1. Paramedics and other EMS personnel are encouraged to fammiliarize themselves with the causes and contributing factors of critical incident and cumulative stress, and learn to recognize the normal stress reactions that can develop from providing emergency medical services.

    2. A "Metro CISM Team" is available to paramedics and other EMS personnel. The program consists of mental health professionals, chaplains and trained peer support personnel who develop stress reduction activities, provide training, conduct debriefings and assist EMS personnel in locating available resources. The team will provide voluntary and confidential assistance to those wanting to discuss conflicts or feelings concerning their work or how their work affects their personal lives.

    3. Call 612-207-1130 to contact a Metro CISM Team.

    4. See www.metrocism.org for further information.

Revision Date: 7 June 2012

2020 - DEACTIVATING IMPLANTABLE CARDIAC DEFIBRILLATOR


Revision Date: 11 October 2012

2030 - LIMITING RESUSCITATION MEASURES AND DNR


    1. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) will be promptly instituted for all patients found in cardiac arrest unless reliable criteria for the determination of death are present, or if a valid DNR or No CPR order exists.

    2. Reliable criteria for the determination of death include:
      • Lividity
      • Rigor
      • Obviously fatal trauma
      • Absence of vital signs in a trauma victom upon arrival of EMS personnel despite a patent airway

    3. Do Not Resuscitate (DNR, No CPR) orders are issued by a patient's physician to prevent rescuers from initiating resuscitative measures in the event of a cardiopulmonary arrest. Patients with DNR orders may receive vigorous medical support, including all interventions specified in the ALS Medical Protocols, up to the point of cardiopulmonary arrest.

    4. In the healthcare facility -
      1. A DNR order is valid if it is written in the order section of the patient chart (or on a transfer form) and is signed by a physician, registered nurse practitioner or physician assistant acting under physician authority. Copies of the order are valid.

    5. In a private home -
      1. A DNR form (See 9050 - Do Not Resuscitate (DNR) Guidelines - section D for examples for DNR forms you may encounter,) must be signed by the patient or proxy, the physician and a witness in order to be valid. No validation stamp or notarization is necessary and a legible copy is acceptable.

    6. If possible, the DNR order or copy should accompany the patient to the hospital. Pertinent documentation should be included on the ambulance report form for the run. In the event of confusion, questions regarding the DNR order, or if you are being directed by family members to perform actions in opposition to those listed on DNR order, resuscitation should be initiated and a medical control physician should be consulted.

    7. Living wills should not be interpreted at the scene, but conveyed to the physicians in the receiving emergency department.

    8. Complete DNR guidelines for ambulance services operating within Hennepin County are found in 9050 - Do Not Resuscitate (DNR) Guidelines.

Revision Date: 23 February 2023

2040 - MEDICAL CONTROL AND COMMUNICATIONS FAILURE


    1. A medical control physician should be contacted as specified in these protocols.

    2. Whenever possible, medical control should be obtained from the destination hospital requested by the patient.

    3. If the destination hospital is unable to provide medical control, paramedics may contact their service's default medical control hospital. Default medial control hospitals for each service are:
      • Allina Health EMS - Abbott Northwestern Hospital
      • Edina Fire Department - Fairview Southdale Hosital
      • Hennepin EMS - Hennepin County Medical Center
      • North Memorial Ambulance - North Memorial Medical Center
      • Ridgeview Ambulance -
        • Ridgeview Medical Center - Waconia
        • Two Twelve Medical Center - Chaska

    4. Except for load-and-go situations with short transport times, any such delay in establishing medical control will be explained in a System Incident Report submitted by the paramedics to their medical director and to the Hennepin County Human Services and Public Health Department. This policy in no way precludes establishment of medical control at any time during the run to obtain physician advice or assistance.

    5. In the occurance of communication failure, paramedics may perform those orders outlined in the ALS Medical Protocols under "After Obtaining Verbal Orders" for patients with life-threatening or potentially life-threatening conditions.

    6. Initiation and performance of these orders must be in accordance with the paramedic's training and must be carried out as written in these Medical Protocols.

    7. Any instance of communications failure where procedures are carried out without a physician's verbal order must be reported in a System Incident Report within 48 hours to the paramedic's medical director and to the Hennepin County Human Services and Public Health Department.

Revision Date: 11 October 2011

2050 - MULTIPLE CASUALTY INCIDENTS (MCI)


    1. In special incidents with potental for multiple casualties, resources for the EMS system may be temporarily overwhelmed or extended to their limits.

    2. A system plan for EMS response to Multiple Casualty Incidents (MCIs) establishes a framework for coordinating resources during incidents requiring various ambulance providers, hospitals and public safety agencies to work together to optimize patient care and transportation with the given resources of the community. The goals of the system plan are to:
      • Recognize and maintain operations of ambulance providers, hospitals, and other agencies as close to normal as possible.
      • Utilize the incident command structure to allow flexibility for effective response to a variety of hazards most likely to occur within the County, including natural disaster, hazardous material exposure, urban fire, air crash, civil unrest or any incident with actual or potential multiple casualties.
      • Set system standards to aid individual agencies when developing policies and procedures.
      • As rapidly as possible transport patients to appropriate hospital(s).

    3. Ambulance services operating a Primary Service Area (PSA) in Hennepin County shall follow the regional Incident Response Plan (IRP) during a Major Incident or Multiple Casualty Incident (MCI). Please see the latest version of the IRP for the definition of a Major Incident or Multiple Casualty Incident (MCI). Contact the Metro Region EMS System office for copies.

Revision Date: 13 October 2011

2060 - OXYGEN THERAPY - GENERAL GUIDELINE


    1. Oxygen therapy should be administered when indicated by specific protocol.

    2. When an EMS provider believes the patient will improve with oxygen therapy the following guidelines are applicable:
      1. For suspected smoke / CO inhalation, pneumothorax or sickle cell crisis, initiate high flow oxygen (≥ 10 lpm) via non-rebreather mask or BVM with appropriate airway management.
        • Titrate to maintain goal SpO2 of 100%.
      2. For critically ill or unconscious patients with suspected hypoxia, initiate high flow oxygen (≥ 10 lpm) via non-rebreather mask or BVM with appropriate airway management.
        • Titrate down to MAXIMUM SpO2 of 96% (Discontinue for SpO2 ≥ 97%)
      3. Altered Mental status or unconscious from suspect head injury. Initiate high flow oxygen (≥ 10 lpm) via non-rebreather mask or BVM with appropriate airway management.
        • May titrate down to MAXIMUM SpO2 of 96% (Discontinue for SpO2 ≥ 97%)
      4. For patients with STEMI DO NOT initiate oxygen therapy if SpO2 > 92%
      5. For patients with CVA DO NOT initiate oxygen therapy if SpO2 > 94%
      6. For patients at risk for hypercapnic respiratory failure (COPD with chronic O2 use), use minimum flow necessary to achieve target SpO2 of 90%.
      7. For all other patients, use minimum flow necessary to achieve MAXIMUM SpO2 of 96% (Discontinue for SpO2 ≥ 97%)

    3. For pediatrics, if the patient is agitated use high flow blow-by O2.

Revision Date: 1 January 2019

2065 - GERIATRIC MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION GUIDELINES


    Purpose:

    To provide guidance for EMS personnel on the safe and effective administration of medications to geriatric patients (age 65 and older), considering age-related physiological changes and increased susceptibility to adverse effects.

    1. General Considerations:

      • Geriatric patients are at increased risk for polypharmacy, drug interactions, and altered pharmacokinetics.

      • Age-related changes, such as reduced renal and hepatic function, can affect drug metabolism and excretion.

      • Increased sensitivity to certain medications (e.g., benzodiazepines, opioids, anticoagulants) necessitates caution.

    2. Assessment Prior to Medication Administration:

      • Obtain a thorough medication history, including prescription and over-the-counter supplements.

      • Assess for signs of altered drug metabolism, such as confusion, dizziness, hypotension, or respiratory depression.

    3. Medication Dosage Adjustments:

      • When possible, start with a lower initial dose and titrate cautiously.

        • For upper extremes of age and lower weight consider half initial standard adult dose (e.g. age > 85, weight < 100 lbs)

      • Avoid medications with strong anticholinergic properties due to increased risk of delirium and falls.

        • Avoid diphenhydramine (Benadryl)

    4. Common Medication Considerations:

      • Analgesics (morphine, fentanyl, ketamine): Reduce opioid doses; consider non-pharmacologic measure per pain protocol

      • Sedatives/Benzodiazepines (droperidol, haloperidol, midazolam): Use with extreme caution due to fall and respiratory depression risks.

      • Cardiovascular Medications (nitroglycerine): Monitor for exaggerated effects of nitroglycerine, consider longer dose interval for extremes of age.

        • No dose adjustment needed for adenosine

    5. Monitoring and Adverse Effects:

      • Monitor vital signs, mental status, and respiratory function after medication administration.

      • Be vigilant for signs of overdose or increased sensitivity, such as excessive sedation, hypotension, or bradycardia.

      • Ensure continuous cardiac and pulse oximetry monitoring when administering high-risk medications. Consider side-stream ETCO2 monitoring.

    6. Documentation and Communication:

      • Accurately document all medications given, including dose, route, and patient response.

      • Communicate any medication concerns or adjustments to receiving hospital staff.

      • Provide clear documentation of any observed adverse effects.

    7. Special Considerations for End-of-Life Care:

      • Follow advance directives or physician orders for life-sustaining treatment (POLST) when applicable.

      • Prioritize symptom management and patient comfort.

    8. Medical Direction and Consultation:

      • When in doubt, consult with online medical control for guidance on medication administration.

Revision Date: 5 February 2025

2070 - PATIENT CONSENT AND REFUSAL OF CARE


To define and establish guidelines to be followed by prehospital care providers, when a patient refuses medical evaluation, treatment and/or transport.

Adult: Any person at or greater than the age of 18 years.

Minor: Any person who has not achieved the age of 18 years.

Minor not requireing parental consent: Any minor who -

  1. Has an emergency condition and parent is not available.
  2. Is or has been married.
  3. Has given birth.
  4. Is on active duty.
  5. Is separated from parents (with or without their consent) and financially independent.
  6. Is in need of pregnancy, venereal disease, or drug/alcohol related treatment (including rape.)

Request for Evaluation: A request for evaluation can be made by any individual for any reason. This request can be made by family members, friends, first responders, law enforcement personnel, or Ridgeview Ambulance personnel. All requests for evaluation will be honored by Ridgeview Ambulance Service and will include a complete medical assessment appropriate to the provider's level of care.

Emergency Condition: A condition or situation (including severe pain) in which an individual had an immediate need for medical attention, such that the absence of medical attention could place one's health (or unborn child's health) in jeopardy.

Competent: The patient is alert and oriented and has the capacity to understand the circumstances surrounding his/her illness or impairment and the risks associated with refusing medical evaluation, treatment and/or transport.

Refusing Care Against Medical Advice (AMA): A competent individual who is determined by pre-hospital providers to have an emergency condition, who has been advised of this condition and the risks/possible complications of refusing care, and still declines care.

Declining Treatment or Transportation: A competent individual (not minor) who is determined by pre-hospital providers to not have an "emergency condition" (as defined above,) who has been offered treatment and/or transportation with an explanation of the associated risks and benefits of this care and still declines treatment and/or transportation.

Transport Hold: An individual who is determined by law enforcement personnel or on-line medical control physician (health officer) to be in danger of harming himself/herself or others if not immediately restrained and needs transport to a medical facility for further evaluation.

  1. Any competent adult or minor not requiring parental consent, has the right to determine the course of his/her medical care, and thus is allowed to refuse care, provided the risks and potential complicaitons of refusing care have been explained.
  2. Any minor (except those not requiring parental consent) must have a parent or legal guardian (or responsible adult whom a parent/legal guardian has deliberately left the minor in the care of) present to refuse medical evaluation, treatment or transport.
  3. Refusal of care against medical advice or declining treatment/transportation should not be considered for patients who do not demonstrate competency. Competence may be impaired by mental illness, drug or alcohol intoxication, neurologic disease or injury, metabolic disorders or other injury/illness. Patients who have attempted suicide, verbalized suicide intent, or when other factors lead pre-hospital or law enforcement personnel to suspect suicidal intent, should not be regarded as competent.
  4. Any patient for whom a request for evaluation has been made, shall be offered medical evaluation, treatment and/or transport by pre-hospital providers. The patient, family, friends or first responders/law enforement personnel can make this request.

  1. If no request for medical evaluation has been identified by first responders/law enforcement and the responding ambulance is canceled prior to arrival the call is considered CANCELED or CANCELED EN-ROUTE.
  2. If when the responding ambulance arrives on the scene -

    1. Any / all involved persons should be offered evaluation by Ridgeview Ambulance Service personnel.
    2. If EMS personnel or first responders feel a patient warrants evaluation based on mechanism and / or symptoms, or if an evaluation is accepted, an EMS Run Report is completed for each individual who had an evaluation and the appropriate Run Disposition selected:

      1. Treated / Transported
      2. Treated / No Transport (AMA)
      3. Treated / No Transport (Per Protocol)

    3. Any additional individuals who decline evaluation should be entered onto a refusal log.
    4. If all involved persons decline evaluation, an EMS Run Report is completed for the event, and the event is considered Cancelled - Cancelled on Scene (No Patient Found). Documentation within the narrative should include pertinent information such as:

      1. Responding ambulance findings,
      2. Any Police or Fire personnel statements of their findings.

  3. If a competent adult or minor who does not require parental consent, refuses medical evaluation, treatment and/or transportation following an identified request for evaluation, pre-hospital personnel shall -
    1. Complete a thorough medical evaluation, if consented, which will include -
      1. Vital signs (if cooperative.)
      2. General appearance (e.g. appears comfortable, up walking, etc.)
      3. Mental status exam including :
        1. Alert (eyes open, awake.)
        2. Oriented to person, place, time.
        3. Speech (fluent, coherent, understandable with rational thought process.)

      4. Problem focused physical exam (if cooperative.)

    2. Advise the individual of your preliminary medical assessment.
    3. If an emergency condition is thought to exist -
      1. Advise the patient of the need for immediate treatment and/or transportation and the risks and potential complications of refusing, in the presence of a witness.
        1. Witnesses include :
          • Immediate family members
          • Legal guardian
          • Power of attorney
          • Friends
          • Law enforement personnel
          • Ridgeview Ambulance personnel

      2. To ensure understanding, have the patient verbalize the assessment and the risks or complications of refusal of care.
      3. Encourage consent for care using any available means (including family, friends, etc.)
      4. Complete the Against Medical Advice (AMA) form.
        • If patient refuses to sign, document this in the presence of a witness.

      5. Contact medical control for any refusal of care Against Medical Advice or for any concerns regarding competency or disposition.
        • Offer further discussion with on-line physician.

      6. Re-offer treatment/transportation and extend that offer to any time period after leaving the scene.
      7. Provide appropriate care and call back instructions sheet.

    4. If an emergency condition is thought not to exist -
      1. Offer treatment and/or transportation.
      2. Discuss the need for further evaluation, treatment or follow-up as indicated.
      3. Discuss the benefits of consenting to immediate treatment/transport and the risks and possible complications of declining.
      4. Complete an EMS Run Report and have patient sign form.
        • If patient refuses to sign, document this in the presence of a witness.

      5. Provide appropriate care and call back instruction sheet.
      6. Contact medical control if any doubts concerning competency or concerns regarding disposition.
      7. Offer treatment/trasnportation again and extend that offer to any time period after leaving the scene.

    5. If the patient is a minor (except those not requireing parental consent) -
      1. Determin if an emergency condition exists, if so treat/transport accordingly with implied consent -
        1. Minors cannot refuse necessary emergency care without the approval of a parent or legal guardian.
        2. Do not delay treatment/transport of emergency conditions in order to obtain parental consent.
        3. If parent or guardian refuses necessary treatment, and there are concerns about neglect, or abuse, have law enforcement respond and contact medical control for further orders.
        4. If advised by medical control, fill out and discuss AMA form as stated in adult policy (above.)

      2. If an emergency condition is thought not to exist and parent or guardian are not present at scene -
        1. Attempt to contact parent or legal guardian by phone.
        2. Discuss preliminary asessment and advise of any need for treatment/transport.
        3. Obtain verbal consent by phone and care for accordingly.
        4. Refusal of care cannot be given by phone. A parent, legal guardian, or apointed adult caregiver must be present on scene to refuse care.
        5. Document refusal per adult policy (above.)
        6. Contact medical control for any questions or if concerns arise regarding patient disposition or decision-making.

  4. If a patient is refusing care against medical advice or declining treatment/trasnport and is deemed not competent to refuse care -
    1. Ensure scene safety and utilize law enforcement if needed.
      • At no time shall ambulance personnel put themselves in danger by attempting to treat or transport a patient who refuses.

    2. If placed on transport hold by law enforement - (See 2140 - Patient Disposition - Transport Holds), transport to the appropriate hospital.
      1. If a patient has established hospital care, (appropriate for the nature of this event) they may be transported to that facitility. This optimizes continuity of care.
      2. If no established care, destination hospital per county policy.
      3. Concerns, questions or discrepancies regarding disposition and destination hospital should be discussed with medical control physician.

    3. If not on transport hold per law enforement and pre-hospital personnel determine the need for emergency transport hold, contact medical control for transport hold orders.
    4. In the case of rape, medical needs have priority over evidence collection and destination should be hospital of choice or closest. If there are no or only minor medical concerns, then transport per county policy.

  1. An EMS Run Report shall be completed on any patient for whom a request for evaluation has been made.
  2. For patients who refuse care against medical advice or decline treatment and/or transportation, this report must include -
    1. Vital signs and focused physical exam (if cooperative.)
    2. General appearane (e.g. appears comfortable, walking, sitting, etc.)
    3. Mental status exam, including -
      1. Alert (eyes open, awake.)
      2. Orientated to person, place, time.
      3. Speech (coherent, fluent, understandable with logical thought process.)
        • Document specific examples of abnormalities.

    4. The narrative portion of form should also contain -
      1. Plan of care offered to the patient.
      2. Reason for refusal.
      3. Any additional means attempted to influence a patients decision (e.g. family contacted.)
      4. Patients understanding of his/her medical condition and treatment plan.
      5. Potential risk/complications of refusal (including death if appropriate) discussed with patient.
      6. Any advice given to the patient (e.g. have family transport to emerency department, discuss the situation with your primary care physician, etc.)
      7. Patient signature or that of witness if refused.
      8. Any discussion with on-line medical control physician.

All patients for whom a request for evaluation has been made shall be offered medical evaluation and or transport by Ridgeveiw Ambulance personnel.

Criteria for refusing care -

  1. An adult (18 years old or over) or a minor not requireing parental consent.
  2. Is oriented to person, place, time and situation.
  3. Exhibits no evidence of altered mental status or drug/alcohol ingestion that impairs judgement.
  4. Understands the nature or their injury/illness, as well as the risks and possible consequences of refusing care.

Documentation Checklist

  • EXAM -
  • ▢Complete Vital Signs

    ▢Mental Status -

    • Alert and Orientated
    • Speech, Behavior
    • Gait

    ▢Focused physical exam

  • NARRATIVE SHOULD INCLUDE -
  • ▢Provider impression

    ▢Plan offered to patient.

    ▢Attempts to influence decision.

    ▢Patients verbal understanding of condition.

    ▢Potential risks/complications of refusal and patients verbalization of understanding

    ▢Any advice/forms given to patient

    ▢Patient signature or that of witness if refused.

    ▢Discussion with medical control.

Revision Date: 1 January 2020

2080 - PATIENT DISPOSITION – GENERAL GUIDELINES


    Determination of patient disposition should be based on the following criteria:

    1. Patient Preference – Patients should be transported to the hospital of their choice (or family's or physician's choice). Patient preference may be overridden by:
      1. The medical expertise of the Ambulance Medical Director,
      2. Restriction to specific hospitals.

    2. Medical Expertise – This authority may be represented by service specific policy, system policy, the On-Call System Medical Director, a medical control physician, a physician on-scene who has assumed total responsibility for the patient, or the paramedic providing patient care, (see 2160 - Physician Presence at the Emergency Scene.) Medical expertise shall override patient preference in three types of situations:
      1. Patient’s preference is unavailable (e.g. closed or unreachable due to weather). See www.hennepin.us/ems for the Hennepin County EMS System Ambulance Diversion Policy.
      2. Patient’s preference is inappropriate (e.g. critical trauma patient transported to a facility not capable or equipped for the severity of the patient’s injuries.)
      3. Patient’s preference is suboptimal for presenting condition/complaint (the following examples are not inclusive):
      4. Presenting problem relates to recent hospitalization discharge (within 72 hrs), or surgery/procedure (within 1 week) per 2115 – Patient Disposition Recent Hospitalization, Surgery or Procedure.

Revision Date: 12 September 2022

2085 - PATIENT DISPOSITION – BEHAVIORAL PATIENTS


      Behavioral Patient Dispoisition

Revision Date: 30 June 2021

2090 - PATIENT DISPOSITION – CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING


    1. For patients with symptoms of severe Carbon Monoxide (CO) poisoning, consider transport to a hospital that has a hyperbaric center.

    2. For pregnant patients who are transported with symptoms of CO poisoning, consider transport to a hospital that has a hyperbaric center for possible hyperbaric therapy.

    3. Hospitals in the Twin Cities Metro area with a hyperbaric center include:
      • Hennepin County Medical Center (HCMC)

    4. Signs and symptoms of severe CO exposure include:
      • History of loss of consciousness
      • Lethargy
      • Confusion
      • Disorientation
      • Seizures
      • Focal neurological deficits
      • Ischemic chest pain
      • New dysrhythmias
      • 12 Lead ECG changes
      • Hypotension

Revision Date: 14 October 2010

2100 - PATIENT DISPOSITION – MAJOR BURNS


    1. For patients with major burn injuries, consider transport to a hospital that has a burn unit.

    2. Hospitals in the Twin Cities Metro area with a burn unit include:
      • Hennepin County Medical Center (HCMC)
      • Regions Medical Center

    3. See the adult burns protocol 3120 - Burns or the the pediatric burns protocol 4120 - Burns.

Revision Date: 14 October 2010

2110 - PATIENT DISPOSITION – MAJOR TRAUMA


    1. Ground ambulances must immediately transport patients with compromised airways (unable to maintain an airway and ventilate) to the nearest designated trauma hospital.
      • If no designated trauma hospital exists within 30 minutes transport time, the patient must be transported to the closest hospital.

    2. In cases where a patient does not have a compromised airway, the ground ambulance must transport major trauma patients to a level I or level II trauma hospital within thirty minutes transport time.
      • If no level I or level II trauma hospital exists within 30 minutes transport time, the patient must be transported to the closest designated trauma hospital within 30 minutes transport time.
      • If no designated trauma hospital exists within 30 minutes transport time, the patient must be transported to the closest hospital.

    3. Major trauma defined as:
      1. Amputations (proximal to mid-hand or mid-foot or with other severe trauma.
      2. Crush injuries or prolonged entrapment/entanglement.
      3. Blunt trauma, multisystem, with Shock
      4. Pelvic Fractures.
      5. Penetrating trauma to the eye(s), head, neck, chest, or abdomen, or extremity with shock.
      6. Maxillofacial trauma, Complex: including significant tissue avulsion, unstable/displaced facial or mandible fracture(s).
      7. Paralysis of a limb or limbs.
      8. Traumatic Brain Injury, Severe (GCS less than 9)

    4. Consider transport to a level I or level II trauma center for any patient with significant trauma and any of the following:
      1. Severe multiple injuries (two or more systems) or severe single system injury
      2. Cardiac or major vessel injuries resulting from blunt or penetrating trauma
      3. Injuries with complications (e.g. shock, sepsis, respiratory failure, cardiac failure)
      4. Severe facial injuries
      5. Severe orthopedic injuries
      6. Co-morbid factors (e.g. Age < 5 or > 55 years, cardiac or respiratory disease, insulin- dependent diabetes, morbid obesity)
      7. Evidence of traumatic brain injury and/or spinal cord injury (e.g. new paralysis)
      8. Anticoagulation and bleeding disorders.
      9. Age
        • Older Adults (risk of injury death increases after 55 years).
        • Children (should be triaged preferentially to pediatric-capable trauma centers).

      10. Time sensitive extremity injury
      11. End-stage renal disease requiring dialysis
      12. Pregnancy > 20 weeks
      13. Paramedic provider impression is consistent with major trauma.

Revision Date: UNKNOWN

2115 - PATIENT DISPOSITION - RECENT HOSPITALIZATION, SURGERY OR PROCEDURE


    Background: Patients who are seeking emergency care for problems related to recent hospitalization, surgery or other specialized care or procedures are best served at the facility where any recent care was provided. Post-surgical or procedural complications should be managed by the same physician, physician group or team that performed the surgery or procedure. Seeking care at a different hospital can be detrimental if similar resources or subspecialty care is not available. Furthermore, since the start of the COVID pandemic, hospitals and emergency departments all over the state have been overcrowded significantly delaying or preventing transfers for definitive care.

    Patients identified as having problems related to a recent hospitalization (within 72 hrs), surgery or procedure (within 1 week), shall be taken back to that facility when practical:

    1. The Hospital is within our usual metro area facilities

    2. If the patient requests a different facility, then transport to a hospital within the same healthcare system.
      1. Allina (Abbott, Mercy, Unity, United, St Francis, WestHealth)
      2. Fairview (Southdale, U of MN, St. Johns, Woodwinds, Ridges, Northland)
      3. HealthPartners (Methodist, Regions, Lakeview)
      4. Hennepin Healthcare (HCMC)
      5. Mayo (Mankato, New Prague, Rochester)
      6. North Memorial (Robbinsdale, Maple Grove

    3. If the patient refuses the same hospital or affiliated healthcare system, contact medical control to discuss appropriate destination.

Revision Date: 12 September 2022

2116 - PATIENT DISPOSITION – ROSC


    Patients identified as having cardiac arrest with return of spontaneous circulation (ROSC) have a high rate of re-arrest and should be transported to an ECMO-capable facility

    • U of MN East Bank
    • Fairview – Southdale
    • Abbott Northwestern
    • Hennepin County Medical Center

Revision Date: 23 February 2023

2120 - PATIENT DISPOSITION – STEMI


    Patients identified with acute myocardial infarctions, as evidenced by ST elevation (STEMIs), should receive timely transportation to a Level I Cardiac Care Facility per the EMS provider STEMI/Code AMI criteria. EMS Provider/STEMI Code AMI inclusion criteria includes:

    1. Patient presents with cardiac symptoms.

    2. 12-lead findings which are consistent with ST elevation greater than 1 mm in two or more contiguous leads.

    3. QRS complex is narrower than 0.12 seconds (3 small boxes.)
      • If wider than 0.12, you are unable to diagnose as STEMI.

    4. See www.hennepin.us/ems for the Transport Policy for STEMI Patients.

Revision Date: 14 October 2010

2130 - PATIENT DISPOSITION – STROKE (CVA)


    Patients identified with acute cerebral vascular accident (CVA) per the Adult Stroke (CVA) protocol should receive timely transportation to the most appropriate designated acute stroke ready hospital, primary stroke center, or comprehensive stroke center.

Revision Date: 14 April 2016

2140 - PATIENT DISPOSITION – TRANSPORT HOLDS


    1. Paramedics may find themselves in a situation where a Transport Hold might be necessary to transport a patient to the emergency department.

    2. Elements of a Transport Hold (defined Minnesota Statute 253B.05 Emergency Admission Subd. 2):
      • A peace or health officer may take a person into custody and transport the person to a licensed physician or treatment facility if the officer has reason to believe, either through direct observation of the person's behavior, or upon reliable information of the person's recent behavior and knowledge of the person's past behavior or psychiatric treatment, that the person is mentally ill or developmentally disabled and in danger of injuring self or others if not immediately detained.
      • A peace or health officer or a person working under such officer’s supervision, may take a person who is believed to be chemically dependent or is intoxicated in public into custody and transport the person to a treatment facility. 253B.05 Emergency Admission Subd. 2.

    3. If Elements of a Transport Hold are present:
      1. Request a Transport Hold from a Peace/Health Officer,
      2. If the Peace/Health Officer does not provide a Transport Hold:
        1. Contact your service’s designated home medical control hospital and ask the Medical Control Physician to speak with the Peace/Health Officer,
        2. If the Peace/Health Officer does not provide a Transport Hold after speaking with the Medical Control Physician:
          • Do not transport,
          • AND
          • Leave the patient in the care of the Peace/Health Officer.

    4. All patients transported on a Transport Hold should be restrained during transport.

    5. For minors, follow statute regarding Health and Welfare Holds 260C.175 subdivision 1.

Revision Date: 9 October 2014

2150 - PATIENTS WITH WEAPONS


    If the patient has a weapon:

    1. If the crew has a safety concern, call law enforcement to assist

    2. If transporting the patient with a weapon, notify the emergency department during your pre-arrival patient care report.

Revision Date: 14 April 2016

2160 - PHYSICIAN PRESENCE AT THE EMERGENCY SCENE


    1. Personal Physician -
      • If the patient's personal physician is present and wishes to assume responsibility for the patient's care:
        1. The paramedic should defer to the orders of the personal physician as long as those orders are appropriate and not in conflict with ALS Medical Protocols. Paramedics should establish medical control any time they are uncomfortable carrying out orders from a patient's physician.
        2. Orders given by the personal physician should be written on the EMS report form, the physician’s name documented legibly, and signed by the physician, if possible.

    2. System Medical Director -
      • If a system medical director or associate system medical director is present and wishes to assume responsibility for the patient’s care, the paramedic should defer to the orders of the system medical director or associate system medical director.

    3. Medical Control Physician -
      • If a medical control physician is present and wishes to assume responsibility for the patient’s care, the paramedic should defer to the orders of the medical control physician as long as those orders are appropriate and not in conflict with ALS Medical Protocols.

    4. Other Intervening Physician -
      1. If any other intervening physician wishes to assume responsibility for the patient:
        1. If medical control exists:
          • The intervening physician should be allowed to communicate with the medical control physician prior to the paramedics accepting orders. If there is any disagreement between the two physicians, the paramedics will follow the orders of the medical control physician and allow the physicians to continue their communication.

        2. If medical control does not exist:
          • The paramedics should relinquish responsibility for patient management if the physician meets the following two criteria:
            1. can show appropriate identification (or is known to the paramedics);
            2. agrees in advance to accompany the patient to the hospital (exception: major multiple casualty incident);

          • The physician’s name should be documented legibly within the PCR and, if possible, have the physician sign the EMS report form assuming responsibility and verifying orders.

      2. In the case of multiple intervening physicians at the scene, the paramedics should request the physicians designate one physician to direct patient care.

    5. Any intervening physician not wishing to assume responsibility for care and not accompanying the patient to the hospital may be asked to assist the paramedics and/or act as a medical consultant to them and to the medical control physician.

Revision Date: 11 October 2012

3010 - AIRWAY MANAGEMENT


    1. Bag Valve Mask (BVM) – Consider an oropharyngeal or nasopharyngeal airway of appropriate size on all unconscious patients for initial airway maintenance.

    2. Endotracheal intubation – After endotracheal intubation, tube position must be confirmed using at least two methods, including continuous end-tidal carbon dioxide (CO2) detection and a second device or method to confirm tube placement.

    3. Alternate Advanced Airway Device – Services may use alternative advanced airway control devices (such as supraglottic airways) as specified by the ambulance service’s medical director. After placement of an alternate advanced airway device, place continuous end-tidal carbon dioxide (CO2) detection device on the tube.

    4. Pulse Oximetry – A pulse oximeter should be used for any patient with suspected hypoxemia, in respiratory distress, or whenever sedating medications are administered.

Revision Date: 10 April 2014

3020 - DIABETIC HYPOGLYCEMIC PATIENT REFUSAL OF TRANSPORT


    Standing orders for all diabetic hypoglycemic patients refusing transport:

    1. The following criteria must be documented on your Patient Care Report (PCR) in order to leave a patient (without contacting medical control) experiencing a diabetic hypoglycemic emergency who refuses transport:
      1. Identifiable reason to explain the hypoglycemia
      2. Blood sugar greater than 100 post treatment
      3. Awake, alert, & oriented, GCS 15 post treatment
      4. Food available and/or eaten
      5. Friend or family present to stay with the patient
      6. Discussion with the patient to contact their primary care provider
      7. Vital signs within normal limits
      8. Not on oral agents besides metformin (Glucophage)
      9. No suspected overdose of any diabetes medications
      10. No recent fever, acute illness, other concerning symptoms such as chest pain, shortness of breath, etc.

    2. If ALL of these conditions are met, it is not necessary to contact a medical control physician. If however, any one of them is not met, contact medical control physician.
    3. Paramedic also has discretion to contact medical control physician for any questions.

Revision Date: 15 November 2021

3030 - FIREGROUND FIRE FIGHTER REHABILITATION


    1. Establish communication with Incident Command or rehab division officer.

    2. Stage ambulance near rehab:
      • Consider egress and potential for additional incoming fire apparatus.

    3. Perform focused assessment including complete set of vital signs and temperature (if applicable):
      1. Consider 12-lead ECG.
      2. Consider Blood Glucose check.
      3. Consider transcutaneous CO measurement if available -
        • Administer high flow O2 immediately if concern for CO toxicity regardless of level or ability to measure.

    4. Immediate transport for:
      1. Symptoms of chest pain, severe SOB, altered mental status and syncope.
      2. Heart rate greater than 220 (minus patient’s age), systolic blood pressure less than 100, respiratory rate greater than 30, SpO2 less than 85%.
      3. Treatment for immediate transport:
        1. IV, O2, monitor, 12-lead ECG.
        2. Consider hydroxocobalamin (Cyanokit) administration if available.

    5. Begin active cooling/warming based on weather conditions.

    6. Provide oral rehydration 8 - 12 oz/10 minutes.

    7. Reassess the following after 10 minutes:
      1. Vital signs.
      2. Symptoms to assess for include:
        • Chest pain, dizziness, shortness of breath, weakness, nausea/vomiting, headache, cramps, change in behavior/speech, unsteady gait.

      3. If improving and asymptomatic, monitor until exit criteria met (see H):
        • Minimum 20 minute rest/rehydration time.
        • Offer transportation, if refused - document per service specific guidelines.

      4. If worsening or symptomatic, transport:
        • IV, O2, monitor, 12-lead ECG, blood glucose check.
        • Consider hydroxocobalamin (Cyanokit) administration (per service specific guidelines).

    8. “May return to work” criteria (must meet/document all below):
      1. Offer of transport declined.
      2. Presence of normal speech/mental status and a steady gait.
      3. Normal vital signs:
        • Heart rate less than or equal to 110, respiratory rate less than or equal to 20, systolic blood pressure greater than 100, diastolic blood pressure less than 100, SpO2 greater than 95%, skin temp normal or measured less than 101.5o F, CO less than 10 (if applicable).

      4. Asymptomatic.
      5. EMS provider discretion may override and recommend “no return to work” despite meeting criteria.

Revision Date: 13 October 2011

3040 - INTRAVENOUS (IV) THERAPY


    Not every patient requires an IV. When indicated, intravenous fluid therapy should be administered in accordance with the following guidelines:

    1. For most patients requiring IV access, the paramedic has the option of either running fluids through the IV or capping the catheter with a saline lock. However, as specified in these Medical Protocols, IV fluids must always be hung in either situations:
      • When the administration of multiple IV medications is anticipated.
      • Whenever it is likely the patient will require fluid volume replacement.

    2. There should be no delay at the scene for IV attempts on major trauma patients or patients in shock; these IVs should be started during transport.

    3. Intraosseous infusion (IO) is a procedure for use in patients who are in critical condition when IV access is unobtainable.

    4. Paramedics may access a Peripherally Inserted Central catheter (or PIC line) if the patient has one in place as an alternate IV access point.

    5. Paramedics may access a central line if the patient is in cardiac arrest. The cap on the central line must be cleansed with alcohol and then 15-20 ml of fluid and blood must be aspirated from the central line before initiating IV fluids. If unable to aspirate, the central line should not be used.

Revision Date: 9 October 2014

3050 - PAIN MANAGEMENT


    To provide relief of pain when indicated.

    Exclusion criteria:

    • BP less than or equal to 90
      • Except Ketamine
    • Pain determined to be cardiac in origin (See 3230 - Ischemic Chest Pain)
    • Active labor
    • Headache
    • Non-traumatic Neck or Back Pain
    • Any chronic pain (e.g. head, neck or back pain, fibromyalgia, abdominal or pelvic pain.)
    • Dental pain.

    Inclusion criteria:

    1. Acute severe traumatic pain -
      • Neck or back pain from trauma and inability to ambulate from the incident.
      • Significant orthopedic injury. (Severe tenderness to palpation with swelling, bruising and/or deformity.)
      • Severe traumatic chest or abdominal pain with tenderness to palpation.
      • Major burns (3120 - Burns.)

    2. Active cancer or palliative care.

    3. Acute (< 2 hrs duration) non-traumatic pain with 2 or more of the following:
      • Increased heart rate and/or blood pressure.
      • Nausea and/or vomiting.
      • Writhing.
      • Described as severe (or 8 - 10 / 10 on pain scale.)

    4. Intubated patients with injury, painful condition or evidence of increasing discomfort (vital sign changes).

    PROCEDURE

    1. Assess the patient’s pain on a 0-10 scale or other acceptable method for patients with difficulty communicating.

    2. Inform the patient that pain is an important diagnostic parameter and the goal of this protocol is to relieve suffering and not to totally eliminate pain.

    3. If the patient meets inclusion criteria, administer one of the following service dependent medications (consider lower doses for elderly patients):

      1. Morphine Sulfate IV -
        1. 2 mg up to 10 mg up to 10 mg single dose IV/IO/IM/SQ.
          • Usual effective initial dose 0.1 mg/kg.
          • If using IV/IO route titrate in increments to patient response.

        2. If necessary administer additional dose(s) up to 5 mg IV/IO/IM/SQ every 5 to 10 minutes.
          • If using IV/IO route titrate in increments to patient response.

        3. Not to exceed total maximum dose of 20mg. (subtract 5mg from maximum for every 50mcg of fentanyl if also administered)

      2. fentanyl -
        1. 50 - 100mcg IV/IO/IM/IN
          • Intranasal administration should not exceed 1 ml per nostril, (2 ml total fluid volume IN.)

        2. If necessary administer additional dose(s) of 50 mcg per dose every 10 minutes.

        3. Not to exceed total maximum dose of 200mcg. (subtract 50 mcg from maximum for every 5 mg of morphine if also administered)

      3. ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) -
        1. Pain must be -
          • Non-Cardiac
          • Not responding to initial 10 mg Morphine Sufate or 100 mcg fentanyl administration,
          • OR

          • If the patient has a Morphine Sulfate or fentanyl allergy,
          • BP < 90

        2. 0.1 mg/kg (not to exceed total dose of 10 mg) IV/IO/IM.

        3. May repeat x 1 after 10 minutes for persistent pain.

    4. Monitor the patient’s vital signs (including O2 saturation.) If respiratory depression or hypotension occurs after administration of Morphine Sulfate -

      1. Ventilate the patient as necessary.

      2. Administer naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan) -
        • 0.4 mg up to 2 mg IV/IO.

    5. For patients experiencing pain outside the above listed inclusion criteria consider:
      • Symptomatic relief of nausea/vomiting if needed
      • Advising them of the general concerns in the medical community about opioid use and that doctors are being very careful about which patients receive these addictive medications
      • Inform them that “we carry this type of medication for severe trauma such as broken bones and for certain medical situations that require immediate pain control such as heart attacks”
      • Acknowledge their pain and try to improve comfort
      • Advise them that a doctor will need to evaluate them prior to administering pain medication
      • Reassure the patient that the receiving facility will be notified of the need for prompt pain management assessment
      • Consult medical control if questions

    6. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS

      1. Consider initial or additional pain medication including benzodiazepines as appropriate:

      2. Monitor for respiratory depression when administering narcotics and benzodiazepines together.

Revision Date: 30 January 2024

3060 - SEDATION


    1. Consider sedation for
      • Patients with advanced airway becoming agitated from increased LOC.
      • Patients needing Cardioversion
      • Patients needing transthoracic pacing.

    2. Administer

    3. If the systolic BP is less than 100, ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) 1 - 2 mg/kg IV / IO or 4 - 5 mg/kg IM.

    4. Consider treatment of pain per 3050 - Pain Management.

Revision Date: 1 October 2022

3110 - AMPUTATIONS


    1. Patient:
      1. Control hemorrhage and cover stump with sterile dressing saturated with saline.
      2. Treat per 3140 - General Trauma / Traumatic Shock.
      3. Do not spend excessive time looking for the amputated part if the patient is unstable.

    2. Amputated Part:
      1. Wrap the amputated part in sterile gauze.
      2. Moisten with saline.
      3. Place in plastic bag.
      4. Place on top of ice, if available, or cold packs (do not freeze).

Revision Date: 13 October 2011

3120 - BURNS


    1. Consider direct transport to a burn center for major burns ( 2100 - Patient Disposition - Major Burns). Hospitals in the Twin Cities Metro area with a burn unit include:
      • Hennepin County Medical Center
      • Regions Medical Center

    2. Major burn criteria includes:
      • Partial-thickness burns greater than 10% of total body surface area.
      • Partial-thickness or third degree burns that involve the face, hands, feet, genitalia, perineum, or major joint.
      • Third degree burns in any age group.
      • Lightning injury and other electrical burns.
      • Chemical burns.
      • Inhalation injury.
      • Burn in any patients with preexisting medical disorders that could complicate management, prolong recovery, or affect mortality.

    3. For any significant burn:
      1. Begin oxygen therapy. Use positive pressure ventilatory assist as needed.
      2. Obtain IV access.

    4. If less than 20% of the body surface is burned:
      1. Apply sterile dressings and saturate with cool water (leave Gel-pack(s) in place if applied by first responders).
      2. Do not allow any burn patient to become chilled and begin shivering.

    5. If more than 20% of the body surface is burned:
      1. Remove any non-adherent burned clothing and cover the patient with a sterile sheet.
      2. Consider NS bolus:
        • 1,000 ml for patients 18 to 65.
        • 500 ml for patients greater than 65 or history of CHF.

      3. Do not cool down with water (exception: presence of smoldering clothes, articles or material adhering to skin that would continue the burning process, e.g., hot tar, etc.).
      4. Begin rapid transport.
      5. Consider direct transport to a burn center for major burns.
      6. Consider pain management - 3050 - Pain Management.

    6. Monitor the patient’s ECG after any electrical burn including a lightning strike.

Revision Date: 23 February 2023

3130 - CRUSH INJURIES


    1. Confirm prolonged entrapment (greater than one hour) of one or more full extremities by a crushing object (e.g. vehicle, building rubble, hanging in harness, self).

    2. If a distal extremity is accessible, assess sensation, motor function, skin color and distal pulses.

    3. For entrapments with potential extended scene times (>30min), contact your service for notification/activation of your service’s medical director(s).

    4. Pre-Extrication, if possible:
      1. Administer oxygen via mask if the situation allows.
      2. Obtain venous access with two large bore IV/IOs when possible and hang two 1000 ml Normal Saline bags.
        • Administer up to two liters of NS bolus followed by 500 ml/hr.

      3. Control pain per protocol - 3050 - Pain Management.
      4. Monitor the patient’s cardiac rhythm when situation allows.
      5. Immediately prior to extrication, consider Sodium Bicarbonate -
        • 2 mEq/Kg IV/IO up to 100 mEq.

      6. Extricate.

    5. Post-Extrication:
      1. Suspect hyperkalemia if T waves become peaked, QRS becomes prolonged (greater than 0.12 sec) or hypotension develops.
      2. Consider calcium chloride 10% -
        • 1 Gm IV/IO over 5 minutes for ventricular dysrhythmias.

      3. Consider additional Sodium Bicarbonate.
      4. Contact a medical control physician for persistent hyperkalemia or dysrhythmias.
      5. Post-extrication cardiac arrest, in addtion to usual protocols (3210 - Cardiac Arrest (Asystole / PEA) / 3220 - Cardiac Arrest (V-Fib and Pulseless V-Tach)) – administer:
        1. calcium chloride 10% -
          • 2 Gm IV/IO push

        2. Sodium Bicarbonate -
          • 100mEq (2 amps) IV push

        3. Contact medical control for additional orders.

    6. Ongoing care:
      1. Monitor vital signs and ECG (rhythm and signs of hyperkalemia)
      2. Consider epinephrine - push-dose for SBP < 90 mm Hg not responding to fluid bolus

        • Administer 1mL (10mcg) of the epi every 2-5 minutes.

    7. NOTES:
      • Risk of crush syndrome is directly proportional to the amount of muscle tissue trapped - a single arm = low risk, both legs = high risk.
      • Crush is different than trapped – if the patient can feel and/or move the distal extremity easily the risk for crush syndrome is very low.

Revision Date: 1 October 2022

3140 - GENERAL TRAUMA / TRAUMATIC SHOCK


    1. Open airway and begin Oxygen Therapy.

    2. Ensure Spinal Precautions as appropriate.

    3. If the patent begins to develop strong evidence of tension pneumothorax as indicated by the following clues, perform needle thoracostomy at the fourth intercostal space, midaxillary line or second intercostal space, midclavicular line of the affected side.

      • Absent or markedly diminished lung sounds
      • Hypotension
      • Tachycardia
      • Hypoxia or cyanosis
      • Increased respiratory distress or respiratory arrest
      • Lack of lung sliding sign on ultrasound

    4. Transport quickly, minimize scene time

    5. En route, obtain at least 2 points of IV/IO access and run normal saline wide open

    6. Consider Tranexamic Acid (TXA) if the above interventions are completed

Revision Date: 3 December 2021

3150 - MAJOR TRAUMA


Revision Date: 21 August 2020

3160 - SELECTIVE SPINE PRECAUTIONS


    Stage 1 Selective Spinal Precautions

    Stage 2 Selective Spinal Precautions

Revision Date: 8 October 2015

3170 - TRAUMATIC CARDIAC ARREST


    1. Assess for obvious signs of death, if present Do Not Resuscitate 2030 - Limiting Resuscitation Measures and DNR

    2. If non-traumatic cardiac arrest suspected (e.g. mechanism not consistent with major traumatic injury) treat per medical Cardiac Arrest Protocol 3210 - Cardiac Arrest (Asystole/PEA) or 3220 - Cardiac Arrest (V_Fib and Pulseless V_Tach)

    3. Initiate Spinal Motion Restriction 3160 - Spinal Precautions Algorithm

    4. Apply Cardiac Monitor (Initiate resuscitation if delay)

      1. If Asystole or PEA with rate < 40, stop resuscitation.
      2. If VF or VT defibrillate and continue below
      3. If PEA > 40 bpm initiate/continue resuscitation

    5. Perform the following, in order of suspected arrest etiology

      1. Control obvious major bleeding 9030 - Tourniquet for Severe Hemorrhage
      2. Perform Bilateral needle decompression if obvious or suspected chest trauma
      3. Secure airway with ETT, SGA, or OPA and ventilate with BVM
      4. Establish IV or IO and initiate rapid administration of 500ml fluid bolus

    6. Administer high quality chest compressions (only use mechanical CPR device during transport)

    7. Re-assess per lines D and E (above) every 5 min

    8. Transport to closest hospital is indicated for the following situations:

      1. May consider immediate "load-and-go" for unsafe or hazardous scenes.
      2. ROSC is achieved within 15 min
      3. Penetrating trauma AND witnessed arrest AND within 10 min transport time
      4. Pregnancy known > 24 weeks or fundus palpated above the umbilicus and within 10 min transport time

    9. If transport criteria are not met after 15 min, contact medical control to consider termination of resuscitation

Revision Date: 20 July 2022

3210 - CARDIAC ARREST (ASYSTOLE / PEA)


    1. Complete a rapid scene survey observing for any indications or evidence that resuscitation should not be attempted (e.g., DNR orders or conditions incompatible with life.)

    2. If cardiac arrest occurs in presence of the ambulance crew, assess the patient's cardiac rhythm and continue with the appropriate protocol.

    3. If patient is in cardiac arrest on arrival of the ambulance crew, institute or continue Basic Life Support (BLS):

      1. Begin CPR using 30:2 Compression:Ventilation Ratio at a rate of 100-120 compressions/min.
      2. Attach Impedance Threshold Device (ITD) to BVM
        • Apply to patient within 30 seconds. You must maintain a tight, continuous, 2- handed face mask seal for the ITD to function properly
      3. Reassess for presence of pulse/ reassess rhythm on cardiac monitor after every 5 cycles (2 minutes) of CPR
        • Limit interruptions in CPR to less than 10 seconds during pulse/ rhythm checks

    4. Assess and confirm the patient's cardiac rhythm (check second lead to verify asystole,) immediately resume CPR.

    5. Consider prompt administration of naloxone 4mg IN if not already given for any suspicion of opioid overdose

    6. Place an advanced airway – ETT (preferred initial) or i-Gel – while continuing compressions.
      • If ETT is placed, immediately confirm tube placement by exam and continuous EtCO2 waveform
      • Once advanced airway has been placed, ventilate at 10 breaths/min timed on compression upstroke. DO NOT OVER VENTILATE
      • Monitor pulse oximetry and end-tidal CO2
      • Consider Reverting back to 30:2 if worsening SpO2

    7. Obtain IV access while providing two minutes of continuous CPR.

    8. During CPR, administer the following medication:
      1. epinephrine 1:10,000 -

        • 1 mg IV/IO every 3 - 5 minutes.

      2. Consider naloxone 2mg IV/IO – if suspected opioid OD

    9. Review the most frequent causes for PEA, treat according to protocols if present:
      1. Hypovolemia - IV Fluids:
        • 500 ml for patients 18 to 65.
        • 250 ml for patients greater than 65 or history of CHF.

      2. Hypoxia - Ventilation and oxygenation.
        • Consider naloxone for known or suspected opioid OD (see above)

      3. Hypothermia - Re-warming. See the 3510 - Hypothermia protocol.
      4. Acidosis - Sodium Bicarbonate 1 amp/50 mEq (IV/IO).
      5. Hyperkalemia - calcium chloride 10% 1 amp/1 g (IV/IO) AND Sodium Bicarbonate 1 amp/50 mEq (IV/IO).
      6. Tension pneumothorax - Needle chest decompression.

    10. Provide continuous CPR and reassess pulse and rhythm every two minutes.

    11. Continue CPR and contact medical control physician for further orders.

    12. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. If the cause of PEA is hypovolemia, consider requesting additional fluid orders.
      2. If there is no response, consider termination of resuscitative efforts.

Revision Date: 5 December 2024

3220 - CARDIAC ARREST (V-FIB AND PULSELESS V-TACH)


    1. If cardiac arrest occurs in the presence of the ambulance crew, assess the patient's cardiac rhythm, and defibrillate x1 if necessary

    2. If patient is in cardiac arrest on arrival of the ambulance crew, institute or continue Basic Life Support (BLS):
      1. Begin CPR using 30:2 Compression:Ventilation Ratio at a rate of 100-120 compressions/min.
      2. Attach Impedance Threshold Device (ITD) to BVM
        1. Apply to patient within 30 seconds. You must maintain a tight, continuous, 2- handed face mask seal for the ITD to function properly
      3. Reassess for presence of pulse/ reassess rhythm on cardiac monitor after every 5 cycles (2 minutes) of CPR
        1. Limit interruptions in CPR to less than 10 seconds during pulse/ rhythm checks

    3. Assess/ confirm pulseless Ventricular Fibrillation/ Ventricular Tachycardia then defibrillate x1 if necessary using the following guidelines:
      1. Continue CPR while the defibrillator is charging
      2. Defibrillate at an initial dose of 200 joules
      3. Immediately resume CPR
      4. After patient receives defibrillation x1, continue CPR while preparing for likelihood of Refractory V-Fib/ Mobile ECMO if patient meets criteria (refer to bullet ‘I’ below)
      5. After patient receives defibrillation x2,
        1. Tier 1 locations (ground) activate Refractory V-fib/ Mobile ECMO if patient meets criteria (refer to bullet ‘I’ below)
        2. Tier 2 locations (Air or ground transport delay) confirm that dispatch has activated Refractory V-fib/ Mobile ECMO if patient meets criteria (refer to bullet ‘I’ below and start helicopter transportation (Life Link III)

    4. Place an advanced airway – ETT (preferred initial) or i-Gel – while continuing compressions
      1. If ETT is placed, immediately confirm tube placement by exam and continuous EtCO2 waveform
      2. Once advanced airway has been placed, ventilate at 10 breaths/ min timed on compression upstroke
      3. Continuous EtCO2 should be used to monitor airway status for any advanced airway

    5. Obtain IV/IO access while providing continuous CPR. Administer the following medications:
      1. epinephrine 1:10,000
        1. 1 mg IV/IO every 3-5 min, maximum of 3 doses

      2. Anti-arrhythmic
        1. amiodarone hydrochloride (Cordarone)
          1. Initial dose of 300 mg IV/IO
          2. Repeat dose of 150 mg IV/IO once after four minutes of continuous CPR

          3. OR

        2. lidocaine hydrochloride IV
          1. Initial dose of 1.0 – 1.5 mg/kg IV/IO
          2. Repeat dose of 0.5 – 0.75 mg/kg IV/IO
          3. Maximum of 3 doses or 3 mg/kg

      3. Sodium Bicarbonate
        1. 1 amp/ 50 mEq IV/IO for metabolic acidosis, tricyclic anti-depressant overdose, or hyperkalemia

    6. Consider administering the following medications as time/ circumstances allow:
      1. Magnesium Sulfate IV
        1. Loading dose of 1 – 2 g IV/IO for possible Torsades de Pointes.

    7. If patient has received at least 2 defibrillations, and the above interventions have been unsuccessful in achieving ROSC, perform Dual Sequential Defibrillation OR Vector Change defibrillation, using the following guidelines:
      1. If a second defibrillator (AED or Manual) is available
        1. Place second set of pads in the unused position (ideally Anterior-Lateral)
          1. If first pads are in the Anterior-Lateral position, ensure placement of Anterior-Posterior second set does not take more than 10 sec during a pulse check pause.
        2. When ready for next defibrillation attempt, continue compressions while charging both to 200J, when ready a single provider should use one hand to shock with the AED first followed immediately by the manual device with < 1 sec between shocks but not simultaneous.

      2. If a second defibrillator (AED or Manual) is NOT available attempt Vector Change defibrillation as follows
        1. Place a second set of pads in the unused location
          1. if first pads are in Anterior-Lateral, ensure placement of Anterior-Posterior second set does not take more than 10 sec during a pulse check pause
        2. Deliver next defibrillation at 200 J via second pad position.

    8. If there is no response to treatment, contact medical control for further orders and consider termination of resuscitative efforts

    9. Refractory V-Fib/ Mobile ECMO Activation: For patients who have received 1 defibrillation attempt (including from AED prior to EMS arrival) without ROSC and who meet inclusion criteria below – contact W-MRCC as soon as possible (which may be prior to EMS arrival) to activate mobile ECMO and begin transport to Fairview – Southdale (or other ECMO-capable site as directed by ECMO team, family preference, and/or clinical history)
      1. Inclusion criteria:
        1. Age 18-75
        2. V-Fib/V-Tach as initial rhythm (or AED shock)
        3. Total CPR time expected to be < 60 minutes prior to ECMO flow
        4. Chest size able to fit in LUCAS CPR device
        5. Independently living
        6. Arrest is presumed to be of cardiac etiology

      2. Provide EARLY communication to W-MRCC with patient info (age, gender, pertinent clinical findings/ medical history, ETA)
        1. Use Verbiage “Red patient, Mobile ECMO activation” when hailing W-MRCC
        2. Standby by tach channel assignment and communication with ECMO physician as needed.
        3. Destination
          1. Tier 1 locations: Ground transport destination (U of MN East Bank, Fairview Southdale or North Memorial) will be determined by the ECMO team.
            • If Tier 1 location needing helicopter (ie major traffic delay) coordinate LZ with Fire if needed
          2. Tier 2 locations: transport to predetermined LZ (ECMO Landing Zones)

      3. If inclusion criteria are not met, continue to provide cardiac arrest care per protocol above

      4. If inclusion criteria are met, prioritize limiting scene time/ loading and transporting as quickly/ safely as possible

      5. Ensure First Responder help (two) and extra batteries for transport

      6. Continue cardiac arrest management
        1. Place patient on LUCAS CPR device
        2. Place advanced airway (ETT preferred over i-Gel)
          1. Change i-Gel to ETT if ineffective ventilation
        3. Obtain IV/IO access and administer epinephrine, at least first-dose of anti-arrhythmic (amiodarone or magnesium sulfate) and 1 amp of sodium bicarbonate per protocol above

      7. Provide EARLY communication to W-MRCC with patient info (age, gender, pertinent clinical findings/ medical history, ETA)

      8. Changes in condition (e.g. ROSC, PEA, asystole, etc.) should not change destination once activated

      9. Patient/ family preference and clinical history (i.e. recent cardiac procedure) may supersede disposition to alternate ECMO-capable facility (e.g. Abbott Northwestern)

      10. Contact W-MRCC or call (612) 638-4901 if you wish to speak directly with a mobile ECMO physician.

Revision Date: 1 March 2024

3230 - ISCHEMIC CHEST PAIN


    1. Obtain 12-Lead ECG.
      • If STEMI is identified, apply defibrillation pads.

    2. Administer:
      1. aspirin (ASA) -
        • 325 mg PO if the patient has no history of allergy to Aspirin (even in absence of chest pain.)

      2. nitroglycerin lingual spray -
        • 0.4 mg metered dose spray if the patient's systolic BP is greater than or equal to 100.
        • Consult with medical control physician if systolic BP is less than 100.
        • Check the BP immediately prior to and after administration of nitro.

    3. Establish IV access:
      1. If the patient has been loaded in the ambulance without IV access begin transport promptly, establish IV access en route.

    4. Consider repeat/serial ECGs.

    5. If there is no pain relief and the patient’s systolic BP remains 100 or greater:
      1. Repeat nitro every five minutes.
      2. Recheck the patient’s BP before and after administration.
      3. If pain -
        • Persists after 3 nitro,
        • Systolic BP is greater than or equal to 100,
        • There are ischemic changes on ECG -
          1. May administer Morphine Sulfate IV -
            • 2 to 10 mg titrated to obtain pain relief.
            • Continuing to administer nitro every 5 minutes.

          2. If the patient is allergic to Morphine Sulfate, may administer fentanyl -
            • 1 mcg/kg (up to 100 mcg per single dose) IV/IO.

    6. If the patient meets the inclusion criteria as an ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction (STEMI) patient as defined in the Metro Region STEMI Protocol the patient should be transported to a designated Level I Cardiac Center except as allowed in the protocol. The receiving facility should be notified as soon as possible that the patient is a STEMI patient by stating in your radio/phone report “STEMI ALERT.”

    7. After Obtaining Verbal Orders
      • If the patient is a potential candidate for reperfusion therapy, consider diversion if the difference in transport times to requested hospital versus closest hospital is greater than 30 minutes.

Revision Date: 23 February 2023

3240 - PULMONARY EDEMA


    1. Do not delay nitro to establish IV access.

    2. Keep the patient’s head elevated at all times.

    3. Begin oxygen therapy:
      1. If the patient’s respiratory distress is severe -
        1. Consider positive pressure ventilatory assistance if the patient is able to tolerate.
        2. Consider ET intubation if when -
          1. The patient's breathing is ineffective,
          2. OR

          3. The Glasgow Coma Score is less than 8.

    4. Monitor the ECG closely for dysrhythmias secondary to hypoxia.

    5. Give nitroglycerin lingual spray -
      1. 0.4 mg metered dose spray SL x 2 if the patient’s systolic BP is 140 or greater.
      2. Two minutes after the initial nitro dose, repeat nitroglycerin 0.4 mg metered dose spray SL x 1 if the patient still has signs of pulmonary edema AND the systolic BP remains 140 or greater.
      3. Five minutes after the second dose, repeat nitroglycerin 0.4 mg metered dose spray SL x 1 if the patient still has signs of pulmonary edema and the systolic BP is 140 or greater.

    6. Give aspirin (ASA) -
      1. 160 - 325 mg by mouth if the patient has no history of allergy.

    7. If the patient has no relief and their systolic BP remains 140 or greater:
      1. Repeat nitroglycerin every three to five minutes as necessary. Recheck the patient’s BP before and after administration

    8. Consider CPAP if two or more of the following are present:
      • Retractions or accessory muscle use.
      • Pulmonary edema.
      • Respiratory rate greater than 25/min.
      • SpO2 less than 92%.
        1. Administer CPAP (CPAP MODE) to achieve 11 - 12 cm H2O (15 LPM).
        2. Assess the patient’s response. If the patient’s condition worsens, (e.g. the patient becomes hypotensive, decreased SpO2) discontinue CPAP.
        3. If CPAP is initiated, continue to treat with medications as normal.

Revision Date: 20 September 2020

3250 - ROSC


    For post-cardiac arrest Return of Spontaneous Circulation (ROSC):

    1. Glucose check if possible and if time allows.

    2. Obtain a 12-lead ECG if possible and time allows.

      • Activate Cath lab if meets STEMI criteria

    3. If an Impedance Threshold Device has been applied, remove with ROSC.

    4. Consider epinephrine - push-dose for SBP < 90 mm Hg

      • Administer 1mL (10mcg) of the epi every 2-5 minutes.

    5. Disposition: due to high risk of re-arrest, transport to an ECMO-capable facility
      • U of MN East Bank
      • Fairview – Southdale
      • Abbott Northwestern
      • Hennepin County Medical Center

Revision Date: 23 February 2023

3260 - SYMPTOMATIC BRADYCARDIA


    1. Prepare for Transcutaneous Pacing - see 9027 - Transcutaneous Pacing
      • Consider sedation.
      • Use without delay for high degree block (type II second-degree block or third-degree AV block.)

    2. Consider atropine sulfate IV -
      • 1.0 mg IV/IO while waiting for pacer.
      • May repeat atropine sulfate IV as necessary,
        • Not to exceed total maximum cumultive dose of 3 mg.

      • If atropine sulfate IV is ineffective begin pacing.

    3. Consider epinephrine - push-dose

      • Administer 1mL (10mcg) of the epi every 2-5 minutes

    4. Treat contributing causes.

Revision Date: 1 October 2022

3270 - TACHYCARDIA


    Tachycardia Flow Chart

Revision Date: 1 January 2020

3310 - ASTHMA ATTACK


    Asthma Flow Chart

    1. Administer BiLevel CPAP to achieve 11 - 12 cm H2O IPAP (16 LPM) with EPAP set to lowest possible pressure. If oxygenation status doesn't improve, increase EPAP to achieve desired SpO2.

Revision Date: 20 September 2020

3320 - COPD (ACUTE EXACERBATION)


    If the patient has a history of COPD and is symptomatic (presence of wheezing alone does not indicate COPD), en route to hospital, the following may be administered:

    1. Use a nasal cannula at 2 – 3 liters per minute initially. Oxygen may need to be increased if the patient’s oxygenation status worsens.
      • When a patient is already on oxygen, EMS oxygen therapy flow rate should not start at a lower rate than the patient’s current rate.

    2. Oxygen flow should be titrated to a target SpO2 of 90%.
      • Does not apply to patients on CPAP.

    3. May give nebulized treatment of:
    4. Consider CPAP if two or more of the following are present:
      • Retractions or accessory muscle use.
      • Pulmonary edema.
      • Respiratory rate greater than 25/min.
      • SpO2 less than 92%.
        1. Administer BiLevel CPAP to achieve 11 - 12 cm H2O IPAP (16 LPM) with EPAP set to lowest possible pressure. If oxygenation status doesn't improve, increase EPAP to achieve desired SpO2.
        2. Assess the patient’s response. If the patient’s condition worsens, (e.g. the patient becomes hypotensive, decreased SpO2) discontinue CPAP.
        3. If CPAP is initiated, continue to treat with medications as normal.

    5. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. Treatment based on patient history and physical exam findings.

Revision Date: 20 September 2020

3330 - KNOWN OUTBREAK OF TRANSMITTABLE RESPIRATORY ILLNESS (PATIENT IS BREATHING)


    To be used for patients with known or suspected transmittable respiratory illnesses in the presence of a known outbreak. This would include patients who have a febrile illness with cough. Examples include -

    • Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS),
    • Tuberculosis,
    • Epidemic influenza,
    • Others not listed here,

    1. Protect yourself and crew with gowns, gloves and N95 mask/Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) and eye protection.

    2. Begin oxygen therapy by mask. If oxygen is not needed then place a surgical mask on the patient.

    3. For wheezing -
      1. albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083%
        • Metered dose inhaler (MDI) 2 puffs,
        • OR

        • Breath actuated nebulizer.

      2. May repeat selected dose method x 1.
      3. Additional treatment(s) may be given every 15 minutes thereafter as needed.

    4. Consider CPAP if two or more of the following are present:
      • Retractions or accessory muscle use.
      • Pulmonary edema.
      • Respiratory rate greater than 25/min.
      • SpO2 less than 92%.
        1. Administer CPAP (CPAP MODE) to achieve 11 - 12 cm H2O (15 LPM).
        2. Assess the patient’s response. If the patient’s condition worsens, (e.g. the patient becomes hypotensive, decreased SpO2) discontinue CPAP.
        3. Contact receiving hospital for isolation room preparations.

    5. For patients in moderate to severe respiratory distress, may administer on-site:
      1. terbutaline sulfate
        • 0.25 mg IM.

        OR

      2. epinephrine (1:1,000)
        • 0.5 mL IM.

    6. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. If not already given, consider terbutaline sulfate -
        • 0.25 mg IM.

      2. May repeat albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083% immediately for moderate to severe distress.

Revision Date: 15 November 2021

3340 - KNOWN OUTBREAK OF TRANSMITTABLE RESPIRATORY ILLNESS (PATIENT IS NOT BREATHING)


    To be used for patients with known or suspected transmittable respiratory illnesses in the presence of a known outbreak. This would include patients who have a febrile illness with cough. Examples include -

    • Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS),
    • Tuberculosis,
    • Epidemic influenza,
    • Others not listed here,

    1. Protect yourself and crew with gowns, gloves and N95 mask/Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) and eye protection.

    2. Insert oral airway and begin positive pressure ventilation.

    3. Insert ET tube or other airway control device as authorized, as soon as possible. Use face shield (or Powered Air Purifying Respirator if wearing one) for your eye protection during intubation.

    4. May administer:
      1. terbutaline sulfate
        • 0.25 mg IM.

        OR

      2. epinephrine (1:1,000)
        • 0.5 mL IM.

    5. See the EMSRB website www.emsrb.state.mn.us for the “EMS Exposure/Special Pathogen Situation Response Guide” for further information.

Revision Date: 15 November 2021

3350 - TENSION PNEUMOTHORAX


    1. Begin appropriate oxygen therapy. ET intubate, if authorized, for severe distress and/or ineffective breathing.

    2. Perform Needle thoracostomy at the second intercostal space, midclavicular line OR fourth intercostal space, mid-axillary line of affected side if:

      • Absent (or markedly diminished) lung sounds on affected side
      • AND (2 or more of the following)

      • hypotension
      • increased respiratory distress
      • weak rapid pulse
      • cyanosis (severe hypoxia)



Revision Date: 24 February 2022

3410 - ANAPHYLAXIS / ALLERGIC REACTION


Revision Date: 1 October 2022

3420 - BEHAVIORAL EMERGENCIES


    1. Assess the severity of the patient’s symptoms.

    2. Consider available resources and situational factors when determining action plan and need for sedation.

    3. Consider de-escalation techniques when appropriate.
      • If sedation is needed, an IV route of administration may be used if one already exists.
      • DO NOTattempt to place an IV in an agitated patient.

    4. If sedation is needed follow a single option below (these are not escalating pathways and are not to be combined) -

      1. ANXIETY -
        1. If the patient is severely anxious consider:
          1. diphenhydramine HCL (Benadryl)
            • 25 mg IV/IM

          2. OR

          3. Droperidol (Inapsine) -
            • 2.5-5 mg IV (over 2 minutes) or IO/IM
            • Rarely anxiety can increase after droperidol (akesthesia) and can be relieved by administering diphenhydramine

      2. AGITATION -
        1. If the patient is severely agitated and poses an immediate threat to self or others, give one of the following medications:
          1. midazolam hydrochloride (Versed) -
            • 5 mg IV/IO/IM

            OR

          2. Droperidol (Inapsine) -
            • 5 - 10 mg (IV/IO/IM)

        2. For continued agitation, consider contacting a medical control physician for further orders.
        3. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
          1. Consider additional droperidol (5-10 mg, max 20 mg) or midazolam hydrochloride (Versed) (1-5 mg, up to max 10mg)
        4. Co-administration of droperidol and benzodiazepines (i.e. Versed) may result in significant neurologic and/or cardiovascular depression (especially hypotension). If co-administering these medications, it will be necessary to closely monitor patient with end-tidal capnography and frequent blood pressure monitoring.

      3. COMBATIVE -
        1. If the patient is combative with active physical violence to self or others evident, consider:
          1. ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) -
            • 5 mg/kg IM
            • If IV already established, give 2 mg/kg IV/IO
            • DO NOT attempt to place an IV in a severely combative patient.
          2. If ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) is administered, rapidly move the patient to the ambulance and be prepared to provide:
            1. Respiratory support including suctioning, oxygen, and intubation.
            2. Monitoring of the airway for laryngospasm (presents as stridor, abrupt cyanosis/hypoxia early in sedation period). If laryngospasm occurs perform the following in sequence until the patient is ventilating, then support as needed:
              • Provide jaw thrust and oxygen.
              • Attempt Bag Valve Mask (BVM) ventilation.
          3. If hypersecretion is present –
            1. Consider atropine sulfate IV -
              • 0.1 mg up to 0.3 mg IV/IO.
              • 0.5 mg IM.
          4. If emergence of hallucinations/agitation after administration of Ketamine:
            1. Consider midazolam hydrochloride (Versed) -
              • 2-5 mg IV/IO/IM.

    5. Once sedation has been administered, place the patient in a position where monitoring of condition and application of monitoring equipment can be accomplished. Restraints may be used if necessary to ensure the continued safety of the patient and providers.

    6. Monitor the airway and be prepared to provide respiratory support including suctioning, oxygen, and intubation.
      • If LOC is not A or V on AVPU scale, utilize capnography and treat hypoventilation with ventilatory support before SpO2 decreases

    7. Consider IV access once sedation occurs (if no IV access previously established and Ketamine given IM) then administer Normal Saline wide open up to 1 liter.

    8. Consider Sodium Bicarbonate for extremely violent/combative patients that required significant forceful restraint prior to sedation –
      • 1 amp IV/IO push.

    9. Rapid Transport at earliest opportunity.

    10. If increased anxiety after droperidol (akesthesia) consider administering 9924 - diphenhydramine HCL (Benadryl) IV
      • 25-50 mg IV/IO/IM

    11. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      • For continued agitation, consider contacting a medical control physician for further orders.

Revision Date: 30 January 2025

3430 - CARBON MONOXIDE (CO) POISONING


Revision Date: 14 April 2016

3440 - CEREBRAL VASCULAR ACCIDENT (CVA)


    1. Assess ABCs and vital signs.

    2. Provide oxygen via nasal cannula ONLY if SpO2 < 94% and establish IV access.

    3. Check blood glucose level and treat if indicated.

    4. Asses B.E.F.A.S.T. Stroke Scale
      1. Balance: sudden loss of balance or coordination, SUSTAINED vertigo or vertigo with other focal symptoms.
      2. Eye: Bilateral visual field cut or double vision
      3. Facial droop or weakness
      4. Arm pronator drift or leg weakness
      5. Speech difficulties, slurred speech, or aphasia (unable to repeat, name or follow simple commands)
      6. Thunderclap headache

    5. Determine possible LVO (Large Vessel Occlusion)
      1. Arm drift PLUS
        • Visual field cut OR
        • Aphasia OR
        • Neglect (forced lateral gaze or ignoring one side)

    6. If B.E.F.A.S.T. is positive (abnormal findings)
      1. If time of symptom onset is known to be within 24 hours, then:
        • Expedite transport - goal scene time < 15 min
        • Use "STROKE CODE" in radio report, and
        • Give time of symptom onset in clock time (e.g. 2:30 pm.)

      2. If time of symptom onset is known to be greater than 24 hours, then:
        • Don’t use"STROKE CODE" in radio report, but do
        • State time of symptom onset (e.g. 2:30 pm) in your radio report

      3. If time of symptom onset is unknown (e.g. “wake up” stroke or patient is unable to communicate), then:
        • Expedite transport - goal scene time < 15 min
        • Use "STROKE CODE" in radio report,
        • State "unknown symptom onset time,” and
        • Document last known well time on your PCR

      4. Transport to facility of pt choice unless:
        • Possible LVO: Direct to Comprehensive (Abbott, HCMC, U of MN, North, Methodist, Regions, United) or Primary -Thrombectomy capable (Southdale, Mercy) Stroke center.
        • Closer hospital if patient requested hospital (or LVO destination) adds more than 30 minutes or the total transport time would be more than 45 min.
        • Closest hosptial if approaching 4 hrs since onset or last known well to stay within the 4.5 hr cut off for possible thrombolytic therapy (including LVO patients).

    7. Obtain ECG - 12 lead preferred.

    8. Include the following information in your radio report
      1. Time of onset (if known/certain) or last known well (clock time)
      2. Description of focal deficit
      3. ETA


Revision Date: 25 April 2024

3450 - CHEMICAL EYE INJURIES


    1. Attempt to remove the patient’s contact lenses, if present.

    2. Instill ophthalmic anesthetic (for example, tetracaine hydrochloride 0.5% (Altacaine).)
      • 1 to 2 drops into the affected eye(s).
      • May be repeated only once.

    3. Immediately and continuously flush the affected eye(s).

    4. Paramedics may insert Morgan lenses for irrigation if authorized.

Revision Date: 14 April 2016

3460 - CHOLINERGIC EXPOSURE


    Hennepin County EMS Units are equipped with Duodote (Atropine 2.1mg/Pralidoxime 600mg) kits primarily for treatment of responders. Chempack assets for mass casualty events can be activated via MRCC. Each Chempack treats up to 1000 patients using Mark 1 kits (same as Duodote but separate injectors for atropine and pralidoxime), Atropens (atropine for pediatric dosing), and diazepam auto- injectors for seizures.

    • Note – Chempack may contain Duodotes in the future and pediatric atro-pens may be eliminated.

    Common cholinergic agents include: Carbamates (carbofuran (Fursban), etc.), Nerve gas agents (sarin, tabun, VX, etc.), and Organophosphates (parathion, diazinon, malathion, chlorpyrifos (Dursban), etc.).

    1. Recognize a toxidrome: Miosis (small pupils) present in ALL significant exposures in association with at least two of the following:
      • Fasciculations
      • Respiratory distress
      • Increased secretions
      • Vomiting/diarrheas/incontinence
      • Seizure
      • Cardiovascular collapse

    2. Request CHEMPACK activation from MRCC if mass casualty incident.

    3. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment; DO NOT enter the hot zone.

    4. Assure appropriate patient decontamination measures if liquid or vapor exposures have occurred (in concert with fire department/HazMat).

    5. Assess the patient’s ABCs and begin oxygen therapy (when possible); intubate if needed (may have high airway resistance).

    6. Treat seizures with midazolam (or CHEMPACK – 10 mg diazepam auto-injectors).

    7. In cases of known organophosphate overdose/exposure or in a setting of a multiple casualty incident (MCI) with patients exhibiting this toxidrome:
      1. Administer atropine sulfate IV -
        • 2 mg up to 5 mg IV/IO/IM.
        • Repeat as necessary to control bronchial secretions.
        • OR

        • CHEMPACK - Atropine IM 2 mg auto-injectors.

      2. For patients with seizures, severe shortness of breath, and cardiovascular collapse administer:
        • 2 Duodote auto-injector kits (600 mg Pralidoxime, 2.1 mg Atropine) or 2 Mark 1 kits (CHEMPACK).

      3. Paramedics may administer one additional Duodote or Mark 1 kit after ten minutes if the patient continues to exhibit severe symptoms and no IV access has been established.
      4. Consider aggressive management of cardiac arrest if resources allow.

Revision Date: 13 October 2011

3470 - DIABETIC EMERGENCIES


    1. Determine blood glucose level.

    2. HYPERGLYCEMIA - If the patient’s blood glucose level is greater than 400 mg/dL and the patient is symptomatic:
      1. Obtain IV access.
      2. Give NS bolus -
        • 500 ml for patients age 18 to 65.
        • 250 ml for patients age who are greater than 65 or history of CHF.

      3. Transport

    3. HYPOGLYCEMIA - If blood glucose level is less than 60 mg/dL and the patient is symptomatic:
      1. If the patient is conscious give sugar:
        1. Dextrose IV -
          • 50 ml PO.

          OR

        2. oral glucose (Glutose) -
          • 30 Gm PO.

      2. If the patient is unable to take oral fluids due to an altered level of consciousness:
        1. Obtain IV access.
        2. Administer either:
          1. Dextrose IV -
            • 50 ml IV/IO.

            OR

          2. Glucagon -
            • 1 mg IM if IV access is difficult or impossible to establish.

      3. For adult patients who have experienced a hypoglycemic event and refuse medical transportation, see 3020 - Diabetic Hypoglycemic Patient Refusal of Transport.

      4. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
        1. Consider transport of all patients on oral hypoglycemic agents or long-acting insulin.

Revision Date: 25 October 2022

3480 - DRUG OVERDOSE


    1. Begin oxygen therapy.

    2. Tricyclic overdoses requiring respiratory support should be ventilated with high flow O2 via bag-valve-mask device.

    3. For any patient with a respiratory rate less than eight, or a patient history of or physical findings consistent with opioid overdose -
      1. Assist the patient’s ventilation.
      2. Consider naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan) -
        • 0.4 mg up to 2 mg IV/IO/IM/IN.
        • NOTE: For all IN doses that are ≤ 0.9 mL, add 0.1 mL to ensure full dose of medication is given.
        • Due to the relatively short half-life of naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan), patients that respond favorably to naloxone (Narcan) administration should still be considered under the influence and transported on a peace/health officer hold (aka transport hold) regardless of their mental status and/or refusal of care.

    4. For all suspected tricyclic overdoses, monitor ECG.

    5. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. Consider additional naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan) -
        • Not to exceed total maximum cumulative dose of 10 mg IV/IO/IM.

      2. Consider Sodium Bicarbonate -
        • 50 mEq IV/IO for tricyclic ingestion.

      3. Consider Glucagon -
        • 1 mg IV/IO/IM for known beta blocker overdose.

      4. Consider calcium chloride 10% -
        • 1 Gm for known calcium channel blocker overdose with hypotension or bradycardia.

Revision Date: 25 October 2022

3490 - ENVIRONMENTAL HYPERTHERMIA


    1. Begin cooling measures.

    2. If the patient is confused or unconscious, start a Normal Saline IV.

    3. Give NS bolus -
      • 500 ml for patients age 18 to 65.
      • 250 ml for patients age who are greater than 65 or history of CHF.

    4. Transport lights and siren.

    5. Monitor ECG -
      • DO NOT delay transport to obtain ECG.

Revision Date: 14 April 2016

3500 - HYPERKALEMIA


    1. For patients with:
      1. Signs of hyperkalemia based on known EKG findings;
      2. Hemodynamic instability due to known or suspected hyperkalemia;
      3. Cardiac arrhythmia or instability due to known or suspected hyperkalemia;
      4. Patients at risk for hyperkalemia (renal failure, dialysis, or diabetic ketoacidosis); or
      5. Laboratory confirmed hyperkalemia.

    2. Begin oxygen therapy.

    3. Monitor the patient’s ECG rhythm for wide QRS complex.

    4. Administer continuous nebulized albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083%.

    5. Obtain IV/IO access.

    6. Contact a medical control physician.

    7. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. Consider calcium chloride 10% 10 ml (1 Gm) IV/IO or more if indicated, over 5 minutes.
      2. Consider Sodium Bicarbonate 50 mEq IV/IO.
      3. Other treatments based on the patient history and physical exam findings.

Revision Date: 12 October 2017

3510 - HYPOTHERMIA


    1. Standing orders for all hypothermic patients:
      1. Remove wet garments.
      2. Protect against further heat loss and wind chill (use blankets and insulating equipment).
      3. Maintain the patient in a horizontal position.
      4. Avoid rough movement and excess activity.
      5. Monitor the patient’s cardiac rhythm.
      6. Assess responsiveness, breathing and pulse.
      7. Do a pulse check for 30 to 45 seconds (clinical signs of death may be misleading).

    2. Pulse and breathing present:
      1. Begin oxygen therapy.
      2. Begin transport immediately.
      3. Obtain IV access in route.
      4. Monitor ECG.
      5. Rewarming:
        • Mild hypothermia (temperature greater than or equal to 92o F or if the patient is shivering) - Passive rewarming, active external rewarming.
        • Moderate hypothermia (temperature greater than or equal to 86o F to less than 92o F, or if patient is shivering) - Passive rewarming, active external rewarming to truncal areas only (neck, armpits, groin).
        • Severe hypothermia (temperature less than 86o F) - Transport for active internal rewarming.

    3. Pulse and breathing not present - Generally, CPR should not be initiated if the patient:
      1. Is known to have been submerged (head under water) in cold water for more than 90 minutes.
      2. Has obvious signs of death (e.g. decapitation, slippage of skin, animal predation).
      3. Is frozen (e.g. ice formation in the airway).
      4. Has a chest wall that is so stiff that compressions are impossible.

    4. For pulseless patients with or without an organized ECG rhythm who do not meet criteria in part C and resuscitation efforts are initiated:
      1. Begin CPR.
      2. For VF/Pulseless VT, defibrillate once as prescribed by current AHA ACLS guidelines. See 3220 - Cardiac Arrest (V_Fib and Pulseless V_Tach).
        • Withhold medication treatments and further shocks and transport immediately.

      3. Obtain IV/IO access.
      4. Warm packs should not be used.

    5. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. Paramedics may consider cardiac arrest drugs and defibrillation but they are usually not effective until hypothermia is corrected.

Revision Date: 8 October 2009

3520 - LABOR AND DELIVERY


    1. If imminent delivery is not present, transport the patient in the position of comfort, usually on the patient’s left side.

    2. If in question of imminent delivery, observe briefly, then transport unless delivery is in progress.

      • Be prepared to stop the ambulance if delivery occurs en route.

    3. If delivery is in progress:
      1. Assist delivery using clean technique.
      2. Suction the infant only if needed to clear obvious obstructions.
      3. Protect from heat loss.
      4. If no need for immediate resuscitation, wait 30-60 seconds then double clamp and cut the umbilical cord approximately 8-10 inches from the infant.
      5. Term infants (> 37weeks) who are crying (good respiratory effort) and have good muscle tone can be given to the mother to nurse with continued warming efforts and re- assessment.
        1. For all others see 4480 - Newborn Emergencies.

      6. Transport; do not wait for nor attempt delivery of the placenta.
      7. Closely observe the infant for signs and symptoms of distress and monitor the mother for excessive postpartum bleeding.
      8. If complication(s) arise, see 4480 - Newborn Emergencies.

Revision Date: 12 October 2017

3530 - OBSTETRIC COMPLICATIONS


    1. Begin oxygen therapy and administer high flow O2 by mask for any complications.

    2. Immediate transport for:
      • Prepartum or postpartum hemorrhage (moderate to heavy).
      • Limb presentation.
      • Prolapsed umbilical cord.
      • Known multiple fetuses.
      • Previous cesarean section.

    3. Start an IV Normal Saline in route.

    4. If the patient is hypotensive, position on the left side and/or push the uterus to the patient’s left side.

    5. For postpartum hemorrhage:
      1. Massage the uterus gently.

    6. For prolapsed umbilical cord:
      1. Place the mother in a position to minimize pressure on the cord (e.g. the knee-chest position or Trendelenburg).
      2. Insert a gloved finger into the vagina and hold the presenting part off of the umbilical cord.
      3. Do not touch or attempt to replace the umbilical cord.

    7. Suspected eclampsia (20 weeks gestation with hypertension, or up to 7 days postpartum) –
      1. If patient is seizing with no known history of epilepsy/seizure disorder, administer 4 Gm Magnesium Sulfate IV/IO over 10 minutes.
        • NOTE: Dilute Magnesium Sulfate so total fluid volume is 20 ml.

    8. For infant distress, see 4480 - Newborn Emergencies.

    9. Contact a medical control physician for further orders for any complication(s).

Revision Date: 1 May 2019

3540 - SEPSIS


    1. Consider sepsis if you suspect the patient has an infection plus two of the following:
      1. Systolic blood pressure less or equal to 100
      2. OR

      3. Respiratory rate greater than or equal to 22
      4. OR

      5. Altered mental status (e.g. GCS less than or equal to 14)

    2. If the patient meets sepsis criteria in A:
      1. Administer NS bolus -
        1. 500 ml for patients age 18 to 65.
        2. 250 ml for patients age who are greater than 65 or history of CHF.
        3. May repeat up to 30 ml/kg to treat hypotension.

      2. If persistent hypotension (SBP < 90 mmHg) consider epinephrine - push-dose:

        1. Administer 1mL (10mcg) of the epi every 2-5 minutes.

      3. If positive for suspected sepsis -
        1. Notify the receiving facility as soon as possible.
        2. State clearly in your radio/phone report - “SEPSIS ALERT.”

Revision Date: 1 October 2022

3550 - SEVERE NAUSEA AND/OR VOMITING


    1. Indication: for patients >12 years of age who indicate they are nauseous and/or vomiting.

    2. Attempt abortive therapy with non-pharmacologic agents such as cool air, repositioning, and insufflation of alcohol prep pad.

    3. If above interventions are unsuccessful, obtain IV access and administer first-line agent if no contraindications are present.
      1. ondansetron (Zofran) 4 mg IV/IO/IM given over 1-2 minutes.
      2. May repeat dose once if no improvement in 5 minutes.

    4. If vomiting is refractory to above, administer second-line agent if no contraindications are present.
      1. Droperidol (Inapsine) 2.5 mg IV/IO/IM given over 5 minutes.

    5. If symptoms are refractory to above and/or if any questions, contact medical control for further guidance.

Revision Date: 9 April 2015

3560 - SHOCK (NON-TRAUMATIC)


    1. Begin oxygen therapy.

    2. Begin transport immediately.

    3. Start a Normal Saline IV en route to hospital.

    4. Give NS bolus -
      • 500 ml for patients age 18 to 65.
      • 250 ml for patients age who are greater than 65 or history of CHF.
        • Goal should be BP of 90-100 systolic or improvement of clinical indicators.

    5. For continued hypotension not responding to fluids, consider epinephrine - push-dose

      • Administer 1mL (10mcg) of the epi every 2-5 minutes.

Revision Date: 1 OCtober 2022

3570 - STATUS SEIZURES


    1. Position the patient to maintain an open airway.

    2. Begin oxygen therapy.

    3. If the seizure is ongoing greater than 5 minutes:
      1. Administer midazolam hydrochloride (Versed) -
        • 5 mg IV/IO/IN.
          • NOTE: For all IN doses that are ≤ 0.9 mL, add 0.1 mL to ensure full dose of medication is given.

        • 10 mg IM (if unable to start an IV.)
        • May repeat midazolam hydrochloride (Versed) dose x 1 after 3 minutes for persistent seizure.

    4. Be prepared to support respirations.

    5. Determine the patient’s blood glucose level -
    6. If seizure activity is suspected from eclampsia (20 weeks gestation with hypertension, or up to 7 days postpartum) -

Revision Date: 13 October 2011

4001 - GENERAL PROTOCOLS


    Age limits for pediatric patients must be flexible. For patients less than 13 years of age, pediatric orders should always apply. Between the ages of 13 and 18 judgment should be used, although the pediatric orders will usually apply. It is recognized that the exact age of a patient is not always known.

    1. Parents should be allowed to stay with children during the evaluation and transport, if appropriate. The parent's lap is usually the best place for the examination of a stable patient.

    2. Paramedics may follow dosage and equipment recommendations listed on the Broselow Tape.

    3. See 9090 - Pediatric Reference Chart.

Revision Date: UNKNOWN

4010 - AIRWAY MANAGEMENT


    1. Bag Valve Mask (BVM) – Consider an oropharyngeal or nasopharyngeal airway of appropriate size on all unconscious patients for initial airway maintenance.

    2. Endotracheal intubation – After endotracheal intubation, tube position must be confirmed using at least two methods, including continuous end-tidal carbon dioxide (CO2) detection and a second device or method to confirm tube placement.

    3. Alternate Advanced Airway Device – Services may use alternative advanced airway control devices (such as supraglottic airways) as specified by the ambulance service’s medical director. After placement of an alternate advanced airway device, place continuous end-tidal carbon dioxide (CO2) detection device on the tube.

    4. Pulse Oximetry – A pulse oximeter should be used for any patient with suspected hypoxemia, in respiratory distress, or whenever sedating medications are administered.

Revision Date: 10 April 2014

4020 - INTRAVENOUS (IV) THERAPY


    Not every patient requires an IV. When indicated, intravenous fluid therapy should be administered in accordance with the following guidelines:

    1. For most patients requiring IV access, the paramedic has the option of either running fluids through the IV or capping the catheter with a saline lock. However, as specified in these Medical Protocols, IV fluids must always be hung in either situations:
      • When the administration of multiple IV medications is anticipated.
      • Whenever it is likely the patient will require fluid volume replacement.

    2. There should be no delay at the scene for IV attempts on major trauma patients or patients in shock; these IVs should be started during transport.

    3. Intraosseous infusion (IO) is a procedure for use in patients who are in critical condition when IV access is unobtainable.

    4. Paramedics may access a Peripherally Inserted Central catheter (or PIC line) if the patient has one in place as an alternate IV access point.

    5. Paramedics may access a central line if the patient is in cardiac arrest. The cap on the central line must be cleansed with alcohol and then 15-20 ml of fluid and blood must be aspirated from the central line before initiating IV fluids. If unable to aspirate, the central line should not be used.

Revision Date: 9 October 2014

4030 - PAIN MANAGEMENT


    To provide relief of pain when indicated.

    Exclusion criteria:

    • Is hypotensive (i.e. clinical signs of poor perfusion, capillary refill greater than two seconds) or per 9090 - Pediatric Reference Chart.
      • Except ketamine
    • Complains of abdominal pain
    • Has sustained a head injury
    • Pain determined to be cardiac in origin
    • Active labor
    • Headache
    • Non-traumatic Neck or Back Pain
    • Any chronic pain (e.g. head, neck or back pain, fibromyalgia, abdominal or pelvic pain.)
    • Dental pain.

    Inclusion criteria:

    1. Acute severe traumatic pain -

      • Neck or back pain from trauma and inability to ambulate from the incident.
      • Significant orthopedic injury. (Severe tenderness to palpation with swelling, bruising and/or deformity.)
      • Severe traumatic chest or abdominal pain with tenderness to palpation.
      • Major burns (4120 - Burns.)

    2. Active cancer or palliative care.

    3. Acute (< 2 hrs duration) non-traumatic pain with 2 or more of the following:

      • Increased heart rate and/or blood pressure.
      • Nausea and/or vomiting.
      • Writhing.
      • Described as severe (or 8 - 10 / 10 on pain scale.)

    4. Intubated patients with injury, painful condition or evidence of increasing discomfort (vital sign changes).

    PROCEDURE

    1. Assess the patient’s pain on 0 - 10 scale if possible or use other scale if necessary. See also 9040 - Wong-Baker Pain Rating Scale.

    2. Inform the patient and/or guardians that pain is an important diagnostic parameter and the goal of this protocol is to relieve suffering, not totally eliminate pain.

    3. If the patient meets inclusion criteria, administer one of the following service dependent medications:
      1. Morphine Sulfate IV -
        1. 0.1 mg/kg IV/IM/SQ (Maximum dose of 5 mg.)

      2. fentanyl -
        1. 1 mcg/kg IV/IO/IM/IN (Maximum dose of 50 mcg.)
          • Intranasal administration should not exceed 1 ml per nostril, (2 ml total fluid volume IN.)
          • NOTE: For all IN doses that are ≤ 0.9 mL, add 0.1 mL to ensure full dose of medication is given.

      3. ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) -
        1. Pain must be -
          • Non-cardiac
          • Not responding to initial dose of Morphine Sulfate or fentanyl,

          OR

          • If the patient has a Morphine Sulfate or fentanyl allergy,
          • Hypotension

        2. 0.1 mg/kg (maximum dose 10 mg) IV/IO/IM.

        3. May repeat x 1 after 10 minutes for persistent pain.

      4. NOTE: Refer to pediatric reference (e.g., Broselow Tape) if assistance is needed with pediatric vital signs or drug dosage calculations.

    4. Monitor the patient’s vital signs (including O2 saturation.) If respiratory depression or hypotension occurs after administration of Morphine Sulfate -
      1. Ventilate the patient as necessary.

      2. Administer naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan) -
        • 0.01 mg/kg IV (Maximum dose of 0.4 mg.)

    5. For patients experiencing pain outside the above listed inclusion criteria consider:
      • Symptomatic relief of nausea/vomiting if needed
      • Advising them of the general concerns in the medical community about opioid use and that doctors are being very careful about which patients receive these addictive medications
      • Inform them that “we carry this type of medication for severe trauma such as broken bones and for certain medical situations that require immediate pain control such as heart attacks”
      • Acknowledge their pain and try to improve comfort
      • Advise them that a doctor will need to evaluate them prior to administering pain medication
      • Reassure the patient that the receiving facility will be notified of the need for prompt pain management assessment
      • Consult medical control if questions

    6. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. Consider initial or additional pain medication as appropriate.
      2. Monitor for respiratory depression when administering narcotics and benzodiazepines together.

Revision Date: 30 January 2024

4110 - AMPUTATIONS


    1. Patient:
      1. Control hemorrhage and cover stump with sterile dressing saturated with saline.
      2. Treat as per protocol - 4500 - Shock.
      3. Do not spend excessive time looking for the amputated part if the patient is unstable.

    2. Amputated Part:
      1. Wrap the amputated part in sterile gauze.
      2. Moisten with saline.
      3. Place in plastic bag.
      4. Place on top of ice, if available, or cold packs (do not freeze).

Revision Date: 13 October 2011

4120 - BURNS


    1. Consider direct transport to a burn center for major burns ( 2100 - Patient Disposition - Major Burns). Hospitals in the Twin Cities Metro area with a burn unit include:
      • Hennepin County Medical Center
      • Regions Medical Center

    2. Major burn criteria includes:
      • Partial-thickness burns greater than 10% of total body surface area.
      • Partial-thickness or third degree burns that involve the face, hands, feet, genitalia, perineum, or major joint.
      • Third degree burns in any age group.
      • Lightning injury and other electrical burns.
      • Chemical burns.
      • Inhalation injury.
      • Burn in any patients with preexisting medical disorders that could complicate management, prolong recovery, or affect mortality.

    3. For any significant burn:
      1. Begin oxygen therapy. Use positive pressure ventilatory assistance as needed.
      2. Obtain IV access.

    4. If less than 20% of the body surface is burned:
      1. Apply sterile dressings and saturate with cool water (leave Gel-pack(s) in place if applied by first responders).
      2. Do not allow any burn patient to become chilled and begin shivering.

    5. If more than 20% of the body surface is burned:
      1. Remove any non-adherent burned clothing and cover the patient with a sterile sheet.
      2. Give 20 mL/kg NS bolus.
      3. Do not cool down with water (exception: presence of smoldering clothes, articles or material adhering to skin that would continue the burning process, e.g., hot tar, etc.).
      4. Begin rapid transport and contact a medical control physician for further orders and destination decision.
      5. Consider direct transport to a burn center for major burns.
      6. Consider pain management per protocol ( 4030 - Pain Management.)
      7. Monitor the patient’s ECG after any electrical burn including a lightning strike.

Revision Date: 13 October 2011

4130 - GENERAL TRAUMA / TRAUMATIC SHOCK


    1. Open airway and begin Oxygen Therapy.

    2. Ensure Spinal Precautions as appropriate.

    3. If the patent begins to develop strong evidence of tension pneumothorax as indicated by the following clues, perform needle thoracostomy at the fourth intercostal space, midaxillary line or second intercostal space, midclavicular line of the affected side.

      • Absent or markedly diminished lung sounds
      • Hypotension
      • Tachycardia
      • Hypoxia or cyanosis
      • Increased respiratory distress or respiratory arrest
      • Lack of lung sliding sign on ultrasound

    4. Transport quickly, minimize scene time

    5. En route, obtain at least 2 points of IV/IO access and run normal saline wide open

    6. Consider Tranexamic Acid (TXA) if the above interventions are completed

Revision Date: 24 February 2022

4140 - MAJOR TRAUMA


Revision Date: 24 February 2022

4210 - CARDIAC ARREST (ASYSTOLE / PEA)


    Poisoning / Drud Ingestion

    4210 - Restart the Heart

    1. Complete a rapid scene survey observing for any indications or any evidence that resuscitation should not be attempted (e.g., DNR orders or conditions incompatible with life).

    2. If cardiac arrest occurs in the presence of the ambulance crew, assess the patient’s cardiac rhythm and continue with the appropriate protocol.

    3. If the patient is in cardiac arrest on arrival of the ambulance crew:
      1. Institute or continue BLS.
      2. CPR: compressions 100/min, breaths 20 - 30/min. DO NOT OVER VENTILATE
      3. Reassess the patient’s rhythm after every 5 cycles (2 minutes) of CPR. Limit interruptions in CPR during pulse/rhythm checks to less than 10 seconds for airway insertion and/or administration of medications.
      4. During CPR, administer epinephrine IV/IO, 0.01 mg/kg every 3-5 min. (1:10,000, 0.1 mL/kg)

    4. Assess and confirm the patient’s cardiac rhythm, immediately resume CPR.

    5. Review the most frequent causes for PEA, treat according to protocols if present:
      1. Hypovolemia – fluids.
      2. Hypoxia – ventilation and oxygenation
      3. Hypothermia – re-warming, treat per 4470 - Environmental Hypothermia.
      4. Hypoglycemia – if blood sugar < 60, treat per 4460 - Hypoglycemia.
      5. CONSIDER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS FOR:
        1. Acidosis -

        2. Hyperkalemia -

        3. Tension pneumothorax - Needle chest decompression.
        4. Drug overdose - Intubation and specific antidote.
        5. Coronary thrombosis - 12-lead ECG.

      6. NO SPECIFIC PREHOSPITAL TREATEMENT FOR:
        1. Hypokalemia
        2. Cardiac tamponade
        3. Pulmonary embolism

    6. Secure the patient’s airway during the pulse check. Continue CPR immediately then confirm tube placement by exam and confirmation device.

    7. Obtain IV access while providing two minutes of continuous CPR.

    8. Provide continuous CPR and reassess, checking the patient’s pulse/rhythm every two minutes.

    9. Contact medical control physician for further orders.

    10. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. If no response consider termination of resuscitative efforts.

Revision Date: 8 April 2021

4220 - CARDIAC ARREST (V-FIB AND PULSELESS V-TACH)


    1. If cardiac arrest occurs in the presence of the ambulance crew -
      1. Assess the patient’s rhythm
      2. Defibrillate x 1 if necessary (energy rates as prescribed by current AHA ACLS guidelines; e.g., 2 J/kg.).

    2. If the patient is in cardiac arrest on arrival of the ambulance crew, institute or continue BLS:
      1. CPR: compressions 100/min, breaths 20 - 30/min. DO NOT OVER VENTILATE.
      2. Reassess the patient’s rhythm after every 5 cycles (2 minutes) of CPR.
        • Limit interruptions in CPR during pulse/rhythm checks to less than 10 seconds for airway insertion and/or administration of medications.

    3. Reassess the patient’s cardiac rhythm after 5 cycles (2 minutes) of CPR; if a shockable rhythm is present then defibrillate x 1 using the following guidelines:
      1. Continue CPR while the defibrillator charges.
      2. Defibrillate x 1 (energy rates as prescribed by current AHA ACLS guidelines; e.g., 2 J/kg.).
      3. Immediately resume CPR.

    4. Secure the patient’s airway during the pulse check, then confirm tube placement by exam and confirmation device.

    5. Obtain IV access while providing two minutes of continuous CPR. Transport early if no readily accessible IV/IO access.

    6. The following pressor is to be given during CPR:
      • epinephrine 1:10,000 -
        • 0.01 mg/kg (0.1 mL/kg) every 3-5 min.

      • NOTE: Refer to pediatric reference (e.g., Broselow Tape) if assistance is needed with drug dosage calculations for pediatric patients.

    7. Reassess the patient’s cardiac rhythm after 5 cycles (2 minutes) of CPR, if a shockable rhythm is present then defibrillate x 1 using the following guidelines:
      1. Continue CPR while the defibrillator charges.
      2. Defibrillate x 1 (energy rates as prescribed by current AHA ACLS guidelines; e.g., 2 J/kg.).
      3. Immediately resume CPR.

    8. Consider:
      1. amiodarone hydrochloride (Cordarone) -
        • 5 mg/kg bolus IV/IO

        OR

      2. lidocaine hydrochloride IV -
        • 1 mg/kg bolus IV/IO.

        OR

      3. Magnesium Sulfate IV
        • 25 mg/kg up to 50 mg/kg IV (for Torsades de Pointes or hypomagnesemia.)
        • Maximum of 2 grams.

    9. If no response to treatment, consider termination of resuscitative efforts.

Revision Date: 8 April 2021

4230 - SYMPTOMATIC BRADYCARDIA


    1. Oxygenate and ventilate.

    2. If cardiorespiratory compromise is present and heart rate is less than 60 beats per minute:
      1. Begin chest compressions.
      2. If despite oxygenation and ventilation symptomatic bradycardia persists:
        1. epinephrine 1:10,000 -
          • 0.01 mg/kg IV/IO.
          • May repeat every 3 to 5 minutes at same dose.

        2. For heart block or vagel etiologies atropine sulfate IV -
          • 0.02 mg/kg (minimum dose 0.1 mg) IV/IO.
          • May repeat once.
          • Maximum total combined dose for the patient not to exceed 1 mg.

        3. Consider cardiac pacing - see 9027 - Transcutaneous Pacing

      3. If pulseless arrest develops see 4210 - Cardiac Arrest (Asystole / PEA).

    3. Review the most frequent causes and treat according to protocols if present:
      1. Hypovolemia – fluids.
      2. Hypoxia – ventilation and oxygenation.
      3. Hypothermia – re-warming, treat per 4470 - Environmental Hypothermia.
      4. Hypoglycemia – if blood sugar < 60, treat per 4460 - Hypoglycemia.

Revision Date: 13 April 2017

4240 - TACHYCARDIAS (WITH PULSES)


    Includes:

    • Probable sinus tachycardia.
    • Probable ventricular tachycardia.
    • Probable supraventricular tachycardia.

    Assess and support the patient’s ABCs, provide oxygen and ventilation, and attach the cardiac monitor/defibrillator.

    1. PROBABLE SINUS TACHYCARDIA
    2. Probable sinus tachycardia is defined as a QRS duration normal for the patient’s age (approximately less than or equal to 0.08 sec). An infant’s heart rate is usually less than 220 bpm; a child’s heart rate is usually less than 180 bpm. If hemodynamically unstable:

      1. Continue to assess and support ABCs, monitor, and provide oxygen and ventilation as necessary.
      2. Search for and treat underlying cause.
        • Consider Normal Saline bolus 20 mL/kg IV/IO.

    3. PROBABLE VENTRICULAR TACHYCARDIA
    4. Probable ventricular tachycardia is defined as a QRS duration wide for the patient’s age (approximately greater than 0.08 sec). If hemodynamically unstable:

      1. Perform synchronized cardioversion:
        1. Energy rates as prescribed by current AHA ACLS guidelines:
          • 0.5-1.0 J/kg; if not effective, increase to 2 J/kg

        2. Use sedation if possible but do not delay cardioversion.

      2. May attempt adenosine IV -
        1. 0.1 mg/kg IV (Maximum first dose 6 mg) - if it does not delay electrical cardioversion.
        2. May double first dose and repeat once (Maximum second dose 12 mg).
        3. Use rapid bolus technique.

      3. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
        1. Consider amiodarone hydrochloride (Cordarone) -
          • 5 mg/kg IV over 20-60 minutes.

    5. PROBABLE SUPRAVENTRICULAR TACHYCARDIA
    6. Probable supraventricular tachycardia is defined as a QRS duration normal for the patient’s age (approximately less than or equal to than 0.08 sec). An infant’s heart rate is usually greater than or equal to 220 bmp; a child’s heart rate is usually greater than or equal to 180 bpm. If hemodynamically unstable:

      1. Consider vagal maneuvers (no delays).
      2. If IV access is readily available give adenosine IV -
        1. 0.1 mg/kg IV (Maximum first dose 6 mg).
        2. May double first dose and repeat once (Maximum second dose 12 mg).
        3. Use rapid bolus technique.

      3. If IV access is not readily available perform synchronized cardioversion:
        1. Energy rates as prescribed by current AHA ACLS guidelines:
          • 0.5-1.0 J/kg; if not effective, increase to 2 J/kg

        2. Use sedation if possible but do not delay cardioversion.

      4. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
        1. Consider amiodarone hydrochloride (Cordarone) -
          • 5 mg/kg IV over 20-60 minutes.

Revision Date: 26 June 2023

4310 - ASTHMA ATTACK (PATIENT IS BREATHING)


    1. Begin oxygen therapy.

    2. Move the patient to the ambulance and begin transport.
      • Asthma patients should always be transported to a hospital for monitoring and further treatment.

    3. Give nebulized medications:
      1. Medications need to be mixed together -
      2. May repeat as needed.

    4. Contact a MEDICAL CONTROL physician for patients with continued moderate-to-severe respiratory distress after two nebs.
      1. If no improvement after 2 nebs consider:
        1. terbutaline sulfate -
          • 0.01 mg/kg SC.
          • MAXIMUM DOSE - 0.25 mg.

          OR

        2. epinephrine 1:1,000 -
          • 0.01 mg/kg (0.01 ml/kg) IM.
          • MAXIMUM DOSE - 0.5 mg.
          • To be used in the field only if the patient’s condition is severe.

          AND

        3. Magnesium Sulfate IV -
          • 25 mg/kg IV/IO over 3 to 5 minutes. Dilute (any dose) to 10 ml, total volume and given over 10 min.
          • MAXIMUM DOSE - 2 Gm
          • If hypotensive response to magnesium sulfate -
            • Administer 20 mL/kg normal saline bolus.

    5. If the patient is unresponsive to other treatments and impending respiratory failure is evident consider advanced airway.

Revision Date: 1 May 2019

4320 - ASTHMA ATTACK (PATIENT IS NOT BREATHING)


    1. Insert an oral or nasal airway and begin positive pressure ventilation. Ventilate with a short inspiration: long expiration ratio at a rate of 8 - 10/min.

    2. Insert advanced airway.

    3. Administer -
      1. epinephrine 1:1,000 -
        • 0.01 mg/kg (1 mg/mL) IM.
        • MAXIMUM DOSE - 0.5 mg.

      2. Continuous in-line nebulizer:
        1. Medications need to mixed together -

    4. Perform manual exhalation.

    5. Start an IV/IO.

    6. Administer -
      1. Magnesium Sulfate IV -
        • 25 mg/kg IV/IO over 3 to 5 minutes. Dilute (any dose) to 10 ml, total volume and given over 10 min.
        • MAXIMUM DOSE - 2 Gm
        • If hypotensive response to magnesium sulfate -
          • Administer 20 mL/kg normal saline bolus.

Revision Date: 1 May 2019

4330 - CROUP AND EPIGLOTTITIS


    1. Keep the patient upright at all times when conscious.

    2. Begin oxygen therapy. Remove the O2 mask if it is not well tolerated by the patient

    3. If the child is unconscious, position supine and begin ventilation.

    4. Place ECG leads.

    5. Transport early.

    6. For respiratory distress / severe case / stridor at rest -

      1. Nebulized epinephrine 1:1,000 -
        • Recommended dosage of 5 mg (5 ml) or as specified by service medical director.

    7. If unable to administer epinephrine via neb, may administer epinephrine 0.01 mg/kg 1:1000 IM. Maximum dose 0.5 mg

Revision Date: 24 February 2022

4340 - FOREIGN BODY AIRWAY OBSTRUCTION (FBAO)


    1. If the patient is making efforts to clear their airway without success, you may assist with careful back blows (slaps) and chest thrusts for infants (less than one year old), and abdominal thrusts for children (greater than or equal to one year old) per BCLS guidelines.
      • Synchronize with the patient's cough.
      • Avoid abdominal compressions in infants less than one year old.

    2. If the patient has lost consciousness, attempt to open the airway (use moderate extension and jaw-lift) and ventilate the patient with a bag-valve-mask (BVM). Reposition and attempt ventilation again if the initial attempt was unsuccessful. If ventilations are unsuccessful, perform standard obstructed airway maneuvers for an infant or child as appropriate.
      • Position an infant with the head dependent during back blows and chest compressions.

    3. Consider direct laryngoscopy and foreign body removal with Magill forceps.

    4. Attempt endotracheal intubation.

    5. Transport early.

Revision Date: UNKNOWN

4410 - ANAPHYLAXIS/ALLERGIC REACTION


    1. For signs and symptoms consistent with anaphylaxis:
      1. Administer -
        1. epinephrine 1:1,000 -
          • Dosage - 0.01 mg/kg (0.01 ml/kg) IM up to 0.5 mg.
          • May repeat as needed every five to ten minutes.

      2. Manage airway as appropriate.
      3. Obtain vascular access.
      4. Administer -
        1. diphenhydramine HCL (Benadryl) IV -
          • Dosage - 1 mg/kg IV/IM.
          • MAXIMUM dose - 50 mg.

      5. Transport early.
      6. If the patient remains hypotensive consider -
        1. Fluid bolus 20 mL/kg (up to 500 mL.)
        2. For continued hypotension not responding to fluids and initial IM epinephrine, consider epinephrine - push-dose
          1. Administer 0.1ml/kg (1mcg/kg) (Maximum single dose 1 ml) of epi every 2-5 minutes
          2. Titrate to systolic blood pressure > 70 mmHg

      7. If bronchospasm and/or wheezing exists after administration of epinephrine consider:
        1. Nebulized medications (mixed together):
          1. albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083% 2.5 mg
          2. ipratropium inhalation (Atrovent) 0.5 mg

        2. If there is no improvement, may nebulize continuously with -
          1. albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083% 2.5 mg

    2. For signs and symptoms consistent with a mild allergic reaction -
      1. diphenhydramine HCL (Benadryl) IV -
        • 1 mg/kg IV/IO/IM.
        • MAXIMUM dose - 50 mg.

Revision Date: 25 April 2024

4420 - BEHAVIORAL EMERGENCIES


    1. Assess the severity of the patient’s agitation.

    2. Consider additional personnel to adequately and safely restrain the patient.

    3. If the patient is agitated and not amenable to reassurance, verbal de-escalation, or physical restraints, and poses an immediate threat to himself/herself or others -
    4. Once sedation occurs establish IV access -
      • Consider Normal Saline 20 ml/kg.

    5. For continued agitation, consider contacting a medical control physician for further orders.

    6. Rapid transport at earliest opportunity.

Revision Date: 8 October 2015

4430 - CHOLINERGIC EXPOSURE


    Hennepin County EMS Units are equipped with Duodote (Atropine 2.1mg/Pralidoxime 600mg) kits primarily for treatment of responders. Chempack assets for mass casualty events can be activated via MRCC. Each Chempack treats up to 1000 patients using Mark 1 kits (same as Duodote but separate injectors for atropine and pralidoxime), Atropens (atropine for pediatric dosing), and diazepam auto-injectors for seizures.

    • Note – Chempack may contain Duodotes in the future and pediatric atro-pens may be eliminated.

    Common cholinergic agents include: Carbamates (carbofuran (Fursban), etc.), Nerve gas agents (sarin, tabun, VX, etc.), and Organophosphates (parathion, diazinon, malathion, chlorpyrifos (Dursban), etc.).

    1. Recognize a toxidrome: Miosis (small pupils) present in ALL significant exposures, in association with at least two of the following:
      • Fasciculations
      • Respiratory distress
      • Increased secretions
      • Vomiting/diarrheas/incontinence
      • Seizure
      • Cardiovascular collapse

    2. Request CHEMPACK activation from MRCC if mass casualty incident.

    3. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment; DO NOT enter the hot zone.

    4. Assure appropriate patient decontamination measures if liquid or vapor exposures have occurred (in concert with fire department/HazMat.)

    5. Assess the patient’s ABCs and begin oxygen therapy if possible; intubate if needed (may have high airway resistance.)

    6. Treat seizure per protocol with midazolam (or CHEMPACK – Diazepam 10 mg auto injector IM only if > 25 kg.)

    7. In cases of known organophosphate overdose/exposure or in a setting of multiple casualty incident (MCI) with patients exhibiting this toxidrome:
      1. Administer atropine sulfate IV 0.1 mg/kg IV/IO/IM (up to 2 - 5 mg/dose); repeat as necessary to control bronchial secretions
        • CHEMPACK – may contain auto injectors appropriate for:
          • Infant < 6 months = 0.5 mg infant (blue)
          • Todler < 2years = 1mg (red)
          • > 2 years old = 2 mg (standard Duodote or Mark 1 kit)

      2. For patients with seizures, severe shortness of breath, and cardiovascular collapse administer Duodote auto-injector if available (or Mark 1 kit from CHEMPACK):
        • 2 - 10 years of age – 1 Duodote/Mark 1
        • > 10 years of age – 2 Duodote/Mark 1 kits per adult protocol

      3. Paramedics may administer one additional Duodote (or Mark 1) kit after ten minutes if the patient continues to exhibit severe symptoms and no IV access has been established. IV atropine is preferred in pediatric patients.

    8. Consider aggressive management of cardiac arrest if resources allow.

Revision Date: 13 October 2011

4440 - DRUG INGESTION OR OVERDOSE


    1. For any patient with -
      1. Respiratory rate less than eight,
      2. OR

      3. Has a history of opioid overdose,
      4. OR

      5. Has physical findings consistent with opioid overdose,
        1. Assist the patient’s ventilation
        2. Administer naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan) -
          • 0.1 mg/kg IV/IO/IM up to 2 mg.

        3. Due to the relatively short half-life of naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan), patients that respond favorably to naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan) administration should still be considered under the influence and transported on a peace/health officer hold (aka transport hold) regardless of their mental status and/or refusal of care.

      6. For all suspected tricyclic overdoses, monitor ECG.

    2. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. Consider additional naloxone hydrochloride (Narcan) -
        • 0.1 mg/kg IM/IV up to 2 mg.

      2. Consider Sodium Bicarbonate -
        • 1 mEq/kg IV/IO for tricyclic ingestions.

      3. Consider Glucagon -
        • 0.1 mg/kg IV/IO/IM for known beta blocker overdose.

      4. Consider calcium chloride 10% -
        • 20 mg/kg (0.2 mL/kg) for known calcium channel blocker overdose with hypotension or bradycardia.

Revision Date: 25 October 2022

4450 - ENVIRONMENTAL HYPERTHERMIA


    1. Begin cooling measures:
      1. Apply cool packs to head and truncal areas.
      2. Suspend cooling measures if shivering occurs.

    2. If the patient is confused or unconscious:
      1. Start a Normal Saline IV.
      2. Give a bolus of 20 mL/kg.
      3. Monitor ECG.

    3. Transport lights and siren.

Revision Date: 14 April 2016

4460 - HYPOGLYCEMIA


    1. Determine blood glucose level.

    2. If blood glucose < 60 mg/dL and the patient is symptomatic:
      1. If the patient is conscious, cooperative, and able to swallow effectively, give oral glucose therapy.
      2. If the patient is unable to take oral fluids due to an altered level of consciousness:
        1. Obtain IV access.
        2. Give dextrose:
        3. May give Glucagon 1 mg IM if IV access is difficult or impossible to obtain.

    3. A medical control physician must be contacted in any case where the patient experienced a hypoglycemic event and the parent or guardian refused medical transportation.

Revision Date: 25 October 2022

4470 - HYPOTHERMIA


    1. Standing orders for all hypothermic patients:
      1. Remove wet garments.
      2. Protect against further heat loss and wind chill (use blankets and insulating equipment.)
      3. Maintain the patient in a horizontal position.
      4. Avoid rough movement and excess activity.
      5. Monitor the patient’s cardiac rhythm.
      6. Assess responsiveness, breathing and pulse.
      7. Do a pulse check for 30-45 seconds (clinical signs of death may be misleading.)

    2. Pulse and breathing present:
      1. Begin oxygen therapy.
      2. Begin transport immediately.
      3. Obtain IV access en route.
      4. Monitor ECG.
      5. Rewarming:
        • Mild hypothermia (temperature greater than or equal to 92o F or if the patient is shivering) - Passive rewarming, active external rewarming.
        • Moderate hypothermia (temperature greater than or equal to 86o F to less than 92o F, or if patient is shivering) - Passive rewarming, active external rewarming to truncal areas only (neck, armpits, groin).
        • Severe hypothermia (temperature less than 86o F) - Transport for active internal rewarming.

    3. Pulse and breathing not present - Generally, CPR should not be initiated if the patient:
      1. Is known to have been submerged (head under water) in cold water for more than 90 minutes,
      2. Has obvious signs of death (e.g. decapitation, slippage of skin, animal predation),
      3. Is frozen (e.g. ice formation in the airway) or,
      4. Has a chest wall that is so stiff that compressions are impossible.

    4. For pulseless patients with or without an organized ECG rhythm who do not meet criteria in part C and resuscitation efforts are initiated:
      1. Begin CPR.
      2. For VF/Pulseless VT defibrillate once as prescribed by current AHA ACLS guidelines. 4220 - Cardiac Arrest (V_Fib and Pulseless V_Tach). Withhold medication treatments and further shocks and transport immediately.
      3. Obtain IV access and contact medical control physician en route.
      4. Warm packs SHOULD NOT be used.

    5. AFTER OBTAINING VERBAL ORDERS
      1. Paramedics may consider cardiac arrest drugs and defibrillation but they are usually not effective until hypothermia is corrected.

Revision Date: 8 October 2009

4480 - NEWBORN EMERGENCIES


    1. In all situations, minimize the newborn’s heat loss:
      1. Dry the newborn well.
      2. Increase environmental temperature.

    2. Suction the newborn only if needed to clear secretions or an obstruction:
      1. During or after delivery, suction the mouth and oropharynx first, then the nose.
      2. If meconium is present at birth, and the infant has poor muscle tone and inadequate respiratory effort, keep warm and provide ventilatory assistance and oxygenation as needed, including intubation and suction if the airway is obstructed.

    3. During the first minute warm the infant, position airway, clear secretions if needed, and dry and stimulate.

    4. Assess for apnea, gasping, or heart rate less then 100:
      1. If apneic, gasping, or heart rate less than 100, initiate positive pressure ventilation, monitor SpO2, and consider ECG monitoring.
      2. If labored breathing or persistent cyanosis, reposition airway and administer oxygen (less then 30% FiO2).

    5. Reassess heart rate:
      1. If less than 100: correct ventilation of increase oxygen.
      2. If less than 60: start chest compressions, increase oxygen to 100%, and intubate.
      3. Continue to reassess heart rate.

    6. If heart rate remains less then 60, administer epinephrine 1:10,000 (0.01 mg/kg) IV/IO.

    7. Transport early. Attempt to maintain body temperature and assure optimal ventilation and oxygenation.

Revision Date: 12 October 2017

4490 - SEVERE NAUSEA AND/OR VOMITING


    1. If the patient has severe nausea and/or vomiting:
      1. Obtain IV access.
      2. Administer ondansetron (Zofran) -
        • DOSE - 0.1 mg/kg up to a maximum of 4 mg IV/IM/IO.
        • If given IV administer slowly over 1-2 minutes.
        • May be repeated once after 10 minutes.

    2. Contact a medical control physician for further orders if needed.

Revision Date: 13 April 2017

4500 - SHOCK


    Signs/symptoms of shock include:

    • Cool skin
    • Poor capillary refill
    • Tachycardia
    • Weak peripheral pulses
    • Low BP
    • Altered mental status.

    1. Perform a primary survey.

    2. Perform a secondary survey while obtaining history.

    3. Begin oxygen therapy.

    4. Trauma Related Shock:
      1. Immobilize the patient’s head and spine as necessary.
      2. Begin transport prior to any other ALS intervention(s). Position the patient in the Trendelenburg position if the patient is hypotensive.
      3. Apply ECG leads after a quick-look to establish cardiac rhythm.
      4. IV Fluids:
        1. IV Normal Saline using a macrodrip infusion set.
        2. If IV access is not possible IO access.

      5. Fluids to achieve/maintain a systolic BP as per chart below -
        1. If unresponsive to fluids, consider epinephrine - push-dose
          1. Administer 0.1ml/kg (1mcg/kg) (Maximum single dose 1 ml) of epi every 2-5 minutes
          2. Titrate to systolic blood pressure > 70 mmHg

    1. Non-Trauma Related Shock:
      1. Begin transport prior to any other ALS intervention(s). Position the patient in the Trendelenburg position if the patient is hypotensive.
      2. Apply ECG leads after a quick-look to establish cardiac rhythm.
      3. IV Fluids:
        1. IV Normal Saline using a macrodrip infusion set.
        2. If IV access is not possible IO access.
          • Recommended initial bolus 20 mL/kg.

      4. If unresponsive to fluids, consider epinephrine - push-dose
        1. Administer 0.1ml/kg (1mcg/kg) (Maximum single dose 1 ml) of epi every 2-5 minutes
        2. Titrate to systolic blood pressure > 70 mmHg

Revision Date: 25 April 2024

4510 - STATUS SEIZURES


    1. Position the patient to maintain an open airway.

    2. Begin oxygen therapy.

    3. If the seizure is ongoing greater than five minutes administer:
      1. midazolam hydrochloride (Versed)
        • IM/IN -
          • 0.2 mg/kg up to 10 mg per dose.
          • NOTE: For all IN doses that are ≤ 0.9 mL, add 0.1 mL to ensure full dose of medication is given.

        • If IV/IO established prior to seizure -
          • 0.1 mg/kg up to 5 mg per dose.

        • May repeat Midazolam (Versed) dose x 1 after 5 minutes for persistent seizure.

    4. Be prepared to support respirations

    5. If blood glucose low - 4460 - Hypoglycemia.

    6. If patient is still seizing after two doses contact medical control.

Revision Date: 16 April 2016

9020 - TRAUMA TEAM ACTIVATION


    General Principals of Activation

    1. All TRAUMA TEAM MEMBERS in contact with the patient should wear personal protective equipment:
      • Gowns
      • Gloves
      • Masks to include eye shields

    2. Only those designated should speak to the patient.

    3. Appropriate victim exposure must be achieved. Everyone must be vigilant to keep doors closed in order to maintain privacy.

    4. Two large bore IV's (or an IO) will be placed on all adult trauma patients and one largest possible IV (or an IO) will be initiated on all pediatric patients.

    5. If gun shot or criminal injury noted through clothing, avoid cutting this area of clothing in order to preserve as much of the evidence as possible. Save all clothing for proper collection in ED.

    Notification

    1. EMS identifies a patient meeting criteria for a TRAUMA TEAM ACTIVATION.

    2. EMS calls the ED on PATIENT INFORMATION and relays the following information:
      • "RED PATIENT - TRAUMA TEAM ACTIVATION"
      • Provide a report with:
        • Rig Number
        • ETA
        • TTA CODE T# as described below-
        • Patient Name
        • DOB
        • Other Emergent Special Needs

    Trauma Team Activation Criteria

    M. Herold MD - November 2020

    1. EMS relays to dispatch patient is a TRAUMA TEAM ACTIVATION, TTA CODE T#, as well as ETA to ED.

    2. Upon arrival in ED:
      1. Give report following "TTA TIMEOUT" procedure (Mechanism, Injuries, Symptoms with Vitals/GCS, Treatment, Questions).
      2. Transfer patient from EMS stretcher to ED bed.
      3. Assist with patient care as directed.
      4. Prepare ambulance and equipment for potential transfer to another facility.

Creation Date: 23 July 2018

9021 - MECHANICAL VENTILATOR MANAGEMENT - ADULTS


    Indications:

    • For patients with an advanced airway (ETT, SGA) secured in place with good waveform capnography
    • Only to be used during transport of the patient, including patients that are being mechanically ventilated prior to arrival (i.e. interfacility transports)

    Contraindications:

    • Lack of secure advanced airway with good waveform capnography
    • Patient with a known or suspected pneumothorax
    • Sustained ventilator alarms with an inability to correct
    • Patients weighing < 20 kg

    Procedure:

    1. For patients not previously mechanically ventilated - once patient is in the ambulance, they can be placed on the ventilator. Start all patients on new adult setting.

    2. For patients being mechanically ventilated upon arrival - EMS ventilator settings should be set to match existing settings.

    3. Settings can be adjusted as necessary to maintain goal oxygen saturation between 92-94% and ETCO2 between 35-45 mmHg. The following are guidelines to stay within:
      1. Tidal Volume – between 6-8 cc/kg
        • Follow the chart below for volume based on Ideal Body Weight.
      2. Respiratory Rate – between 8-20 breaths/min
      3. PEEP – 5-10 cmH2O
      4. FiO2 – between 21-100%, titrated to maintain goal oxygen saturation 92-94%
      5. Inspiratory Time – 1.0

    4. Maintain ETCO2 between 35-45 mmHg
      1. For ETCO2 < 35
        1. Initial step: decrease respiratory rate to minimum of 8 breaths/ min
        2. If issue persists: decrease tidal volume to minimum of 6 cc/kg

      2. For a ETCO2 > 45
        1. Initial step: increase respiratory rate to maximum of 20 breaths/ min
        2. If issue persists: increase tidal volume to maximum of 8 cc/kg

    5. Maintain oxygen saturation between 92-94%
      1. Initial step: increase FiO2 in a step-wise fashion to 100%
      2. If issue persists: increase PEEP to a maximum of 10 cmH2O

    6. Ensure adequate sedation

    7. Contact Medical Control Physician with any concerns, particularly:
      1. If ventilator settings need to exceed above limits to maintain oxygen and ETCO2 goals
      2. If patient is not otherwise tolerating ventilator settings
      3. If patient’s height is not represented on Ideal Body Weight chart below

    VENT Settings Chart

    from "XYZ"

Creation Date: 1 October 2022

9022 - QUICK SET-UP GUIDE TO NIPPV (BPAP OR CPAP)


    1. Press and hold “On/Standby” until lights turn on.

    2. Turn selection wheel/dial on front lower-right face of machine until “NEW PATIENT” is displayed at top of the machine. Press “Select” to the left of screen.

    3. Turn dial until “ADULT” is displayed and press “Select”.

    4. To silence alarm press “Silence Reset” on the right (and use repeated as needed as alarm comes back on after a time lapse).

    5. Selecting NPPV mode:
      1. Press the grey button 3rd to the right from the bottom left, “Assist/Ctrl, SIMV/CPAP, NPPV” four times.
        1. “NPPV” is flashing green and “SIMV/CPAP” is solid green
        2. The only variable that is highlighted (with a default setting of “10”) is “Pres. Support.” All other variables will have numbers that are dimmed.
        3. Proceed to step 6 or 7 depending on desired positive airway pressure mode

    6. BPAP (e.g., for usual initial orders are IPAP of 10 cm H20 and EPAP of 5 cm H20):
      1. Dial “Pres. Support” down from “10” to “5.” Press the grey button beneath “Pres. Support” to confirm.
        1. Note: Pressure Support = IPAP - EPAP.

      2. “PEEP” now becomes highlighted. Turn selection wheel from “0” up to “5.” Press the grey button beneath “PEEP” to confirm.
        1. Note: PEEP = EPAP

      3. Change alarm settings to prevent continuous alarms:
        1. Change “High Pres. Limit” to 100 using “Press, Change, Press” method.
        2. Change “Low Pressure” to “—” using “Press, Change, Press” method.
        3. Change “Low Min. Vol.” to “—” using “Press, Change, Press” method.

      4. To change backup breath rate (default is 12 which is what is usually initially ordered):
        1. Pressing the grey button beneath “Breath Rate”
        2. Turn the dial so the desired rate is displayed
        3. Press the grey button beneath “Breath Rate” again to confirm

      5. To change FiO2:
        1. Press the grey button beneath “O2%”
        2. Turn the dial so the desired percentage is displayed
        3. Press the grey button beneath “O2%” again to confirm

      6. Change the display to read out the tidal volume
        1. Press “Select” repeatedly until “Vte” appears on the display screen.
        2. Tidal volume should remain consistent to assure NPPV is being properly delivered.
        3. Tidal volume should be within 6-8mL/kg of ideal body weight.

Created: 8 February 2023

9023 - CONTINUOUS POSITIVE AIRWAY PRESSURE (CPAP)


    Continuous Positive Airway Pressure has been shown to rapidly improve vital signs, gas exchange, and the work of breathing, decrease the sense of dyspnea, and decrease the need for endotracheal intubation in patients who suffer respiratory distress from asthma, COPD, pulmonary edema, CHF, and pneumonia. In patients with CHF, CPAP improves hemodynamics by reducing preload and afterload.

    Any patient who is complaining of shortness of breath for reasons other than trauma and:

    • Is awake and able to follow commands.
    • Is over 12 years old and is able to fit the CPAP mask.
    • Has the ability to maintain an open airway.
    • A respiratory rate greater than 25 breaths per minute.
    • Has a systolic blood pressure above 100mmHg.
    • Uses accessory muscles during respirations.
    • Sign and Symptoms consistent with COPD, pulmonary edema/CHF.

    • Patient is in respiratory or cardiac arrest.
    • Patients suspected of having a pneumothorax (unequal breath sounds).
    • Patients at risk for vomiting.
    • Patient has a tracheostomy.

    • Use care if patient:
      • Has impaired mental status and is not able to cooperate with the procedure.
      • Has failed at past attempts at noninvasive ventilation.
      • Has active upper GI bleeding or history of recent gastric surgery.
      • Complains of nausea or vomiting.
      • Has inadequate respiratory effort.
      • Has excessive secretions.
      • Has a facial deformity that prevents the use of CPAP.

    • If utilizing CPAP with a portable O2 tank, pay particular attention to oxygen levels as small tanks can deplete quickly. When in the ambulance it is preferable to utilize the on-board oxygen.

    1. EXPLAIN THE PROCEDURE TO THE PATIENT.
    2. Ensure adequate oxygen supply to ventilation device (100%).
    3. Place the patient on continuous pulse Oximetry.
    4. Place the delivery device over the mouth and nose.
    5. Secure the mask with provided straps or other provided devices.
    6. Use in CPAP MODE only at 11 - 12 cm H2O (15 LPM).
    7. Check for air leaks.
    8. Monitor and document the patient’s respiratory response to treatment.
    9. Monitor vital signs at least every 5 minutes. CPAP can cause BP to drop.
    10. Monitor LOC closely. Worsening LOC indicates impending respiratory arrest. Be prepared to discontinue CPAP and assist ventilations.
    11. Monitor and document the patient’s respiratory response to treatment.
    12. Continue to coach patient to keep mask in place and readjust as needed.
    13. If respiratory status deteriorates, remove device and assist ventilations as needed.

    1. CPAP therapy needs to be continuous and should not be removed unless the patient can not tolerate the mask or experiences continued or worsening respiratory failure.
    2. Consider assisting ventilations manually if the patient is removed from CPAP therapy.
    3. CPAP may be discontinued if patient improves dramatically but be prepared to reinstitute CPAP is needed.

    • CPAP should not be used in children under 12 years of age.

    • Bronchodilator nebulization may be placed in-line with CPAP circuit.
    • Do not remove CPAP until hospital therapy is ready to be placed on patient.
    • Most patients will improve in 5-10 minutes. If no improvement within this time, consider assisting ventilations manually.
    • Watch patient for gastric distention. Be prepared for vomiting.
    • CPAP does not violate DNR Order.
    • Request ALS intercept if patient condition does not improve.

Created: 20 September 2020

9024 - BALLOON PUMP PROTOCOL


    Indications:

    • For use in a cath lab emergency when requested by the cath lab staff

    Contra-Indications:

    • Balloon pump not functioning
    • Balloon leak

    Procedure:

    1. When a cath lab emergency occurs, you will hear an overhead page in the hospital and the crew should make their way to the cath lab expeditiously.

    2. The cath lab team will be preparing to insert the balloon.
      1. Balloon sizes are listed by height of patient. Smaller balloons can be used on larger patients but not vice versa.
      2. Remind the cath lab team that the balloon should remain in the sleeve as long as possible otherwise it can unfurl and become difficult to insert. The team should also pull vacuum on the balloon through a one-way valve and leave the valve on for insertion.

    3. Turn on the balloon pump.
      1. The on switch is on the left side of the balloon pump as you are looking at it from the front.
      2. Wait for the pump to say “System Test Okay”

    4. Plug in the arterial line
      1. For the orange fiber optic arterial line.
        1. Match the red triangles when inserting.
        2. You should see waveform spikes immediately.
      2. For the fluid arterial line
        1. Have the cath lab team assist in setting up the fluid arterial line.
        2. Plug the fluid arterial line transducer into the grey cable with the oval receptacle.
        3. Zero out the fluid arterial line by holding the “Zero Pressure” button for 2 seconds.

    5. Plug helium line in through the safety ring
      1. The safety disc should be tightly screwed in.
      2. Assure that the helium tank is open.

    6. Push start to start the balloon pump.
      1. The balloon will start and stop as its initializing.
      2. After approximately 34 seconds the pump should be functioning.

    7. When you are able, attach the ECG.
      1. Match green to green
      2. All ECG leads can be placed in any order on the left side of the chest. Close to the heart to assure a larger R wave.

    8. If balloon pump is immobile:
      1. Before 30 minutes of immobility:
        1. Using a 3 way stop-cock and a large syringe pull vacuum on the helium line and assure no blood (which would indicate a leak) appears in the line.
        2. Then insert 40cc of air into the balloon and remove the air.
        3. Repeat this process every 5 minutes.

    9. If a balloon leak is suspected:
      1. Confirm the presence of blood (rust or red or brown colored fluid) inside the helium line. Wipe the outside of the line and confirm with a member of the cath lab team.
      2. If a leak is confirmed stop the balloon pump immediately and inform the cath lab that the balloon should be removed as soon as possible.
      3. The helium line should be checked for leaks whenever the patient is moved.

    10. Notes for the balloon pump
      1. The mean pressure (MAP) should be 65 or greater. If it is not, inform the cath lab.
      2. The pump will automatically adjust the timing. Do not manually adjust the augmentation or timing.
      3. The pump will automatically choose pressure or ECG for the trigger.
      4. A rounded balloon pressure waveform could imply a kink in the balloon.

Created: 23 February 2023

9025 - PARALYZATION FOR MECHANICALLY VENTILATED PATIENTS


    1. Purpose

      • To ensure patient and staff safety during transport of an adequately sedated adult patient, who is being mechanically ventilated via endotracheal tube that has been previously confirmed to be in an appropriate position
      • This is NOT a mandatory action that needs to be taken on all intubated patients, rather, a tool available when needed for appropriate indications

    2. Indications

      • Possible scenarios when paralytics may be required include (but are not limited to):

        1. Improving ventilator synchrony (e.g. patient is “bucking”/resisting ventilations, or patient is over-breathing ventilator settings)
        2. If there is a persistent risk of ETT dislodgement despite appropriately dosed sedation

    3. Procedure

      • Administer additional sedation prior to paralytic

        1. ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) 1 mg/kg IV

      • Administer paralytic

        1. Rocuronium bromide (Zemuron, Esmeron) 1.2 mg/kg IV (typical dose 100-150 mg IV)

          1. Dosing is based on ideal body weight unless BMI > 50
          2. This medication will provide ongoing paralysis for 45 minutes
          3. Reminder to obtain patient’s weight and previous dose of paralytic from transferring facility

      • Continue to administer sedation following paralytic administration

        1. ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) 1 mg/kg IV every 15 minutes
          • Dose may be repeated 1 time if additional sedation needed - maximum of 3 doses
          • If addtional sedation beyond 3 doses of ketamin or an alternative sedative is needed -

        2. This will be required even if patient is showing no signs of distress

    4. Additional information

      • Patients experiencing their paralysis (awareness of paralysis) is a NEVER EVENT – it should never occur and must be avoided in every instance. It is imperative that effective sedation is given during neuromuscular blockage to avoid awareness of paralysis.

Created: 1 July 2023

9026 - AMBULANCE TRANSFERS REQUIRING A THIRD PERSON


    • Purpose: To assure adequate resources are available to provide safe care during interfacility transport.

    • Consideration/requirement criteria for needing addtional personnel:

      • Considerations:
        • Any patient requiring a 2:1 staff ratio to maintain stability.
        • Paramedic requests assistance based on patient's needs.
        • Hypotension requiring active titration of multiple vasopressors.
        • Suspected or imminent cardiovascular collapse.

      • Requirements:
        • Invasive pressure monitoring required:
          • Patient with an arterial line - requires a qualified RN or paramedic
          • Patient with a pulmonary artery catheter - requires a qualified RN

      • *If determined additional staff is needed for transport and unable to obtain, consider critical care transport or air for transport.

    • Procedural Steps:

      1. Unit staff advises dispatch of critically ill patient transfer and the potential "need for additional staff" (meets one of the above consideration/requirement criteria).
          - Dispatch gives estimated time of paramedic crew arrival to unit staff and deploys crew and paramedic supervisor (if available) to patient location for team huddle.

      2. Charge RN (or delegated to HUC) notifies the rest of the team member of huddle time (see checklist for 'who' should huddle).

      3. EMS staff and care team huddle and run checklist to discuss patient and need for additional staff for transport based on the above consideration/requirement criteria

      4. Unit staff secures and/or requests additional transport medications from pharmacy based on anticipated need (minimum transport 45 minutes).

      5. If it is determined that additional staff is required, the care team will quickly determine the most appropriate team member to accompany the ambulance staff during transport.
          - i.e., RN, RT, MD, Paramedic Supervisor, ED Tech, EMT etc.

Created: 17 September 2023

9027 - TRANSCUTANEOUS PACING


Created: 1 June 2024

9030 - TOURNIQUET FOR SEVERE HEMORRHAGE


    1. Indications :
      1. Failure to stop bleeding with direct pressure or pressure dressing.
      2. Injury does not allow for hemorrhage control with pressure.
      3. Significant extremity hemorrhage in the face of any or all:
        • Need for airway management
        • Need for ventilator support
        • Circulatory shock
        • Need for other emergent interventions or assessment
        • Bleeding from multiple locations

      4. Impaled foreign body with ongoing extremity bleeding.
      5. Under fire or other dangerous situation for responding caregivers requiring immediate evacuation.
      6. Total darkness or other adverse environmental factors.
      7. Mass casualty, number of casualties exceeds ability to provide optimal care.

    2. Tourniquet Application :
      1. For severe bleeding associated with limb amputation or signs of shock with other exsanguinating hemorrhage, skip to 4 (apply tourniquet).
      2. Attempt to control bleeding with direct pressure or application of pressure dressing.
      3. If profuse bleeding persists after 5 min or unable to maintain pressure due to other patient care needs, apply a tourniquet (a commercial is preferred over an improvised tourniquet, but an improvised tourniquet is allowable if a commercial tourniquet is not available)
      4. Apply to appropriate extremity proximal to bleeding site over the humerus or femur only:
        1. Tighten the self-adhering strap.
        2. Tighten the windlass to loss of distal pulse.
        3. Secure windlass in place.

      5. Record time of application, preferably on extremity skin, or on tourniquet (if appropriate.)

    3. Specify site and patient ID if multiple patients or sites.
      1. Do not cover tourniquet unless risk of cold or environmental injury .
      2. At 30 min of tourniquet time, reassess for removal: • If shock, clinically unstable, limited personnel/resources or amputated extremity, DO NOT remove, otherwise, apply pressure dressing and loosen tourniquet (leave in place). If re-bleeding occurs tighten to stop bleeding
      3. Notify receiving healthcare personnel of tourniquet application time and location.

Revision Date: 13 October 2016

9031 - DIFFICULT INTUBATION - GUM-ELASTIC BOUGIE


The ENDOTRACHEAL TUBE INTRODUCER (ETTI - aka bougie or Eschmann) is a semi-rigid device used to facilitate oral tracheal intubation. It has a "hockey stick" end that eases insertion into the trachea even with sub-optimal visualization. The endotracheal tube is then passed over the ETTI into the trachea.

Indications :

Incomplete visualization of the glotic opening during laryngoscopy for endotracheal intubation.

Contraindications :

Not to be used with endotracheal tubes less than 5.5 mm diameter.

Precautions :

Excessive force or passage beyond the carina may result in soft tissue damage or rupture of the bronchus.

  1. Prepare for intubation per protocol, including preoxygenation, optimize positioning, suction & confirmation devices ready, etc....
    1. Lubricate ETTI with water-soluble jelly for dry oral pharynx as needed.

  2. Perform laryngoscopy :
    1. If no identifiable landmarks -
      1. Suction / remove foreign matter if present.
      2. Reposition laryngoscope.
      3. Attempt BURP maneuver.
      4. Consider immediate KING Airway placement versus reattemp after 30 to 60 seconds of BVM ventilation, then place KING Airway.

    2. If partial view of glotic opening -
      1. Consider suction, reposition, BURP as above.
      2. Use ETTI (see below.)

    3. If complete visualization -
      1. Pass ET tube on attempt per routine intubation protocol.

  3. Use of ETTI for partial visualization of glotic opening -
    1. Maintain glotic visualization with laryngoscope.
    2. Pass ETTI through cords (if visable) or under epiglottis above arytenoids.
    3. Note "clicks" as tip hits tracheal rings.
    4. Advance to point of slight resistance when tip touches carina.
      1. If no resistance is felt and depth is significantly past the black "lip line" marker -
      2. OR

      3. If no "clicks" felt -
      4. The introducer is in the esophagus.

    5. Have assistant slide the ET tube over the introducer until the far end of the introducer is through the ET tube. Assistant then stabilizes the introducer and intubater takes the ET tube and continues passing it through the cords. Maintain laryngoscopic visualization while advancing the ET tube to appropriate depth.
      1. Rotate ET tube counter-clockwise 90o if slight resistance is noted.

    6. Inflate cuff when intubator confirms complete insertion of ET tube.
    7. Stablize ET tube while withdrawing introducer.
    8. Remove laryngoscope.
    9. Confirm tube placement with auscultation, ETCO2, SaO2, aspiration device and vapor in tube.
    10. Secure ET tube in place.

Revision Date: 13 April 2017

9032 - ResQPOD


The Res-Q-POD is a single use device that enhances circulation during cardiopulmonary resuscitation by selectively impeding the inflow of respiratory gases during the recoil phase of chest compressions.

Indications :

  1. Cardiac Arrest

Contraindications :

  1. Less than or appearing less than 12 years old and/or 100 pounds.
  2. Any patient with a pulse and/or spontaneous respirations.

  1. Select appropriate airway adjuct (BVM, King Airway, ETT.)
  2. Use timing light with advanced airway (small red switch) during continuous CPR.
  3. While performing CPR - place Res-Q-POD between the airway adjunct and ventilation delivery device.
  4. Use C-collar for additional stabilization if intubated or when using King Airway.
  5. If Res-Q-POD fills with blood, fluids or emesis - remove and shake fluid(s) out. Re-apply and continue circulation.
  6. Remove Res-Q-POD if patient starts spontaneous respiration(s) or return of spontaneous circulation.

Revision Date: 13 April 2017

9033 - i-gel Airway


Indications :

  • Patient is unconscious and unable to protect own airway.
  • No apparent gag reflex.

Contraindications :

  • Patient with an intact gag reflex.
  • Ingestion of caustic substance(s).

  1. Don protective eyewear, mask and gloves.
  2. Ventilate patient with oral/nasal airways and BVM with 100% supplemental oxygen during preparation of i-gel.
  3. Select appropriate size (Sized by ideal body weight):
    • #1 – for patients 2 kg - 5 kg (4 lbs - 11 lbs)
    • #1.5 – for patients 5 kg - 12 kg (11 lbs - 26 lbs)
    • #2 – for patients 10 kg - 25 kg (22 lbs - 55 lbs)
    • #2.5 - for patients 25 kg - 35 kg (55 lbs - 77 lbs)
    • #3 - for patients 30 kg - 60 kg (60 lbs - 132 lbs)
    • #4 – for patients 50 kg - 90 kg (110 lbs - 198 lbs)
    • #5 – for patients 90+ kg (198+ lbs.)
  4. Open the i-gel package and on flat surface take out the protective cradle containing the device.
  5. Remove the i-gel and transfer to the palm of the same hand that is holding the protective cradle, supporting the device between the thumb and index finger.
  6. Place a small bolus of a water based lubricant, such as K-Y Jelly, onto the middle of the smooth surface of the protective cradle in preparation for lubrication.
  7. Grasp the i-gel with the opposite (free) hand along the integral bite block and lubricate the back, sides and front of the cuff with a thin layer of lubricant.
  8. Grasp the lubricated i-gel firmly along the integral bite block. Position the device so that the i-gel cuff outlet is facing towards the chin of the patient. The patient should be in the "sniffing" postion with head extended and neck flexed unless you suspect c-spine injury, then place in a neutral in-line position. The chin should be gently pressed down before proceeding.
  9. Introduce the leading soft tip into the mouth of the patient in a direction towards the hard palate.
  10. Glide the device downwards and backwards along the hard palate with a continuous but gentle push until a definitive resistance is felt.
  11. The tip of the airway should be located into the upper esophageal opening and the cuff should be located against the laryngeal framework. The incisors should be resting on the integral bite-block.
  12. Attach the manual resuscitator bag to the i-gel Airway device.
  13. Confirm correct placement by listening for breath sounds, observing the chest rise and fall.
  14. Secure the i-gel Airway device with tape or with the supplied head strap. Consider use of C-collar to restrict head movement.
  15. If using i-gel Airway device, consider decompressing the stomach by inserting a nasogastric tube through the gastric outlet on the airway.

  1. Removal of the airway is indicated -
    • IF the patient has a return of gag reflex AND ability to protect own airway,
    • OR

    • If ventilation is inadequate.

  2. Don protective eyewear, mask and gloves.
  3. Vomiting is likely, have suction ready with Yankauer tip.
  4. If not contraindicated by suspected spinal injury, turn the patient to the side.
  5. Carefully remove the i-gel Airway device staying alert for vomiting.
  6. Oxygenate and ventilate as needed.

  1. Sometimes a feel of "give-way" is felt before the end point resistance is met. This is due to the passage of the bowl of the i-gel through the faucial pillars. It is important to continue to insert the device until a definitive resistance is felt. Once definitive resistance is met and the teeth are located on the integral bite-block, do not repeatedly push i-gel down or apply excessive force during insertion.
  2. If there is early resistance during insertion -
    • A "jaw-thrust" (above) or "Insertion with Deep Rotation" (right) is recommended.

  3. It is not necessary to insert fingers or thumbs into the patients mouth during the process of inserting the device.
  4. No more than three attempts in one patient should be attempted.

i-gel Airway Chart

from "IS6.3_igel_UK_issue_11_web.pdf"

Revision Date: 13 April 2017

9034 - EZ-IO


Indications :

  1. SIZE :
    • EZIO - AD for patients known or appearing to be 40kg or greater.
    • OR

    • EZIO - PD for patients 3kg to 39 kg.

  2. Need for vascular access for volume replacement or medication administration in patients with poor venous access or 2 failed IV attempts.
  3. Decreased level of consciousness (GCS of 8 or below.)

Contraindications :

  1. Patients known or appearing less than 3 kg.
  2. Fracture(s) to long bones -
    • Leg Site(s) - Femur or tiba
    • Arm Site(s) - Humerus

  3. Knee replacement (look for large anterior scar.)
  4. Severe osteoporosis or tumor of leg / arm.
  5. Infection at insertion site.
  6. Inability to locate landmarks or excessive tissue at insertion site.

Considerations :

  1. Use outside the above indications/contraindications may be authorized by online medical control.

  1. EZ-IO driver.
  2. EZ-IO needle set.
  3. Arm Band.
  4. Site prep.
  5. Extension set.
  6. 10 ml syringe.
  7. 1 liter bag of normal saline.
  8. External pressure device (or BP cuff.)
  9. Tape/gauze.
  10. 2% Lidocaine (preservative free.)

  1. Prepare the equipment, purge the tubing.
  2. Prep the insertion site as per standard IV access technique.
    1. Locate the patella, tibial tuberosity and flat surface of the tibia.
    2. Insertion site is 1 finger width medial to the tuberosity.
    3. Humeral head may be used as alternate site for patients with "leg" contraindications (above.)

  3. Open the EZ-IO cartridge and attach needle set (confirm "snap".)
  4. Remove needle cap with clockwise rotation.
  5. Insert IO needle -
    1. Stabliize extremity with one hand and position the driver over the site at a 90o angle to flat surface of the bone.
    2. Power the needle through the skin ONLY TO BONE SURFACE
    3. Ensure the 5 mm mark (closest to the flange) on the catheter is visable.
      1. If the mark is not visable, do not proceed, the needle set is not long enough.

    4. Apply firm, steady pressure and power the needle into the bone until the flange touches the skin OR a sudden lack of resistance is flet.
    5. While supporting the needle set with one hand, pull straight back on the driver to detach from needle set.
    6. Grasp the hub firmly with one hand and rotate the stylet counter clockwise until loose, pull it from the hub and place in the styet cartridge.
      1. Place the cartridge in biohazard container.

    7. Confirm placement by :
      1. Visable blood at tip of stylet,
      2. Aspiration of marrow,
      3. Free flow of fluid without evidence of leakage or extravasation.

  6. Flush with 10ml of normal saline.
  7. Secure catheter with tape/gauze.
  8. Attach to 1 liter normal saline bag with external pressure device inflated to 300 mmHg.
  9. Apply EZ-IO arm band.
  10. Monitor for soft tissue swelling/leaks.

  1. Locate the anatomical site
    • Place the patient's hand over the abdomen (elbow adducted and humerous internally rotated)

      OR

      With the elbow aganst the body, rotate the hand medially until the palm faces outward, thumb pointing down

    • Place you palm on the patient's shoulder anteriorly, the "ball" under your palm is the general targete area. You should be able to feel this ball, even on obese pataients, by pushing deeply

    • Place the ulnar aspect of your hand vertically over the axilla and the ulnar aspect of your other hand along the midline of the upper arm laterally

    • Place your thumbs together over the arm; nthis identifies the vertical line of insertion on the proximal humerus

    • Palpate deeply up the humerus to the surgical neck. This may feel like gold ball on a tee - the spot where the "ball" meets the "tee" is the surgical neck

    • The insertion site is 1 to 2 cm above the surgical neck, on the most prominent aspect of the greter tubercle

  2. Prepaire the skin / cleanse the area of insertion.

  3. Load the appropriate needle into the driver - yellow needle

  4. Firmly presse the needle set at a 45-degree angle to the anterior plane and posteromedial

  5. As the needle reaches the bone, stop and be sure that the 5mm marking on the needle is visible; if it is, continue to operate the driver

  6. When a sudden decrease in resistance is felt and the flange ofhte needle rests against the skin, remove the driver and the stylet from the catheter

  7. Aspirate for blood/bone marrow(2nd confirmation of placement)

  8. If the patient is responsive to pain - perform steps in "Pain" section

  9. If no infiltration is seen, attach the IV line and infuse fluids and/or medications as normal

  10. IV bag will need to be under pressure

  11. Secure the needle

  1. If drip rate is slow, flush with 10ml normal saline (5ml for EZIO-PD.)
  2. Any medication that is administered by IV can also be administered by IO.
  3. The device may be left in place for up to 24 hours.
  4. Removal is accomplished by pulling while rotating the center hub counter clockwise.

  1. Insertion of the EZIO-AD & EZIO-PD in conscious patients has been noted to cause mild to moderate discomfort (usually no more painful than a large bore IV.) However, IO infusion for conscious patients has been noted to cause severe discomfort -
    1. Prior to IO syringe bolus (flush) or continuous infusion in alert patients, SLOWLY administer Lidocaine 2% (Preservative Free) through the EZ-IO hub.
      1. EZIO-AD : Slowly administer 20 mg to 40 mg Lidocaine 2% (Preservative Free.)
      2. EZIO-PD : Slowly administer 0.5 mg/kg Lidocaine 2% (Preservative Free.)

Revision Date: 1 October 2022

9035 - CAPNOGRAPHY VIA NASAL CANNULA


    1. To be used on select patients for monitoring of ventilatory status. This protocol does not apply to end-tidal CO2 monitoring for patients that have undergone endotracheal intubation.

    2. Indications

      1. Undifferentiated shortness of breath
      2. Patients receiving sedation
      3. Patients with suspected opioid overdose, including those that have received naloxone


    3. Contraindications

      1. Cardiac arrest

        1. In-line ETCO2 monitoring should be utilized with ETT or SGA use
        2. Under no circumstances should the value of end-tidal CO2 interrupt routine ACLS cares (i.e. chest compressions should not be discontinued early with changes in end-tidal CO2 values). If there is a change appreciated in capnography, it is imperative to complete the round of compressions prior to pulse check.

Revision Date: 27 April 2023

9040 - PAIN SCALES


DNR Flow Chart

Wong-Baker Faces

DNR Flow Chart

Visual Analog Scale

DNR Flow Chart

FLACC Scale

Revision Date: 1 January 2019

9045 - INTERPRETER SERVICES


Connect to Interpreter Now by Phone – Foreign Languages, CALL TOLL FREE 1-833-831-1598

Before the call:

  • Know the language that is needed. See next page for available languages.
  • Be prepared to brief the interpreter about the nature of the call before he or she speaks with the limited English proficiency (LEP) patient.
  • For outbound calls, provide the operator with a dial out number. He or she will make a three way conference call.

How to call:

  • Dial 1-833-831-1598.
  • State the language that you need, your full name, your department name and the patient’s first and last name.

During the call:

  • Speak in short phrases or sentences.
  • Avoid slang, jargon, and technical terms.
  • Check for understanding from your LEP patient throughout the call.
  • When speaking to the interpreter, do not give and/or ask too much information at one time.
  • Ask questions in the first person.
  • Make sure to pause to allow the interpreter time to interpret and the LEP patient time to respond.

Ending the call:

  • Before ending the call, ensure that both the LEP patient and the interpreter know the session is about to end.

Revision Date: 24 February 2022

9050 - DO NOT RESUSCITATE (DNR) GUIDELINES


DNR Flow Chart

DO NOT RESUSCITATE (DNR) Flow Chart

Revision Date: 1 January 2019

9060 - EMSRB DNR FORM


Creation Date: UNKNOWN

9070 - MINNESOTA POLST FORM


Creation Date: UNKNOWN

9080 - HENNEPIN COUNTY PANFLU


    These standing orders will be used to provide the best pre-hospital care to the greatest number of people during an extreme situation. They will only be put into place when resources are defined by the system as “Level Red,” which means EMS services are pending or not answering calls for which there is a significant risk of death for the patient. They do not supersede other protocols. You will be notified when this status is in effect.

    Our ethical commitments are:

    1. Limitation of Individual Autonomy: The fair and just rationing of scarce resources requires public health decisions based on objective factors, rather than on the choice of individual leaders, providers, or patients. All individuals should receive the highest level of care given the resources available at the time.
    2. Transparency: Governments and institutions have an ethical obligation to plan allocation through a process that is transparent, open, and publicly debated. Governmental honesty about the need to ration medical care justifies institutional and professional actions of withholding and withdrawing support from individual patients. These restrictive policies must be understood and supported by medical providers and the public, ideally with reassurances that institutions and providers will be acting in good faith and legally protected in their efforts.
    3. Justice/Fairness: The proposed triage process relies on the principle of maximization of benefit to the population served. The triage process treats patients equally based on objective, physiologic criteria, and when these criteria do not clearly favor a particular patient, “first come, first serve” rules will apply.
    4. Assurance: In order to ensure “procedural justice,” EMS triage processes will be regularly evaluated to assure that the process has been followed fairly and consistently.
    5. Documentation: MNTrac records will include policy notations including the times the “Level Red” was in effect.

    When an ambulance arrives on scene during “Level Red” status, instead of automatically offering transport to an emergency department, as under normal practice, you will assess the patient’s objective condition and triage him/her into the following categories:

    Provide homecare information.
    Refer to a clinic or other medical destination.
    Refer to use of alternate transportation to a hospital, clinic or other medical destination.
    Transport by (and at the descretion of) law enforcement.
    Transport by ambulance to a hospital or other medical destination.

    Standing Orders:

    1. If the patient’s complaint or symptoms are not listed in this Appendix, Paramedic’s discretion is advised as long as the decision is not in conflict with SOP.
    2. When resources during a Pandemic are “Level Red,” automatically offer to transport patients with the following presentations:
    3. 1. Paramedic discretion - suspicion of critical injury/illness.
      2. Altered vital signs (or age-specific abnormal vital signs,) including any one of these:

      • SBP < 90.
      • SpO2 < 92%.
      • RR > 30 (or respiratory distress.)
      • HR > 120, or delayed capillary refill.

      3. Breathinhg:

      • Respiratory distress.
      • Cyanosis or pallor/ashen skin.

      4. Circulation/Shock:

      • Signs or symptoms of shock.
      • Severe/uncontrollable bleeding.
      • Large amounts of blood (or suspected blood) in emesis or stool.

      5. Neurologic:

      • Unconscious or altered level of consciousness.
      • New focal neurologic signs (CVA, etc.)
      • Status, multiple or new-onset seizure.
      • Severe headaches - especially sudden onset or accompanied with neck pain/stiffness.
      • Head injuries with more than brief loss of consciousness or continued neck pain, dizziness, vision disturbances, ongoing amnesia or headache, and/or nausea and vomiting.

      6. Trauma:

      • Significant trauma with chest/spinal/abdominal/neurologic injury deemed unstable or potentially unstable.
      • Suspected fractures or dislocations that cannot be safely transported by private vehicle.

      When resources during a Pandemic are “Level Red,” consider patients with the following presentations for:

      • transportation by ambulance - Note that many "transport by ambulance" patients will not require emergency transport to the hospital – in which case, the crew may answer additional calls until the ambulance is full, or a critical patient is picked up, depending on system call volumes.
      • transportation by alternate means - private vehicle or police to clinic or hospital. Except in very limited cases, the patient should NOT self - transport to the hospital/clinic, but could be driven by someone else.
      • homecare - Give patient the homecare form for their complaint and advise to contact personal medical provider if symptoms persist or worsen. The form will have information pertaining to their complaint and list ways of caring for themselves, as well as what to look for that would prompt self-transport to a clinic or hospital, or transport via ambulance to the hospital. Advise the patient that this does not restrict them from seeking care at a clinic or hospital on their own, should they desire.

      1. ABDOMINAL PAIN:
        • Pulsating mass.
        • Marked tenderness/guarding.
        • Pain radiating into back and/or groin/inner thighs.
        • Recurrent severe vomiting not associated with diarrhea.
        to
        • Recurrent severe vomiting associated with diarrhea - to emergency if associated with signs/symptoms of dehydration, to urgent care or clinic if no dizziness nor vital sign changes and normal exam.
        • Intermittent vomiting and diarrhea without blood or evidence of dehydration.

      2. ANAPHYLAXIS/STINGS:
        • Patients who have had epinephrine administered for symptoms.
        • Patients experiencing airway, hypotension or respiratory symptoms, after an allergy exposure.
        to OR
        • Patients with itching after exposure - if rapid onset of symptoms, may require EMS transport; if delayed > 1 hour, safe for private transport. All patients with history of anaphylaxis should be seen in emergency room if possible. Others may be seen in clinic or urgent care. EMS may administer diphenhydramine prior to clearing scene, up to 1mg/kg.

      3. BACK PAIN:
        • Acute trauma with midline bony spinal tenderness.
        • New onset of extremity weakness, sensory deficits, other neurological changes, incontinence of urine or bowel, urinary retention or bloody urine.
        • Concern for abdominal aortic aneurysm.
        • Pain radiating into abdomen or groin/inner thighs.
        OR
        • Inability to ambulate/care for self.
        • Concern for kidney stone, bloddy urine.

      4. BEHAVIORAL:
        • Uncontrolled agitation requiring sedation by EMS.
        OR OR
        • Suicidal ideation - must be left with a responsible party.
        OR
        • Other emotionally disturbed patients may be transported at law enforcement's discretion or by other means.

      5. BLEEDING (LACERATIONS, ABRASIONS OR AVULSIONS):
        • Patient is on blood thinner(s) with significant ongoing bleeding or large hematoma.
        to
        • Significant lacerations after bandaging - heavily contaminated, bite-related, likely to involve foreign body, deep structure injury, sensory/motor deficit - to emergency room.
        • Lacerations requiring simple repair - consider self- transport to physician's office or urgent care center (however, some offices do not do procedures; patient will need to call ahead.)
        • Abraisions or avulsions not requireing suturing or repair, no significant contamination
        • Minor lacerations that do not require sutures.

      6. BURNS:
        • All chemical or electrical burns.
        • Suspected inhalant burn.
        • Significant third degree burns.
        • Second degree burns to 5% or less BSA.
        • Second degree burns to face, mouth.
        • Severe pain.
        • Second degree burns to hands or feet, or 1% to 5% BSA to other location(s) - (size of patient's palmer surface.)
        • Second degree burns less than 1% BSA, non-critical location.
        • First degree burns.

      7. CARDIAC ARREST:
        • Witnessed down time of 10 minutes or less - follow usual resuscitation protocol.
        • All others - report death to dispatch and return to service; do not wait for law enforcement or medical examiner arrival.

      8. CHEST PAIN:
        • Chest pain or other signs or symptoms suspicious for cardiac ischemia, pulmonary embolus, or other life threat.
        to OR
        • Chest pain ongoing for over 12 hours and a normal ECG.
        • Pleuritic chest pain without hypoxia.
        • Chest pain reproducible on physical exam to palpation is generally NOT concerning; unless ECG changes or known cardiac disease,unlikely to require treatment for acute coronary syndrome.

      9. DIABETIC:
      10. OR
        • Any patient on oral diabetes medications with low blood glucose - if transported by private vehicle must NOT drive self.
        • Critical high glucose or signs of Diabetic Ketoacidosis/ dehydration.
        • Patients with typical hypoglycemia and explanation for low sugar (did not eat, etc.) can be left without medical control contact as long as family/friend is present and patient is eating.

      11. ENVIRONMENTAL:
        • Heat-related illness with any alteration in mental status (confusion, decreased LOC.)
        • Frozen extremity.
        • Hypothermia with AMS.
        OR
        • Frostbite to face, hands, feet, other locations suspected deeper inury, blisters, or frozen to touch.
        • Heat-related illness without alteration in mental status - initiate external cooling at home under supervision of friends/family.
        • Minor frostbite with tissues now soft, pink, no blisters and NOT involving digits.

      12. ETOH/SUBSTANCE ABUSE:
        • Very decreased LOC or other confounding issues (head injury, suspicion of aspiration.)
        • Otherwise may be transported at law enforcement's discretion.
        • Patient may be left with a responsible individual who can assist the patient.
        • Able to ambulate safely without assistance.

      13. EYE PAIN:
        • Impaled objects or possible penetrating injury to eye, or globe rupture.
        • Chemical esposures (alkaline) - after decontamination and initial rinsing.
        OR to
        • Eye pain and/or acute changes to vision should receive transport for urgent evaluation to emergency department or other qualified clinic (e.g. eye clinic.)
        • Chemical exposures (non-alkaline) - consult poison control for instructions; transport if symptoms/dangerous exposure.
        • Chemical exposures (non-alkaline) - consult poison control for instructions; if no symptoms and limited toxicity likely, give instruction sheet.

      14. FEVER:
        • Fever plus altered mental status including confusion.
        • Fever plus severe symptoms by paramedic assessment.
        • Fever plau seizures, lethargy, stiff neck, rash or blistering.
        OR to
        • Fever estimated to be at or above 100.5o for three months or less - to emergency room or clinic urgently.
        • History of fever greater then 3 months that does not reduce with anti-pyretics, or fever lasting more then 5 days - emergency room, urgent care, or clinic.

      15. HEADACHE:
        • With vision deficit, lethargy or other qualifies such as fever, etc.
        • New headaches for patient require assessment
        • Usual headaches for patient may require treatment.

      16. MUSCULOSKELETAL INJURIES (ISOLATED):
        • Loss of distal pulses.
        • Unable to effectively splint the affected body part.
        • Neurological changes or deficits.
        • Open fractures.
        • Displaced fractures or pain requiring injectable narcotics.
        • Suspected fractures that are stable and do not require injected analgesia may be splinted appropriately and transported by private vehicle.
        or
        • Neck pain and back pain after MVC that is delayed in onset and not associated with midline tenderness or neurologic systems.

      17. NOSE BLEED:
        • Signs of hypovolemia or dizziness upon standing.
        • Patient is on blood thinners (Coumadin, lovenox, clopidogrel, etc.)
        • Continued high blood pressure (SBP > 200) in setting of nosebleed.
        • Continued severe bleeding despite EMS efforts to control.
        • All others.

      18. OB/PREGNANCY:
        • Imminent delivery.
        • Pain in abdomen or back.
        • Profuse vaginal bleeding.
        • Third trimester (> 24 weeks) bleeding.
        • Pre/Eclampsia - syncope, seizure, altered mental status, SBP equal to or greater then 140.
        • All others.

      19. SWALLOWING PROBLEM:
        • Patient unable to manage own secretions due to pain or obstruction.
        • All others.

      20. SYNCOPE:
        • History of coronary disease or heart failure.
        • Age of 55 or over.
        • Pregnant.
        • Chest pain, headache or shortness of breath (or other symptoms concerning to paramedics.)
        to OR
        • Likely dehydration with dizziness preceding the snycope.
        • Other underlying medical conditions.

      21. TOXICOLOGICAL:
      22. or to OR
        • Overdose or other toxic exposure - contact Poison Control and/or online medical control.
        • If intentional - see section 4:Behavioral in this appendix.

      23. VULNERABLE PERSON IN POTENTIAL DANGER:
        • EMS should assure that person will not be left in dangerous environment.
        • If safe disposition and transport can be arranged and the injuries do not otherwise require medical evaluation, other transport may be appropriate.

Creation Date: 9 April 2009

9090 - PEDIATRIC REFERENCE CHART


Creation Date: UNKNOWN

9903 - ADENOSINE, IV



    Generic Name adenosine IV
    Trade Name Adenocard IV
    Classification Antiarrhythmics
    Indications To convert acute PSVT to normal sinus rhythm. Includes PSVT associated with accessory bypass tracts (Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome.)
    Contraindications Patients with hypersensitivity to the drug. Those in second or third degree heart block, sick sinus syndrome, or symptomatic bradycardia.
    Adverse Effects Chest pain, dizziness, dyspnea and/or shortness of breath, facial flushing, headache, lightheadedness, blurred vision, nausea, metallic taste, and numbness. More serious symptoms are persistent arrythmias, and bronchospasm.
    Precautions Could produce bronchoconstriction in patients with asthma. Patients who develop high level heart block after a single dose should not receive additional doses. Use with caution in patients receiving digoxin and verapamil in combination. Theraputic levels of theophylline and methylxanthines affect the response of adenosine. Dipyridamole potentiates its effect.
    Concentration(s) 3 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9906 - ALBUTEROL SULFATE INHALATION SOLUTION, 0.083%



    Generic Name albuterol sulfate Inhalation Solution, 0.083%
    Trade Name Ventolin
    Classification Bronchodilators
    Indications Indicated for the relief of bronchospasm in patients two years of age and older with reversible obstructive airway disease and acute attacks of bronchospasm.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to the drug.
    Adverse Effects Tachycardia, hypertension, bronchospasm, bronchitis, nasal congestion, tremors, dizziness, nervousness, headache, and sleeplessness.
    Precautions Used with caution in patients with cardiovascular disorders, especially coronary insufficiency, cardiac arrhythmias and hypertension. MAO inhibitors, tricyclic antidepressants, may potentiate action on CV system. Propranolol and other beta blockers inhibit the effect of albuterol.
    Concentration(s) 2.5 mg in 3 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9909 - TETRACAINE HYDROCHLORIDE 0.5% OPHTHALMIC SOLUTION



    Generic Name tetracaine hydrochloride
    Trade Name Altacaine, Tetcaine, TetraVisc, TetraVisc Forte
    Classification Topical anesthetic agent
    Indications Ophthalmic procedures in which it can provide good local anesthesia (flushing eyes out after chemical injury.)
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to the drug.
    Adverse Effects Hypersensitivity reactions, conjunctival redness, transient eye pain, and lacrimation or increased winking. A hyperallergic corneal reaction may occur which includes an acute diffuse epithelial keratitis.
    Precautions Should be used cautiously in patients with cardiac disease, or hyperthyroidism. Prolonged use may produce permanent corneal opacification with loss of vision.
    Concentration(s) 0.5% in 4 mL ampule

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9912 - AMIODARONE HYDROCHLORIDE (CORDARONE)



    Generic Name amiodarone hydrochloride
    Trade Name Cordarone
    Classification Antiarrhythmics
    Indications Used in a wide variety of atrial and ventricular tachyarrhythmias and for rate control of rapid atrial arrhythmias in patients with impaired LV function when digoxin has proven ineffective.
    Contraindications Marked sinus bradycardia due to severe sinus node dysfunction, second-or third-degree AV block, syncope caused by bradycardia (except when used with a pacemaker). Cardiogenic shock. Lactation.
    Adverse Effects Cough and progressive dyspnea. Worsening of arrhythmias, symptomatic bradycardia, sinus arrest, SA node dysfunction, CHF edema, hypotension, cardiac conduction abnormalities, cardiac arrest, abnormal involuntary movements, headache, nausea and vomitting, abdominal pain, flushing, and shock
    Precautions May produce vasodilation and hypotension. May have negative inotropic effects. May prolong QT interval. Do not routinely use with other drugs that prolong QT interval. Use with caution if renal failure is present.
    Concentration(s) 50 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9915 - ASPIRIN (ASA)



    Generic Name acetylsalicylic acid
    Trade Name Aspirin ASA, Ecotrin
    Classification Antiplatelet effect, nonnarcotic analgesic, antipyretic.
    Indications Suspicion of cardiac ischemia.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to drug. Patients with active ulcer disease. Pediatric patients.
    Adverse Effects Bleeding gums, signs of GI bleeding, and petechiae. Aspirin will increase bleeding time.
    Precautions Use with caution in patients with GI lesions, impaired renal function, hypoprothrombinemia, vitamin K deficiency, thrombocytopenia, or severe hepatic impairment.
    Concentration(s) 81 mg per tablet

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9918 - ATROPINE SULFATE IV



    Generic Name atropine sulfate IV
    Trade Name Atropine IV
    Classification Antiarrhythmic, anticholinergic, antidote.
    Indications Treatment of symptomatic sinus bradycardia or atrioventricular block at the nodal level. Usually not effective when infranodal block suspected. Second drug for asystole or PEA.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to the drug, unstable cardiovascular status, myocardial ischemia, glaucoma, and obstructive disease of the GI or GU tracts.
    Adverse Effects Postural hypotension, blurred vision, dryness of the mouth, GI reflux, nausea, vomiting, paralytic ileus, tachyarrhythmias, and urinary retention.
    Precautions Use with caution in presence of myocardial ischemia and hypoxia. Avoid in hypothermic bradycardia. Usually not effective in second degree block type II and third degree blocks with wide QRS complexes. Antacids decrease absorption of med.
    Concentration(s) 0.1 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9921 - IPRATROPIUM INHALATION (ATROVENT)



    Generic Name ipratropium bromide
    Trade Name Atroven
    Classification Bronchodilators
    Indications Either alone or with other bronchodilators, especially beta andrenergics is used for treatment of bronchospasm associated with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, including asthma chronic bronchitis and emphysema.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to the drug, Atropine and its derivatives, and those with a history of hypersensitivity to soy lecithin or related food products such as soybeans and peanuts.
    Adverse Effects Dizziness, headache, nervousness, palpitations, hypertension, cough, blurred vision, rhinitis, epistaxis, GI distress, chest pain, flu-like symptoms.
    Precautions Use cautiously in patients with angle-closure glaucoma, prostatic hyperplasia, and bladder-neck obstruction. void leakage around the face mask, temporary blurring of vision or eye pain may occur.
    Concentration(s) 0.5 mg in 2.5 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9924 - DIPHENHYDRAMINE HCL (BENADRYL) IV



    Generic Name diphenhydramine hydrochloride
    Trade Name Benadryl IV
    Classification Antihistamine, antidyskinetic, antiemetic, antivertigo agent, sedative-hypnotic.
    Indications Supplemental therapy to epinephrine in anaphylaxis and other uncomplicated allergic reactions requiring prompt treatment.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to the drug, during acute asthmatic attacks, in newborns, and premature neonates.
    Adverse Effects Palpitations, hypotension, tachycardia, confusion, insomnia, headache, vertigo, restlessness, tremor, seizures, blurred vision, nausea and vomiting, and anaphylactic shock.
    Precautions Use with extreme caution in patients with prostatic hyperplasia, asthma or COPD, increased intraocular pressure, hyperthyroidism, CV disease, or hypertension. Avoid SC or perivascular injection. Potential CNS depression when used in the presence of sedating medications, alcohol, or other illicit substances.
    Concentration(s) 50 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9927 - CALCIUM CHLORIDE 10%



    Generic Name calcium chloride 10%
    Trade Name Calcijex
    Classification Antihyperkalemic, antihypermagnesemic, cardiotonic, antihypocalcemic.
    Indications Known or suspected hyperkalemia (e.g., renal failure), Hypocalcemia (e.g., after multiple blood transfusion, and as an antidote for toxic effects (hypotension and arrhythmias) from calcium channel blocker overdose or B-Adrenergic blocker overdose.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to the drug, digitalized patients, hypercalcemia, ventricular fibrillation.
    Adverse Effects May cause bradycardia, cardiac arrest, metallic, calcium or chalky taste, prolonged state of cardiac contraction, sense of oppression, or tingling sensation, especially with a too-rapid rate of administration. (Overdose) nausea and vomiting, coma, and sudden death.
    Precautions Do not use routinely in cardiac arrest; do not mix with Sodium Bicarbonate. Three times more potent then calcium gluconate. For IV use only.
    Concentration(s) 100 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

<

9930 - DEXTROSE IV



    Generic Name D-glucose or glucose
    Trade Name Dextrose IV
    Classification Nutritional (carbohydrate).
    Indications Diabetics who are unable to take oral fluids due to altered level of consciousness and low blood glucose.
    Contraindications Delirium tremens with hydration, diabetic coma while blood sugar is excessive, hepatic coma intracranial or intraspinal hemorrhage, glucose-galactose malabsorption syndrome.
    Adverse Effects Pulmonary edema, exacerbated hypertension, heart failure, (fluid overload-congested states), hyperglycemia, (during infusion), hyperosmolar syndrome (mental confusion, loss of consciousness), hypokalemia, reactive hypoglycemia (after infusion)
    Precautions Use with caution in patients with cardiac or pulmonary disease, hypertension, renal insufficiency, urinary obstruction, or hypovolemia. Avoid extravasation which may cause tissue sloughing, necrosis, and phlebitis.
    Concentration(s) 500 mg per 1 mL (0.5 GRAMS per 1 mL)

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9932 - DROPERIDOL (INAPSINE)



    Generic Name Droperidol
    Trade Name Inapsine
    Classification Antipsychotic
    Indications Acute undifferentiated agitation
    Contraindications Known or suspected QT prolongation, including congenital long QT syndrome; not for use in children < 2 years of age.
    Precautions Administer droperidol with extreme caution to patients who may be at risk for development of prolonged QT syndrome (eg, congestive heart failure, bradycardia, use of a diuretic, cardiac hypertrophy, hypokalemia,hypomagnesemia, or administration of other drugs known to increase the QT interval). Other risk factors may include age greater than 65 years, alcohol abuse, and use of agents such as benzodiazepines, volatile anesthetics, and IV opiates. Initiate droperidol at a low dose and adjust upward, with caution, as neededto achieve the desired effect.
    Concentration(s) 2.5 mg/mL; consult specific product labeling.

Revision Date: 1 May 2023

9933 - EPINEPHRINE



    Generic Name epinephrine hydrochloride
    Trade Name Adrenalin
    Classification Cardiac stimulant, bronchodilator, antiallergic, and vasopressoR.
    Indications Cardiac arrest: VF, pulseless VT, asystole, pulseless electrical activity. Anaphylaxis, severe allergic reactions, and profound bradycardia or hypotension.
    Contraindications Patients with angle-closure glaucoma, shock (other than anaphylactic shock), organic brain damage, cardiac dilation, coronary insufficiency, cerebral arteriosclerosis or labor and delivery. Do not use to treat overdose of adrenergic blocking agents.
    Adverse Effects Nervousness, tremor, headache, agitation, dizziness, weakness, cerebral hemorrhage, palpitations, hypertension, tachycardia, anginal pain, nausea and vomiting, and dyspnea.
    Precautions High doses do not improve survival or neurologic outcome and may contribute to postresuscitation myocardial dysfunction. Raising blood pressure and increasing heart rate may cause myocardial ischemia, angina and increased myocardial oxygen demand. Higher doses maybe required to treat poison/drug-induced shock. Do not use concurrently with Brevibloc. The effects of the drug maybe potentiated by tricyclic antidepressants.
    Concentration(s) 1 mg per 1 mL for 1:1000 (30 mL vial)||||| - ||||| 0.1 mg per 1 mL for 1:10,000 (pre-filled syringe)

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9934 - EPINEPHRINE - PUSH-DOSE


    Indications:

    • Anaphylaxis, refractory to IM epi
    • Sepsis, refractory to IV fluids
    • Bradycardia (Adult), not responding to atropine or pacing
    • Shock with SBP < 90mmHg (Peds < 70 mmHg) not responding to fluids
      • Non-traumatic (e.g. ROSC)
      • Crush injury

    Contra-Indications:

    • Inadequate IV or IO access

    Potential side Effects:

    • Systemic: Palpitations, tachycardia, arrhythmia, anxiety, panic attacks, headache, tremor, hypertension, acute pulmonary edema, myocardial infarction
    • Local: Localized tissue damage and/or compartment syndrome

    Procedure:

    1. Creating the medication
      1. Remove 1mL of normal saline from a 10mL flush, then draw up 1mL of epinephrine (1:10,000). The result should be a 10mL syringe with 100mcg of 1:10,000 Epi.
        1. Alternatively you can draw 9mL of normal saline and 1mL of epinephrine (1:10,000) into a 10mL syringe.
      2. Vigorously roll the syringe to ensure it is well mixed.
      3. Label the syringe.

    2. Administration
      1. Adult
        1. Administer 1-2mL (10-20 mcg) of the epi every 2-5 minutes.
        2. Titrate to systolic blood pressure > 90 mmHg

      2. Pediatric
        1. Administer 0.1ml/kg (1mcg/kg) (Maximum single dose 1 ml) of epi every 2-5 minutes
        2. Titrate to systolic blood pressure > 70 mmHg

Revision Date: 25 April 2024

9936 - FENTANYL



    Generic Name fentanyl
    Trade Name Duragesic, Subsys, Abstral
    Classification Opioid Analgesic
    Indications Control of pain associated with musculoskeletal pain.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to fentanyl or other fentanyl analogues. May cause muscle rigidity (including muscles of respiration) if given in high dose or too rapidly.
    Adverse Effects CNS: CNS depression; CV: hypotension, bradycardia; GI/GU: vomiting, nausea, diarrhea; Resp: Respiratory depression, apnea, depressed C02 sensitivity.
    Precautions May cause muscle rigidity (including muscles of respiration) if given in high dose or too rapidly.
    Concentration(s) 50 mcg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9939 - GLUCAGON



    Generic Name glucagon
    Trade Name GlucaGen
    Classification Antihypoglycemic, antidote, and diagnostic agent.
    Indications Treatment of severe hypoglycemia, helpful in reversing adverse beta-blockade of beta- adrenergic blocking agents and calcium channel blockers, diagnostic aid in radiologic exam of abdomen.
    Contraindications Known hypersensitivity to drug, and in patients with pheochromocytoma or with insulinoma (tumor of pancreas).
    Adverse Effects Hyperglycemia (excessive dosage), nausea and vomiting hypersensitivity reactions (anaphylaxis, dyspnea, hypotension, rash), increased blood pressure, and pulse; this maybe greater in patients taking beta- blockers.
    Precautions Give with caution to patients that have low levels of releasable glucose (e.g., adrenal insufficiency, chronic hypoglycemia, and prolonged fasting). Potentiates oral anticoagulants. Depletes glycogen stores especially in children and adolescents.
    Concentration(s) 1 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2019

9945 - KETAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE (KETALAR)



    Generic Name ketamine hydrochloride
    Trade Name Ketalar
    Classification Non-barbiturate anesthetic.
    Indications Severely agitated patient that poses an immediate threat to himself/herself or others and usual chemical or physical restraints may not be appropriate or safely used.
    Contraindications Ketamine is contraindicated in patients with any condition in which a significant elevation of blood pressure would be hazardous such as: severe cardiovascular disease, heart failure, severe or poorly controlled hypertension,recent myocardial infarction, history of stroke, cerebral trauma, intracerebral mass or hemorrhage. Also contraindicated for hypersensivity to the drug.
    Adverse Effects Psychological manifestations varying in severity between pleasant dream-like states, vivid imagery, hallucinations, nightmares or illusions and delirium. Other adverse effects include: Diplopia, nystagmus, blood pressure and pulse rate elevations, and local pain and exanthema at the injection site
    Precautions Barbiturates and Ketamine, being chemically incompatible because of precipitate formation, should not be injected from the same syringe. Use with caution in the chronic alcoholic and the acutely alcohol-intoxicated patient. The intravenous dose should be administered over a period of 60 seconds. More rapid administration may result in respiratory depression or apnea and enhanced pressor response. Resuscitative equipment should be ready for use.
    Concentration(s) 100 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9948 - LIDOCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE, IV



    Generic Name lidocaine hydrochloride IV
    Trade Name Xylocaine IV
    Classification Antiarrhythmic
    Indications Cardiac arrest from VF/VT (class II B) Stable VT, wide-complex tachycardias of uncertain type, wide-complex PSVT (class IIB).
    Contraindications Hypersensivity to the drug. Stokes-Adams syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, severe degrees of SA, AV, or intraventricular block (when no pacemaker is present.)
    Adverse Effects Anaphylaxis, bradycardia, hypotension, cardiovascular collapse, seizures, malignant hyperthermia, respiratory depression, tremors, lightheadedness, confusion, tinnitus, blurred or double vision, and vomiting
    Precautions Prophylactic use in AMI patients is not recommended. Discontinue infusion immediately if signs of toxicity develop. Elderly clients who have hepatic or renal disease or who weigh less then 45.5 kg should be watched closely for adverse side effects. Do not add lidocaine to blood transfusion assembly. Potentiates amiodarone, beta-adrenergic blockers (Inderal) and Tagamet. Toxicity can occur due to reduced metabolism of lidocaine.
    Concentration(s) 20 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9951 - MAGNESIUM SULFATE HEPTAHYDRATE



    Generic Name Magnesium Sulfate heptahydrate
    Trade Name Magnesium Sulfate
    Classification Antiarrhythmic, electrolyte replenisher, and anticonvulsant.
    Indications Refractory VF (after lidocaine), torsades de pointes with a pulse, life threatening ventricular arrhythmias due to digitalis toxicity, adjunctive to alleviate bronchospasm in acute asthma, control of seizures in pregnancy, and control of hypertension in acute nephritis in children.
    Contraindications In the presence of heart block or myocardial damage, hypersensitivity to drug, and within 2 hours preceding delivery of PIH patient.
    Adverse Effects CNS depression, hypotension, circulatory collapse, depression of myocardium. Sweating, hypothermia, muscle paralysis, respiratory paralysis, suppression of knee jerk reflex, and changes in ECG, (increased PR interval,increased QRS complex, and prolonged QT interval).
    Precautions Morphine and Valium potentiate respiratory depression when given to patient receiving MgSO4. Calcium gluconate should always be available to treat possible respiratory depression due to MgSO4. Toxic level is >10 mg/dL.
    Concentration(s) 500 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9954 - MIDAZOLAM HYDROCHLORIDE



    Generic Name midazolam hydrochloride
    Trade Name Versed
    Classification Sedative-hypnotic, benzodiazepine, amnestic, anesthetic adjunct.
    Indications To produce sedation, relieve anxiety, and impair memory of procedural events. Used with or without narcotic for conscious sedation before short procedures. Also as a component in the induction of anesthesia before administration of other anesthetic agents, and for patients in status seizures.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to the drug, and acute narrow-angle glaucoma. Not recommended in pregnancy, childbirth, breast-feeding, shock, coma, acute alcohol intoxication with depression of vital signs.
    Adverse Effects Serious cardiorespiratory events (airway obstruction, apnea, hypotension, oxygen desaturation, respiratory and or cardiac arrest), paradoxical behavior or excitement. Other common side effects are coughing, headache, hiccups, nausea and vomiting, and nystagmus (especially in children).
    Precautions Use cautiously in patients with uncompensated acute illness and in elderly or debilitated patients. Administer slowly over at least 2 minutes. Use with caution in neonates. Versed does not protect against the intracranial pressure or against the pulse and blood pressure rise associated with intubation. Erythromycin may alter the metabolism of Versed. Oral contraceptives prolong the half-life. Sedative effects may be antagonized by theophylline.
    Concentration(s) 5 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9957 - MORPHINE SULFATE, IV



    Generic Name Morphine Sulfate
    Trade Name Morphine Sulfate (names may vary if preservative free)
    Classification Narcotic analgesic, adjunct, pulmonary edema.
    Indications Analgesic of choice in pain associated with myocardial infarction that is unresponsive to nitrates. Treatment of acute pulmonary edema associated with left ventricular failure, if blood pressure is adequate. Used for sedation, to decrease anxiety and facilitate induction of anesthesia.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to opiates, acute bronchial asthma, heart failure secondary to lung disease, upper airway obstruction, acute alcoholism, convulsive states, and paralytic ileus.
    Adverse Effects Seizures (with large doses), hypotension, bradycardia, cardiac arrest, or may see tachycardia, and hypertension. Nausea and vomiting, ileus, urine retention, respiratory depression and arrest, hypothermia, and increased intracranial pressure may also been seen.
    Precautions Causes hypotension in volume-depleted patients. Administer slowly and titrate to effect. May cause apnea in asthmatic patients. May also cause increase ventricular response rate in presence of supraventricular tachycardias. Use with caution in the elderly, head injuries with increased intracranial pressure, COPD, severe hepatic or renal disease.
    Concentration(s) 10 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9960 - NALOXONE HYDROCHLORIDE (NARCAN) IV



    Generic Name naloxone hydrochloride
    Trade Name Narcan
    Classification Narcotic (opioid) antagonist, Antidote.
    Indications Indicated for complete or partial reversal of known or suspected narcotic-induced respiratory depression and overdose. Antidote for natural and synthetic narcotics. Also indicated for the diagnosis of suspected opioid tolerance.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to the drug. The naloxone challenge test should not be performed in patients showing S/S of withdrawal or whose urine contains opioids.
    Adverse Effects May see VF, tachycardia, hypertension, nausea, vomiting, and diaphoresis, in higher doses. Tremors and withdrawal symptoms in narcotic-dependent patients.
    Precautions May precipitate acute withdrawal symptoms in narcotic addicts. Effects of drug may not outlast effects of narcotics. Use with caution in patients with cardiac disease or those receiving cardiotoxic drugs. It is ineffective against respiratory depression caused by barbiturates, anesthetics, other nonnarcotic agents, or pathologic conditions.
    Concentration(s) 0.4 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9966 - NITROGLYCERINE, METERED DOSE SPRAY



    Generic Name nitroglycerin lingual spray
    Trade Name Nitroglycerin spray
    Classification Antianginal, coronary vasodilator, antihypertensive.
    Indications Initial antianginal for suspected ischemic pain. Drug of choice in unstable anginaor CHF associated with acute myocardial infarction, and suspected pulmonary edema when systolic blood pressure is greater than 140.
    Contraindications Hypersensitivity to nitrates, head trauma with increased intracranial pressure, hypotensive patients,severe bradycardia or tachycardia, RV infarction, Viagra within 24 hours, and severe anemia.
    Adverse Effects Headache, transient episodes of light-headedness related to blood pressure changes, hypotension, syncope, crescendo angina, rebound hypertension, and anaphylactoid reactions. Abdominal pain and vomiting may also be seen.
    Precautions Do not shake aerosol spray container because this affects metered dose. Patient should sit or lie down when taking this drug. Concomitant use of nitrates and alcohol may cause hypotension. Marked symptomatic orthostatic hypotension may occur when calcium channel blockers and oral controlled-release nitroglycerin are used in combination.
    Concentration(s) 0.4 mg per spray

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9969 - ORAL GLUCOSE



    Generic Name oral glucose
    Trade Name Glutose, Glucose Gel, Insta-Glucose, GlucoBurst
    Classification Antihypoglycemic
    Indications Hypoglycemia in a known diabetic with confusion or an altered level of consciousness.
    Contraindications Unconscious, unable to swallow, hypersensitivity to drug.
    Adverse Effects If ingested may cause irritation of the gastrointestinal tract, nausea, vomiting, and/or allergic reaction.
    Precautions Reassess mental status to determine if drug has had an effect.
    How Supplied Viscous gel or paste in a tube.
    Dosage 15 Gm per tube

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9970 - ROCURONIUM BROMINDE


    Generic Name Rocuronium
    Trade Name Zemuron
    Classification Non-depolarizing neuromuscular blocker (paralytic)
    Indications Paralysis of mechanically ventilated patients.
    Contraindications Anaphylaxis to rocuronium or other paralytics.
    Precautions Maintenance of an adequate airway and respiratory support is critical. Eyes should remain closed during paralysis to protect against damage to the corner (ulceration from drying). Accidental administration may be fatal. Confirm proper selection of intended product and ensure that the intended dose is clearly labeled and communicated, when applicable.
    Concentration(s) 10 mg/mL in 10 mL vials; consult specific product labeling.

Revision Date: 1 July 2023

9972 - SODIUM BICARBONATE



    Generic Name Sodium Bicarbonate
    Trade Name Sodium Bicarbonate
    Classification Electrolyte replenisher, alkalizing agent.
    Indications Metabolic acidosis caused by circulatory insufficiency resulting from shock or severe dehydration, severe renal disease, cardiac arrest, primary lactic acidosis, tricyclic overdoses, and hyperkalemia.
    Contraindications Patients with metabolic or respiratory alkalosis, patients losing chlorides by vomiting or GI suction, patients receiving diuretics known to produce hypochloremic alkalosis, and patients with hypocalcemia in which alkalosis may produce tetany, hypertension, seizures, or heart failure.
    Adverse Effects Gastric distention, belching, flatulence, hypokalemia, metabolic alkalosis, hypernatremia, hyperosmolarity, hyperirritability or tetany. Extravasation of IV Sodium Bicarbonate may cause chemical cellulitis with tissue necrosis.
    Precautions Not recommended for routine use in cardiac arrest patients. Sodium Bicarbonate inactivates norepinephrine, and dopamine, and forms a precipitate with calcium. Use with caution in the elderly with renal or cardiovascular insufficiency with or without CHF.
    Concentration(s) 1 mEq per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9975 - TERBUTALINE SULFATE



    Generic Name terbutaline sulfate
    Trade Name Brethine, Bricanyl
    Classification Sympathomimetic, (bronchodilator), Uterine relaxant.
    Indications Used for prevention and reversal of bronchospasm in patients with bronchial asthma and reversible bronchospasm associated with bronchitis and emphysema.
    Contraindications Patients with hypersensitivity to drug or sympathomimetic amines, cardiac arrhythmias with tachycardia or digitalis toxicity, uncontrolled hypertension, and any preexisting maternal medical conditions adversely affected by beta-mimetic drugs.
    Adverse Effects Paradoxical bronchospasm with prolonged usage, nervousness, tremor, drowsiness, headache, weakness, palpitations, tachycardia, heartburn, nausea, vomiting, and hypokalemia (with high doses).
    Precautions Use cautiously in patients with CV disorders, hyperthyroidism, diabetes, or seizure disorders. Drug is not recommended for children under 12 years of age because of insufficient clinical data. Protect ampule from light. Do not use if discolored. Significant changes in systolic and diastolic blood pressure may occur in some patients.
    Concentration(s) 1 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

9978 - TRANEXAMIC ACID (TXA)


    1. Background
      1. Plasmin breaks down clots by degrading fibrin (fibrinolysis). Tranexamic Acid (TXA) is an amino acid that blocks plasminogen from being converted to plasmin, thus tipping the balance from fibrinolysis toward clot formation.

    2. Indications
      1. Acute (within 3 hrs) hemorrhagic shock (blunt/penetrating trauma [T1] OR peri/post-partum hemorrhage)
        1. Any SBP < 90 mm Hg
          • Peds < 1 < 70 mm Hg
          • Peds 2-10 < 70 + (2 x age in yrs) mm Hg

        2. OR

        3. Sustained Tachycardia > 120 bpm WITH agitation/AMS (not attributed to Head injury or intoxication), diaphoresis or pallor
          • Peds < 2 > 180 bpm
          • Peds 2-5 > 160 bpm
          • Peds 6-14 > 140 bpm

      2. Major extremity bleeding requiring a tourniquet
      3. Uncontrolled Junctional/non-compressible severe wound bleeding
      4. Severe uncontrolled epistaxis
      5. Severe uncontrolled varicose vein bleeding
      6. Severe persistent oral/post tonsillectomy bleeding

    3. Contraindications
      1. Hypersensitivity
      2. Time since injury > 3 hrs.
      3. Thromboembolic event (CVA, MI, PE) in past 24 hrs
      4. Hypotension secondary to suspected spinal cord injury/shock.
      5. Traumatic arrest with > 5 min of CPR and no ROSC.
      6. Isolated GI bleed
      7. Isolated Head injury

    4. Protocol
      1. Blunt or Penetrating trauma with shock
        1. Provide necessary trauma care including hemorrhage control and other potential life threats first
        2. Adult (age > 13) administer 2 g IV/IO slow push
        3. Pediatric (age < 13) 15mg/kg (max 1 g) IV/IO slow push

      2. Post Partum hemorrhage with shock
        1. 1 g slow IV push

      3. Extremity bleeding with tourniquet application
        1. Adult 1 g IV/IO slow push
        2. Peds 15 mg/kg IV/IO slow push

      4. Uncontrolled junctional (Groin or other non-compressible) bleeding
        1. Adult 1 g IV/IO slow push
        2. Peds 15 mg/kg IV/IO slow push
        3. Apply direct pressure with gauze soaked with 1g TXA Topical

      5. Severe uncontrolled epistaxis
        1. Fold a 4x4 in half twice to form a 2x2
        2. Saturate with TXA 500 mg
        3. Gently insert into the affect side(s)
        4. Place nose clamp for continued pressure

      6. Severe Varicose vein bleeding
        1. Consider If unable to control with direct pressure or patient is on anticoagulation
        2. Form a ball shape with 4x4 gauze
        3. Saturate with TXA 500 mg
        4. Apply topically with ace wrap pressure

      7. Post tonsillectomy oral hemorrhage – severe/persistent
        1. Administer TXA via nebulizer 500mg (5ml)

      8. In ALL CASES communicate TXA administration, DOSE and ROUTE to the receiving facility

Revision Date: 1 March 2025

9981 - ONDANSETRON (ZOFRAN)



    Generic Name ondansetron
    Trade Name Zofran
    Classification Antiemetic
    Indications Severe Nausea and vomiting.
    Contraindications Known hypersensitivity to any component of preparation, long QTc, or evidence of serotonin syndrome on physical exam. Discuss with medical control before giving to a patient known to be pregnant.
    Adverse Effects The most common reported adverse affects are headache, diarrhea, blurred vision, constipation, fever and fatigue.
    Precautions Very rarely and predominantly with intravenous ondansetron, transient ECG changes including QT interval prolongation have been reported.
    Concentration(s) 2 mg per 1 mL

Revision Date: 1 January 2018

Ridgeview Ambulance Protocols

CRITICAL CARE PROTOCOLS
INDEX

Approved : 16 October 2023

Revision Date: 16 October 2023

CC0001 - ARTERIAL LINE MONITORING - TRANSDUCER ZEROING


    • Pressure cable is plugged into one of 3 pressure ports on the right side of monitor (typically already plugged into P1)
    • Zoll ECG

    • Connect other end of pressure cable to transducer
    • A pressure channel will display on the screen and ‘Zero Probe’ will appear on the bottom of the screen
    • To zero a transducer:

      • Open the transducer to atmospheric pressure
      • Use the arrow navigation keys Up / Down Arrows to highlight ‘Zero Probe’ on the bottom of the screen
      • Press the circle button Circular Button, this opens up the P1 menu
      • Select ‘Zero Probe’ within menu using the arrow keys and dot key to select
        • Note: the bottom of the screen changes to ‘Zeroing’ and then ‘Zeroed’ once complete

    • To close the menu box, use the arrow navigation keys to highlight and select the arrow in the bottom left hand corner of the menu box
    • Close transducer to allow for monitoring and you will see the waveform in the pressure channel and pressure value on the bottom of the screen
    • Note: you can adjust alarms and relabel line (Source Label) from within the pressure channel menu

Creation Date: 1 July 2023

CC0002 - MECHANICAL VENTILATOR MANAGEMENT - ADULTS


    Indications:

    • For patients with an advanced airway (ETT, SGA) secured in place with good waveform capnography
    • Only to be used during transport of the patient, including patients that are being mechanically ventilated prior to arrival (i.e. interfacility transports)

    Contraindications:

    • Lack of secure advanced airway with good waveform capnography
    • Patient with a known or suspected pneumothorax
    • Sustained ventilator alarms with an inability to correct
    • Patients weighing < 20 kg

    Procedure:

    1. For patients not previously mechanically ventilated - once patient is in the ambulance, they can be placed on the ventilator. Start all patients on new adult setting.

    2. For patients being mechanically ventilated upon arrival - EMS ventilator settings should be set to match existing settings.

    3. Settings can be adjusted as necessary to maintain goal oxygen saturation between 92-94% and ETCO2 between 35-45 mmHg. The following are guidelines to stay within:
      1. Tidal Volume – between 6-8 cc/kg
        • Follow the chart below for volume based on Ideal Body Weight.
      2. Respiratory Rate – between 8-20 breaths/min
      3. PEEP – 5-10 cmH2O
      4. FiO2 – between 21-100%, titrated to maintain goal oxygen saturation 92-94%
      5. Inspiratory Time – 1.0

    4. Maintain ETCO2 between 35-45 mmHg
      1. For ETCO2 < 35
        1. Initial step: decrease respiratory rate to minimum of 8 breaths/ min
        2. If issue persists: decrease tidal volume to minimum of 6 cc/kg

      2. For a ETCO2 > 45
        1. Initial step: increase respiratory rate to maximum of 20 breaths/ min
        2. If issue persists: increase tidal volume to maximum of 8 cc/kg

    5. Maintain oxygen saturation between 92-94%
      1. Initial step: increase FiO2 in a step-wise fashion to 100%
      2. If issue persists: increase PEEP to a maximum of 10 cmH2O

    6. Ensure adequate sedation

    7. Contact Medical Control Physician with any concerns, particularly:
      1. If ventilator settings need to exceed above limits to maintain oxygen and ETCO2 goals
      2. If patient is not otherwise tolerating ventilator settings
      3. If patient’s height is not represented on Ideal Body Weight chart below

    VENT Settings Chart

    from "XYZ"

Creation Date: 15 October 2023

CC0003 - QUICK SET-UP GUIDE TO NIPPV (BPAP OR CPAP)


    1. Press and hold “On/Standby” until lights turn on.

    2. Turn selection wheel/dial on front lower-right face of machine until “NEW PATIENT” is displayed at top of the machine. Press “Select” to the left of screen.

    3. Turn dial until “ADULT” is displayed and press “Select”.

    4. To silence alarm press “Silence Reset” on the right (and use repeated as needed as alarm comes back on after a time lapse).

    5. Selecting NPPV mode:
      1. Press the grey button 3rd to the right from the bottom left, “Assist/Ctrl, SIMV/CPAP, NPPV” four times.
        1. “NPPV” is flashing green and “SIMV/CPAP” is solid green
        2. The only variable that is highlighted (with a default setting of “10”) is “Pres. Support.” All other variables will have numbers that are dimmed.
        3. Proceed to step 6 or 7 depending on desired positive airway pressure mode

    6. BPAP (e.g., for usual initial orders are IPAP of 10 cm H20 and EPAP of 5 cm H20):
      1. Dial “Pres. Support” down from “10” to “5.” Press the grey button beneath “Pres. Support” to confirm.
        1. Note: Pressure Support = IPAP - EPAP.

      2. “PEEP” now becomes highlighted. Turn selection wheel from “0” up to “5.” Press the grey button beneath “PEEP” to confirm.
        1. Note: PEEP = EPAP

      3. Change alarm settings to prevent continuous alarms:
        1. Change “High Pres. Limit” to 100 using “Press, Change, Press” method.
        2. Change “Low Pressure” to “—” using “Press, Change, Press” method.
        3. Change “Low Min. Vol.” to “—” using “Press, Change, Press” method.

      4. To change backup breath rate (default is 12 which is what is usually initially ordered):
        1. Pressing the grey button beneath “Breath Rate”
        2. Turn the dial so the desired rate is displayed
        3. Press the grey button beneath “Breath Rate” again to confirm

      5. To change FiO2:
        1. Press the grey button beneath “O2%”
        2. Turn the dial so the desired percentage is displayed
        3. Press the grey button beneath “O2%” again to confirm

      6. Change the display to read out the tidal volume
        1. Press “Select” repeatedly until “Vte” appears on the display screen.
        2. Tidal volume should remain consistent to assure NPPV is being properly delivered.
        3. Tidal volume should be within 6-8mL/kg of ideal body weight.

Creation Date: 15 October 2023

CC0004 - BALLOON PUMP PROTOCOL


    Indications:

    • For use in a cath lab emergency when requested by the cath lab staff

    Contra-Indications:

    • Balloon pump not functioning
    • Balloon leak

    Procedure:

    1. When a cath lab emergency occurs, you will hear an overhead page in the hospital and the crew should make their way to the cath lab expeditiously.

    2. The cath lab team will be preparing to insert the balloon.
      1. Balloon sizes are listed by height of patient. Smaller balloons can be used on larger patients but not vice versa.
      2. Remind the cath lab team that the balloon should remain in the sleeve as long as possible otherwise it can unfurl and become difficult to insert. The team should also pull vacuum on the balloon through a one-way valve and leave the valve on for insertion.

    3. Turn on the balloon pump.
      1. The on switch is on the left side of the balloon pump as you are looking at it from the front.
      2. Wait for the pump to say “System Test Okay”

    4. Plug in the arterial line
      1. For the orange fiber optic arterial line.
        1. Match the red triangles when inserting.
        2. You should see waveform spikes immediately.
      2. For the fluid arterial line
        1. Have the cath lab team assist in setting up the fluid arterial line.
        2. Plug the fluid arterial line transducer into the grey cable with the oval receptacle.
        3. Zero out the fluid arterial line by holding the “Zero Pressure” button for 2 seconds.

    5. Plug helium line in through the safety ring
      1. The safety disc should be tightly screwed in.
      2. Assure that the helium tank is open.

    6. Push start to start the balloon pump.
      1. The balloon will start and stop as its initializing.
      2. After approximately 34 seconds the pump should be functioning.

    7. When you are able, attach the ECG.
      1. Match green to green
      2. All ECG leads can be placed in any order on the left side of the chest. Close to the heart to assure a larger R wave.

    8. If balloon pump is immobile:
      1. Before 30 minutes of immobility:
        1. Using a 3 way stop-cock and a large syringe pull vacuum on the helium line and assure no blood (which would indicate a leak) appears in the line.
        2. Then insert 40cc of air into the balloon and remove the air.
        3. Repeat this process every 5 minutes.

    9. If a balloon leak is suspected:
      1. Confirm the presence of blood (rust or red or brown colored fluid) inside the helium line. Wipe the outside of the line and confirm with a member of the cath lab team.
      2. If a leak is confirmed stop the balloon pump immediately and inform the cath lab that the balloon should be removed as soon as possible.
      3. The helium line should be checked for leaks whenever the patient is moved.

    10. Notes for the balloon pump
      1. The mean pressure (MAP) should be 65 or greater. If it is not, inform the cath lab.
      2. The pump will automatically adjust the timing. Do not manually adjust the augmentation or timing.
      3. The pump will automatically choose pressure or ECG for the trigger.
      4. A rounded balloon pressure waveform could imply a kink in the balloon.

Creation Date: 15 October 2023

CC0005 - PARALYZATION FOR MECHANICALLY VENTILATED PATIENTS


    1. Purpose

      • To ensure patient and staff safety during transport of an adequately sedated adult patient, who is being mechanically ventilated via endotracheal tube that has been previously confirmed to be in an appropriate position
      • This is NOT a mandatory action that needs to be taken on all intubated patients, rather, a tool available when needed for appropriate indications

    2. Indications

      • Possible scenarios when paralytics may be required include (but are not limited to):

        1. Improving ventilator synchrony (e.g. patient is “bucking”/resisting ventilations, or patient is over-breathing ventilator settings)
        2. If there is a persistent risk of ETT dislodgement despite appropriately dosed sedation

    3. Procedure

      • Administer additional sedation prior to paralytic

        1. ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) 1 mg/kg IV

      • Administer paralytic

        1. Rocuronium bromide (Zemuron, Esmeron) 1.2 mg/kg IV (typical dose 100-150 mg IV)

          1. Dosing is based on ideal body weight unless BMI > 50
          2. This medication will provide ongoing paralysis for 45 minutes
          3. Reminder to obtain patient’s weight and previous dose of paralytic from transferring facility

      • Continue to administer sedation following paralytic administration

        1. ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) 1 mg/kg IV every 15 minutes
          • Dose may be repeated 1 time if additional sedation needed - maximum of 3 doses
          • If addtional sedation beyond 3 doses of ketamin or an alternative sedative is needed -

        2. This will be required even if patient is showing no signs of distress

    4. Additional information

      • Patients experiencing their paralysis (awareness of paralysis) is a NEVER EVENT – it should never occur and must be avoided in every instance. It is imperative that effective sedation is given during neuromuscular blockage to avoid awareness of paralysis.

Creation Date: 15 October 2023

CC0006 - AMBULANCE TRANSFERS REQUIRING A THIRD PERSON


    • Purpose: To assure adequate resources are available to provide safe care during interfacility transport.

    • Consideration/requirement criteria for needing addtional personnel:

      • Considerations:
        • Any patient requiring a 2:1 staff ratio to maintain stability.
        • Paramedic requests assistance based on patient's needs.
        • Hypotension requiring active titration of multiple vasopressors.
        • Suspected or imminent cardiovascular collapse.

      • Requirements:
        • Invasive pressure monitoring required:
          • Patient with an arterial line - requires a qualified RN or paramedic
          • Patient with a pulmonary artery catheter - requires a qualified RN

      • *If determined additional staff is needed for transport and unable to obtain, consider critical care transport or air for transport.

    • Procedural Steps:

      1. Unit staff advises dispatch of critically ill patient transfer and the potential "need for additional staff" (meets one of the above consideration/requirement criteria).
          - Dispatch gives estimated time of paramedic crew arrival to unit staff and deploys crew and paramedic supervisor (if available) to patient location for team huddle.

      2. Charge RN (or delegated to HUC) notifies the rest of the team member of huddle time (see checklist for 'who' should huddle).

      3. EMS staff and care team huddle and run checklist to discuss patient and need for additional staff for transport based on the above consideration/requirement criteria

      4. Unit staff secures and/or requests additional transport medications from pharmacy based on anticipated need (minimum transport 45 minutes).

      5. If it is determined that additional staff is required, the care team will quickly determine the most appropriate team member to accompany the ambulance staff during transport.
          - i.e., RN, RT, MD, Paramedic Supervisor, ED Tech, EMT etc.

Creation Date: 15 October 2023

CC0007 - RAPID SEQUENCE AIRWAY/INTUBATION - ADULT


    Definition: Rapid Sequence Airway management utilizes the rapid sequential administration of a sedative and a paralytic agent to facilitate intubation or placement of a supraglottic airway.

    Personnel: This protocol is only for authorized manager or supervisor use. RSA medications may only be utilized under the direction of Ridgeview Ambulance manager or supervisor. At least one other paramedic, plus one EMT or second paramedic, must be on scene to assist with medication administration. Airway management (intubation) must be performed by the manager or supervisor, not the assisting paramedic.

    Indications:

    • Inability to oxygenate or ventilate
    • Impending airway compromise
    • Inability to manage airway due to combativeness, gag reflex or jaw clenching

    Contraindications:

    • Factors increasing the likelihood of intubation failure
      • Major facial or laryngeal trauma
      • Limited jaw opening or cervical mobility in an otherwise flaccid patient
      • Distorted facial or airway anatomy
      • Upper Airway obstruction
    • Cardiac arrest state
    • Lack of any required equipment or personnel
    • Inability or achieve proper patient access and/or positioning

    Caution:

    • Suspected DKA with spontaneous hyperventilation even with decreased LOC
    • Morbid obesity

    Equipment:

    • Charged Video Laryngoscope with recording ON
    • Bougie
    • Appropriate size ETT with syringe attached and next size down.
    • Tube holder
    • Alternate airway devices (OPA/NPA, BVM, SGA)
    • Suction (two sources) with Ducanto available
    • Induction and paralytic agents drawn up with confirmed dose
    • Continuous ETCO2 monitor ready
    • NRB face mask and NC for pre and apneic oxygenation.

    1. Ensure adequate personnel and equipment. Complete Pre-Procedure checklist
      1. Include plan for difficult airway using HEAVEN criteria (see below)

    2. Pre oxygenate with 100% O2
      1. Place NC first with high flow O2
      2. Conscious with adequate respirations apply NRB facemask and high flow
      3. Unconscious or ineffective respiratory efforts require BVM ventilation with high flow O2 +/- PEEP
      4. If adequate oxygenation/ventilation with BVM and airway adjunct or SGA DO NOT proceed with RSA

    3. Obtain pre procedure vital signs, monitor ECG, SpO2

    4. Identify patients in shock or peri-arrest state and provide fluid resuscitation and push dose epi if needed
      1. Delayed RSA is preferred when able for patients in shock

    5. Maintain inline cervical spine stabilization for known or suspected traumatic injury
      1. Open the front portion once paralyzed while providing manual stabilization

    6. Ensure optimal position
      1. Obese patients may require extensive head/upper thorax elevation (ramping) to achieve ear-sternal notch alignment
        1. DO NOT proceed until adequate position is achieved

    7. Draw up appropriate medications after confirming dose
      1. ketamine hydrochloride (Ketalar) 0.5 – 3 mg/kg IV/IO (preferred)
        1. Omit for concern for peri-arrest state
        2. Use 0.5 – 1 mg/kg for suspect shock
        3. Use 2 – 3 mg/kg for all others

      2. <>Etomidate<> 0.1 – 0.3 mg/kg IV/IO (if ketamine not available)
        1. Decrease/omit for shock/peri-arrest

      3. Rocuronium bromide (Zemuron, Esmeron) (preferred)
        1. 1-2 mg/kg IV/IO
        2. Adjust toward high dose range for suspected shock

      4. <>Succinylcholine<> (if rocuronium not available)
        1. 2 mg/kg IV/IO
        2. Contraindicated in known or suspected hyperkalemia patients (e.g. dialysis patients)
        3. Contraindicated in known or suspected underlying neuromuscular disease (rare; e.g. muscular dystrophy)

    8. Ensure RSA checklist is completed

    9. Administer Sedative agent followed by paralytic
      1. Continue to Ventilate patients that had preceding BVM ventilation

    10. Once apneic and paralyzed (typically 30-60 sec)

    11. Open C-collar if present and maintain manual stabilization

    12. Ensure video laryngoscope is recoding and proceed with intubation attempt

    13. Suction only significant view impeding material
      1. Utilize SALAD technique for large volume

    14. If unable to see clear visualization of the chords within 10 seconds utilize bougie for first pass (excluding initial suction time)
      1. Assistant should count 10 seconds then remove the ET tube stylet to proceed and assist with bougie use.
      2. Consider laryngeal manipulation for difficult visualization

    15. Pass ET tube
      1. Ideal depth is 4 – 5 cm past chords
      2. 21-22cm at upper teeth for female
      3. 23-24 cm at upper teeth for male

    16. Inflate cuff with 6-7 ml of air

    17. Confirm placement
      1. Auscultate chest and epigastrium
      2. Assess ETCO2 waveform.

    18. Secure ET tube ensuring no tube migration

    19. If unable to pass ET tube before Sats < 90% OR 30 seconds
      1. Resume BVM ventilation until sats > 94%
      2. May reattempt x 1
      3. If unsuccessful again per above criteria, utilize rescue airway (SGA)

    1. Continuously monitor SpO2, ETCO2, cardiac rhythm, and frequent BP and HR.

    2. Closely monitor for mental status changes

    3. Set ventilatory rate/tidal volume to achieve ETCO2 of 35-45 mm Hg
      • If concerns for preceding severe acidosis (Kussmaul or RR > 24) attempt to match the patients pre-procedure minute ventilation and target ETCO to 20-30 mmHg

    4. Assess for hypotension
      • Administer fluids and utilize push dose epi if not fluid responsive.

    5. Consider repeat paralytic dose for long transport
      • <>Vecuronium<> 0.1mg.kg IV/IO if rocuronium is not available
      • Avoid if possible for status epilepticus.

    6. Consider DOPES mnemonic for difficult ventilation:
      • Displacement: Did the ETT dislodge? Check end tidal, verify with direct visualization
      • Obstruction: ETT blocked by a foreign body or blood clot? Attempt suctioning
      • Pneumothorax: Check tube depth to verify no right main stem intubation (more common than pneumothorax, verify tube depth is appropriate). Consider needle decompression if suspected tension pneumothorax
      • Equipment: Is your equipment functioning properly? End tidal line clogged, is oxygen valve running and bag connected, sat probe, etc.
      • Stacked breaths: Common in obstructive disease! If it is difficult to ventilate, consider disconnecting the bag and performing manual exhalation

    7. If using rescue airway (SGA) consider change over bougie if inadequate SGA function

    1. The HEAVEN criteria airway management checklist must be completed prior to all RSI airway management.  Each individual portion of the checklist requires documentation in the ePCR narrative.  

    2. Note: Our video Laryngoscope can be used in a Direct Laryngoscopy (DL) fashion like a standard Mac blade or a video laryngoscope using the attached screen (VL)
      • H - Hypoxemia DL is faster if straightforward. VL maybe faster with anatomic difficulty. 
      • E - Extremes of Size Extremely large patient: VL (out-to-in) —> DL (in-to-out) if not recognized. Extremely small patient: DL with straight blade. 
      • A - Anatomic Disruption/Obstruction VL (out-to-in) —> DL (in-to-out) if not recognized.  DL if bloody.  
      • V - Vomit/Blood/Fluid DL with lift. Suction-Assisted Laryngoscopy and Airway Decontamination (SALAD). 
      • E - Exsanguination DL is faster. VL with anatomic difficulty. 
      • N - Neck Mobility/Neurologic Injury Gentler VL.

    3. Important: When using VL with a bougie it is CRITICAL to physically use the blade as you would with standard DL. Without the airway/visual axis alignment the bougie is unlikely to enter the glottic opening and go through the chords.

Creation Date: 15 May 2024

Creation Date: 15 October 2023

Creation Date: 20 December 2024


OXYGEN RUN TIME CALCULATOR

Revision Date: 8 Fenruary 2023


ADULT VENT SETTINGS CALCULATOR



ADULT VENT SETTINGS CALCULATOR

Revision Date: 8 Fenruary 2023

Ridgeview Dispatch Protocols

DISPATCH
INDEX

Approved : 1 March 2020

Approved : 1 March 2024

Active Assailant


    1. Obtain a quick description of the incident including -
      • Assailant
      • Weapon (if any)
      • Location
      • "Direction of travel"

    2. Announce 3 times on Overhead Emergency Page - "ACTIVE ASSAILANT, description, weapon, location "
    3. Notify appropriate law enforcement agency and give them the same information
    4. Assure via radio that Security is aware

2 January 2017

Code Team

Use when a notification of CPR or a non-breathing or unconscious person is received for any location


    1. Announce 3 times on Overhead Emergency Page
    2. Announce to Security via radio
    3. Send Vortex alert to the “CPR Team” giving location
    4. Start rig to appropriate facility if the incident is outside the facility building
    5. TTMC Building-Wide – 2480; 1st Floor/Basement - 2481

      • “Code Team” (location)""

2 January 2017

Condition H


    If you are called by a patient or family member for a “Condition H”, get the patient’s room number and give that information to the nursing supervisor (or duty manager/director during the day.)

2 January 2017

ECMO Auto Launch


    Dispatch Proceedure - Confirmed Cardiac Arrest

    • Dispatch crew and assist caller per normal proceedure.
    • For patients ≤ 76 y/o or unknown, Request LL3 to extablished LZ for potential ECMO candidate.
      • Establish TAC channel and advise crew.
      • Must be responding from Blaine, Willmar or within close proximity i.e. metro hospitals.
      • If not ressponding from above locations cancel and advise crew.

  • ECMO Landing Zones

1 March 2024

Fire


    1. Announce 3 times on Overhead Emergency Page

      • Hospital only ED HUC pages at TTMC

    2. “Fire Response Stage I” (location) Alarm sounding / smell of smoke
      “Fire Response Stage II” (location) Alarm sounding / visible smoke, drills - (remember to call Wound and Hyperbaric at 35178 for drills)
      “Fire Response Stage III” (location) Flames and smoke

    3. Call Maintenance
    4. Call or Vortex Alert Supervisor
    5. Announce to Security via radio

      • Include Location

    6. Call CCSO for Fire Department Response

2 January 2017

Hazardous Spill


    1. Announce 3 times on Overhead Emergency Page
    2. “Spill Response Stage I, (location)”
      “Spill Response Stage II, (location)”
      “Spill Response Stage III, (location)”

    3. Call Facilities Engineer
    4. Announce to Security via radio
    5. Call Administration for Stage 2 or 3

2 January 2017

MANAGER / SUPERVISOR / MEDICAL DIRECTOR NOTIFICATION CRITERIA


    Purpose :

      Managers, Supervisors and Medical Directors should be made aware, via Vortex of high acuity, multiple rig response and special operations type incidents, when EMS has been activated. In addition, pertinent follow up information should be sent to the manager and supervisor group when applicable.

    Process :

      The following incidents below should activate the Manager/Supervisor group And Medical Directors via vortex. Include the incident nature, address, and any pertinent details. In the event vortex is down, the on-call manager should be notified via phone, the on-call manager will then alert the other managers and supervisors as necessary.

    Manager/Supervisor/Medical Director Notification Criteria :

    • Incidents Requiring Extrication (Motor Vehicle Accidents, Manufacturing Machinery, Farm Machinery)
    • Any Incident Involving An Individual Trapped.
    • Possible Drowning, Confirmed Drowning Or Vehicle Submersion.
    • Technical/Special Operations Incidents (Grain Bin Rescue, Water Rescue, Trench Rescue, Structural Collapse, Confined Space Rescue, Rope Rescue)
    • Confirmed Apartment Fire, Business Fire Or Residential/Custodial Facility/Skilled Care Facility Fire.
    • Active Shooter Situation. SWAT Team Incidents, Hostage Or Police Standoff Incidents With EMS Involvement.
    • Incidents Involving Law Enforcement Shooting When EMS Is Present.
    • Three Or Greater Ambulance Response To Any Incident.
    • EMS Crew Request.

1 May 2023

MCI


    1. Announce 3 times on Overhead Emergency Page either -
    2. RMC ED 212 ED
      “RMC ED Surge Condition Yellow” “212 ED Surge Condition Yellow”
      “RMC ED Surge Condition Red” “212 ED Surge Condition Red”

    3. If this is a scene situation, immediately call

      • The approriate ED
      • Admin on Call OR Vortex alert Nursing Supervisor

      and advise them of scene situation.

    4. Perform Appropriate Lynx Alert.
    5. Start appropriate number of rigs.
    6. Start dispatch call in list as needed.

2 January 2017

Med Team Stat


    If the ED HUC requests the MED Team, Announce 3 times on Overhead Emergency Page - “MED Team STAT”

2 January 2017

Missing Person


    1. Announce 3 times on Overhead Emergency Page - "Missing Person: Adult / Child / Infant."
    2. Call OR Vortex alert Nursing Supervisor.
    3. Announce to Security via radio.
    4. Activate Dr. Pink or Missing person camera view in Symphony.
    5. Notify Administration (all hours).
    6. Notify CCSO (all hours).
    7. Perform Lynx Alert for RMC Situations Only.
    8. Notify Marketing (M-F 8:00-16:30) ext. 35575 / 612-508-3225.

7 December 2022

Persistent V-Fib Transport


    1. The transporting crew will notify dispatch that they are transporting to the U of M with a “Refractory V-fib” patient and ask for notification of the team.
    2. Dispatch will -

      • Notify Dr. Yannapoulos on his cell phone at 612-616-7575.
        • IF HE DOES NOT ANSWER, RETRY EVERY 5 MINUTES!
      • Advise that we are coming in with a “Persistent V-Fib cardiac arrest.”
      • Give the ETA.
      • Tell the crew to contact WMRCC per usual routine!

2 January 2017

Rapid Response Team (RRT)


    When an RRT is requested by staff -

    1. Non-Emergency Overhead page 3 times.
    2. Send a Vortex Alert to the RRT group.
    3. Include the term RRT.
    4. Whether the patient is adult or pediatric.
    5. The room number.
    6. You MAY be requested to page the Hospitalist as well.

2 January 2017

RSMC Lockdown


    1. Immediately call Sibley County dispatch and advise them of lockdown.
    2. Call 507-964-8415; attempt to get further information
    3. If you are able to get information, update Sibley County dispatch.

2 January 2017

Security Problem


    1. Announce 3 times on Overhead Emergency Page -
    2. “Safety Response Stage II, (location)” Multiple people or out of control situation
      “Safety Response Stage III, Leadership to (location)” Security issue involving whole facility

    3. Call CCSO for help.

2 January 2017

Sepsis Team


    1. The ED will decide if a Sepsis Team response is necessary based on crew request or patient exam.
    2. If the ED requests it, send a Vortex Alert to -
      • The “Sepsis Team”
      • The Hospitalist

2 January 2017

Stroke Team


    ED RN or HUC will contact dispatch for Stroke Code paging need. You will page in one of two ways:

    • Walk in stroke code activations will start in ED Triage called by RN, they will be announced as “Stroke Code Triage.”

    • EMS pre arrival strokes will be announced as “Stroke Code ED.”

    PLEASE continue to fill out Code forms and send to Kerri Specht. The MR# is only required for inpatient activations. It is not an issue if included on all, but you don’t need to on all the other activations.

12 March 2023

Trauma Team


    The crew will call the ED and describe the TTA patient. The ED will then call “88” and inform dispatch whether the TTA is Level 1 or Level 2.

    • IF RMC TTA: Overhead page “Trauma Team, Level xxx; ETA xxx Minutes” DO NOT VORTEX

    • IF TTMC TTA: The HUC announces the TTA and sends the Vortex Alert, Dispatch advises 8350

2 January 2017

Weather


    1. Announce 3 times on Overhead Emergency Page (Hospital AND TTMC) -
      • Advise supervisor of current or pending conditions before announcing Stage 2 or 3 (must get Supervisor / Administration approval for Stage 2 / 3.)
      “Weather Response Stage I” Severe Thunderstorm Warning and / or Tornado Watch.
      “Weather Response Stage II” Severe Thunderstorm Warning (winds >70 mph) or Tornado Warning.
      “Weather Response Stage III” Damage occurs to facility.

    2. Perform Lynx Alert -
      • Name all involved counties with RMC locations:
        • Carver
        • Hennepin
        • Le Sueur
        • McLeod
        • Scott
        • Sibley
        • Wright

    3. Alert all ambulance out bases.
    4. Remind 8300 to distribute radios for Stage 1 and Stage 2.
    5. For Stage II after maintenance hours -
      • Close Fire Doors
      • Activate Generator
    6. At end of WEATHER RESPONSE, send "All Clear" over the Lynx update.

2 January 2017

Transfer


Allergy / Anaphylaxis

2021 Transfer Criteria

A group of EMT’s that live within an hour of the south bases are interested in taking long distance transfers. It’s in vortex as the South Transfer Group, and can be used when RLMC is sitting on a BLS transfer that can pend for 60 minutes.

17 MaY 2022

Disgruntled Caller(s)


    Repetitive callers, who during the conversation it appears the person is unreasonable/irrational and not listening and is stuck in a pattern of conversation that is cyclical; and or the person threatens, yells, screams, and or calls back repeatedly in a harassment type way and tying up dispatch phone lines.

    Follow the steps bellow.

    1. Transfer the caller to the security phone
    2. Have the security phone answered and place the caller on an open line
    3. Mute the phone
    4. Create an IT submission and request the callers number to be blocked

    If request doesn’t get created in a reasonable period of time call Jason at 75037.

    If he doesn’t answer or if you do not have a resolve within a reasonable period of time. Please call me (Vern).

20 March 2020

Mental Health Stanby


    For the time being this will only apply to areas covered by CCSD. We will start working on some of the other agencies to adopt the same policy.

    • We will continue to respond to mental health standbys as we currently do.
    • After CCSD makes contact with the patient they will be put on a 5 minute timer to update RAS on the situation.
    • If we don't hear anything from CCSD at 10 minutes we will contact Carver Dispatch directly for an update.
    • The officers will clear our rig from standby under the following circumstances:

      1. When the crisis team is making a scene response and/or initiating a virtual visit.
      2. When the officer anticipates a prolonged scene time > 20-30 minutes.

    • If transport is required, we will be called back when the patient is ready to be transported.

17 March 2022

Backfilling South PSA


    With the southern portion of our service area getting busier, and having more and more instances of our BP and LS trucks out simultaneously, we will be implementing slight modifications to our core coverage pattern to better keep the 169 corridor covered. For the most part this will apply when 934 takes a transfer out of RLSMC, but may also be utilized if we are completely out of rigs in the south and have adequate coverage in the north. If we are between 7 and 3 rig coverage we will be sending a core truck to BP if no trucks are available in the south. We will not go below 2 rig in the core to cover BP. In rare instances you may be asked to cover the south from Cologne based upon our coverage pattern in the north and/or other factors such as off times etc… This is a work in process and will likely be further modified as we move forward.

17 November 2019

DEPLOYMENT

EMT / Paramedic Crews are not separate; all crews should be treated the same.



    Deployment Matrix

    When in 4 rig (7a) we will use 284 as an E/W divider and anything east will be Chaska and west New Germany.
    In 2 rig 284 will again be the divider and anything to the west will be Watertown and east Chaska.

    Deployment Plan - 8 October 2019

Speed Code Reference


  • 12 HI Trailer Court   [ 12HI ]
  • 212 Medical Center ANY CLINIC IN BUILDING   [ 212 ]
  • Abbott Northwestern Hospital   [ ANW ]
  • Adult Training & Rehab Center   [ ATRC ]
  • Annandale CBHH   [ ACBHH ]
  • Arlington Good Samaritan NH   [ AGSC ]
  • Auburn Courts - Chaska   [ AUBCRT ]
  • Auburn Homes - Waconia   [ AUBW ]
  • Auburn Manor - Chaska   [ AUBMNR ]
  • Belle Plaine Lutheran Home   [ BPLH ]
  • Bethesda Hospital   [ BETH ]
  • Bongards   [ BNGRDS ]
  • Brown County Detox Center   [ BCDC ]
  • Buffalo Hospital   [ BUFH ]
  • Buffalo Lake Nursing Home   [ BLNH ]
  • Byerlys (Chanhassen)   [ BRLYS ]
  • Carris Health - Rice Memorial Hosptial Willmar   [ CHWILL ]
  • Carver County Government Center   [ CCGC ]
  • Carver County Jail   [ CCJAIL ]
  • Catalyst Clinic - Watertown   [ CTLST ]
  • Chanhassen Dinner Theater   [ CHNDNR ]
  • Chaska Community Center   [ CCOMCT ]
  • Chaska Heights Senior Living - Assisted   [ CHSLA ]
  • Chaska Heights Senior Living - Independant   [ CHSLI ]
  • Children's Health Care - Minneapolis - XER   [ CHCM ]
  • Children's Health Care - St. Paul - XER   [ CHCSP ]
  • Dakota Co Receiving Center   [ DCRC ]
  • Emerald Crest   [ ECV ]
  • Essentia Health - St. Joseph's Brainerd   [ ESJ ]
  • Fairview Jonathon Clinic   [ FVJON ]
  • Fairview Lakes Medical Center - Wyoming   [ FVLKS ]
  • Fairview Northland Medical Center   [ FVNRTH ]
  • Fairview Ridges Hosptial   [ FVRIDG ]
  • Fairview Southdale Hosptial   [ FVSDF ]
  • Fairview U of M East Bank - XER   [ FVUM ]
  • Fairview U of M West Bank - XER   [ FVRIVR ]
  • Fairview U of M Masonic Children's Hosptial - XER   [ FVUMAM ]
  • First Street Center   [ FSC ]
  • Gale Woods Farm Park   [ GWFP ]
  • Garden House @ St. Mary's   [ GH ]
  • Gillette Children's Hospital   [ GIL ]
  • Glencoe Regional Health Services   [ GRHS ]
  • Haven Homes   [ HAVH ]
  • Hazeldon Treatement Center (Chaska)   [ HAZ ]
  • Hazelton National Golf Course   [ HAZEL ]
  • Hennepin County Detox   [ HCMCDC ]
  • Hennepin County Medical Center   [ HCMC ]
  • Howard Lake Good Samaritan   [ HLGSC ]
  • Hutchinson Area Health Center   [ HAHC ]
  • Kings Path Senior Living   [ KPSL ]
  • Kohls (Chaska)   [ CHKOHL ]
  • Lake Minnetonka Regional Park   [ LMTRP ]
  • Lake Minnewashta Regional Park   [ LMWRP ]
  • Lakeview Clinic - NYA   [ LKVNYA ]
  • Lakeview Clinic - Waconia   [ LKVWAC ]
  • Lakeview Clinic - Watertown   [ LKVWT ]
  • Lakeview Hospital - XER   [ LVH ]
  • Lakeview NH - Gaylord   [ GLVNH ]
  • Lester Prairie Glencoe Clinic   [ GCLPC ]
  • Lindenwood Apartments   [ LNDN ]
  • Long Lake Nursing Home   [ LLNH ]
  • Mayo Clinic Health System - Albert Lee   [ MCAL ]
  • Mayo Clinic Health System - Austin   [ MCAUS ]
  • Mayo Clinic Health System - Methodist Rochester   [ MMR ]
  • Mayo Clinic Health System - Red Wing   [ FVRW ]
  • Mayo Clinic Health System - St. Mary's Rochester   [ SMH ]
  • Meeker County Memorial Hosptial   [ MCMH ]
  • Mercy Hospital   [ MERCY ]
  • Methodist Hospital - SLP   [ METH ]
  • Mission Hills   [ MISSION ]
  • Mocha Monkey (West Waconia)   [ MMON2 ]
  • Monarch Estates - Delano   [ GLCD ]
  • Monarch Estates - Excelsior   [ GLCEXC ]
  • Mound Westonka High School   [ MWHS ]
  • New Ulm Medical Center   [ NUMC ]
  • North Memorial Medical Center   [ NORTH ]
  • Oak Terrace Senior Living - Gaylord   [ OAKT ]
  • Owatonna Hosptial   [ OWA ]
  • Park Nicollet Clinic - Chanhassen   [ PNMC ]
  • Peace Villa   [ PVILLA ]
  • Prairie Care Chaska   [ PCC ]
  • Prairie St. John's - Fargo   [ PSJ ]
  • Presbyterian Homes   [ PRESBY ]
  • Regina Memorial Hospital   [ RMH ]
  • Regions Hospital   [ REG ]
  • Ridgeview Clinic - Belle Plaine   [ RVBPC ]
  • Ridgeview Clinic - Chanhassen   [ RCC ]
  • Ridgeview Clinic - Delano   [ RVDC ]
  • Ridgeview Clinic - Excelsior   [ REXC ]
  • Ridgeview Clinic - Gaylord   [ RVGC ]
  • Ridgeview Clinic - Howard Lake   [ RHLC ]
  • Ridgeview Clinic - Spring Park   [ RWTC ]
  • Ridgeview Clinic - Winsted   [ RVW ]
  • Ridgeview Le Sueur Medical Center   [ RVLS ]
  • Ridgeview Medical Center   [ RMC ]
  • Ridgeview Medical Place   [ RMP ]
  • Ridgeview Professional Bldg   [ RPB ]
  • Ridgeview Sibley Medical Center   [ RSMC ]
  • Shriner's Hospital   [ SHRNRS ]
  • St. Gertrude's Health Center   [ SGHC ]
  • St. Francis Regional Medical Center   [ SFRMC ]
  • St. John's NE - XER   [ STJ ]
  • St. Joseph's Hosptial - St. Paul - XER   [ STJOES ]
  • St. Mary's NH - Winsted   [ STMCC ]
  • St. Peter State Hosp/Mental Health   [ SPCBHH ]
  • Stiftungsfest   [ STIF ]
  • Summerwood of Chanhassen - 525   [ SUMRWD ]
  • Talheim Apts.   [ TLHM ]
  • Target Chanhassen   [ TRGTCH ]
  • Target Chaska   [ TRGTCHS ]
  • Target Waconia   [ TRGTWA ]
  • Trillium Assisted Living   [ TRILL ]
  • Two Twelve Medical Center (ED ONLY)   [ TTMC ]
  • United Hospital - XER   [ UNITD ]
  • Unity Hospital   [ UNITY ]
  • Valley Hospital at Hidden Lakes   [ RGNCY ]
  • VAMC - Minneapolis   [ VAHM ]
  • VAMC - St. Cloud   [ VAHSTC ]
  • Victoria Care Center   [ VCC ]
  • Waconia Event Center   [ LKSD ]
  • Waconia Good Samaritan NH   [ WGSC ]
  • Waconia Ice Arena   [ WICE ]
  • Westview Acres   [ WVA ]
  • Westwood Place   [ WWOOD ]
  • Willmar Regional Treatment Center   [ WRTC ]
  • Winthrop Good Samaritan Center   [ WINGSC ]
  • Woodwinds Hosptial - Woodbury   [ WOODW ]


Revision Date: 8 October 2019

    Construction Sign